ivf onefui
DRunimeR
The International Magazine Exclusively For Drummers
AUGilST/SEPTEMDER 1902 $2.25
CHARLIE
WATTS:
An MD Exclusive
Zappa's]
ED MANN
DAVID DIXs.
The Outlaws * *
Mentally Preparing
For Drumming
The St^el iDfrums
Of Trinida^
r * \
Plus:
George Marsh
jfeui^S^TTson
Paulinho DaCosta
Roy Haynes gives drumming
all he’s got.
From the minute Roy starts to play, his sound is strong, clean
and powerful. That's why he trusts his playing only to
Ludwig's unique 6-ply die-mold wood shell drums.
Crafted to combine the forces of Roy's playing and Ludwig's impeccable design. Topped
-by Ludwig Ensemble' 1 ' 1 drum heads —created for outstanding response and resonance—featur¬
ing Ludwig's patented Headlock™ system which permanently locks the drum head in place.
When it comes to jazz drumming, Roy Haynes gives it
all he's got. That's why he and Ludwig make such a
powerful combo,
Ludwig Industries
1728 N. Damen Avenue, Chicago. IL 60647
MODERN DRUMMER
VOL. 6 NO. 6
Cover Photo by David Gahr
CONTEN
I»1
■-A
FEATURES:
CHARLIE WATTS
Although he would be the last person to
admit it, Charlie Watts' no-nonsense
drumming with the Rolling Stones has
been a major influence in rock drumming
for almost twenty years. Charlie talks
about the drummers he admires, his phi¬
losophies about drumming, and his role in
"The Greatest Rock and Roll Band In the
World."
by Robyn Flans. 8
A CONVERSATION WITH
CHARLIE WATTS
by Scott K. Fish and Max Weinberg .. 13
ED MANN
As percussionist for Frank Zappa, Ed
Mann is called upon to play virtually all
types of music while using every possible
percussion instrument. In this exclusive
MD interview, Ed describes what is in¬
volved in maintaining the ability to play so
many instruments, and offers a glimpse
into the inner workings of one of the most
unique bands in contemporary music,
by Rick Mattingly. 14
THE HISTORY OF ROCK
DRUMMING
Part III: The Sixties
by Scott K. Fish. 18
HOW TO MENTALLY PREPARE
FOR DRUMMING
by Jim Dearing..... 22
DAVID DIX
When David Dix joined the Outlaws, he
was added as the second drummer, a posi¬
tion he held until 1979, when he became
the only drummer in the group. Here, Dix
offers an interesting look at the difference
between one-drummer and two-drummer
bands, while describing his own involve¬
ment in music since his teens,
by Scott K. Fish.. 26
THE STEEL DRUMS OF
TRINIDAD
by Wyn Sargent.. . 30
COLUMNS:
EDITOR’S OVERVIEW. 2
READER’S PLATFORM. 6
JAZZ DRUMMERS WORKSHOP
Exploring Self-Awareness
by George Marsh. 34
UNDERSTANDING RHYTHM
Whole Notes and Half Notes
by Nick Forte .. 36
CONCEPTS
Drum Books and Learning
by Roy Burns. 40
PORTRAITS
Paulinho Da Costa
by Michael Rozek... 42
DRIVER’S SEAT
Basic Chart Reading
by Eliot Zigmund. 66
UP AND COMING
John Hernandez
by Susan Alexander.. 70
PRODUCT CLOSE-UP
Bass Drum Pedals II
by Bob Saydlowski, Jr. 72
ROCK ’N’ JAZZ CLINIC
Rudiments—Inspiration For Innovators:
Part II
by Sal Sofia... 80
COMPLETE PERCUSSIONIST
Voicings for Mallets
by David Samuels... 82
DRUM SOLOIST
"Louie Rides Again"
by Skip Shaffer... 84
SOUTH OF THE BORDER
Congas and Caribbean Percussion
by John Amira .. 94
ON TRACK -,- 96
PRINTED PAGE, .. 98
SHOP TALK
Getting The "Noise" Out Of Your Set
by James E. Murphy. 100
IT’S QUESTIONABLE. 104
DRUM MARKET_ __ 106
ASK A PRO... . . . 108
UPDATE
by Robyn Flans... 112
INDUSTRY HAPPENINGS . . 114
JUST DRUMS .... . 118
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
1
I once wrote in this column on the importance of your involvement with
everything MD has to offer each month. Taking that thought one step fur¬
ther, it is equally essential to continue that involvement well beyond the
pages of MD. How does one get involved beyond the pages of the maga¬
zine? There are many ways.
First, you should try to spend the time needed to work out the musical
material presented to you each month. Many drum instructors tell us they
use MD in their regular teaching practice. Taking MD out of the easy chair
and into the practice room is only one form of healthy involvement.
Let's assume you've completed reading an MD interview which was par¬
ticularly informative and inspiring. To end it at that certainly isn't very
productive. Let that wave of inspiration motivate you to search out that
artist's albums. Start listening. Make arrangements to attend a concert or
club appearance in your area. If you have a particular question, write to
the artist throughAskA Pro; or write direct. We'll forward your letter.
Many of the people who write our educational columns have also written
books, and they often appear on the clinic circuit. Again, make an effort to
attend the clinic, and don't be afraid to spend a few dollars on a book writ¬
ten by someone who may have inspired you in the magazine. Familiarize
yourself with what these people have to offer. No one is going to do it for
you, so it's up to you to take the initiative.
A similar approach can be applied to equipment investigation. Sure, we
go to great lengths to supply objective product analysis, but don't just take
our word for it. Get out there and see the products for yourself. Does a
particular item seem like an honest improvement over what you're cur¬
rently using? Could it help you improve upon some aspect of your playing?
If not, well, nothing lost. No one is going to twist your arm to buy it. On
the other hand, it may turn out to be something that could open new doors,
or stir you to explore an area of percussion you never even thought about
before. You'll never find out sitting home looking at the pictures in the
magazine. Write direct to the company if you can't get to a drum shop.
They'll send you all the information you want. If a good shop is accessible,
take full advantage of the opportunity you have for firsthand investiga¬
tion.
The point of all this is—don't get complacent. Don't assume you've
picked up all the information you'll need this month from one issue of
Modern Drummer. Rather, look upon each issue as the beginning of a new
adventure. Use it as a springboard for further investigation and achieve¬
ment. Total involvement—it's the only way.
%
STAFF:
EDITOR/PUBLISHER
Ronald Spagnardi
FEATURES EDITOR
Rick Mattingly
MANAGING EDITOR
Scott K. Fish
ASSOCIATE EDITORS
Mark Hurley
Paul Uldrich
ART DIRECTOR
David Creamer
ADVERTISING DIRECTOR
Ipnt^ |W| oyyn
ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTOR
Isabel Spagnardi
ADMINISTRATIVE MANAGER
Ann Thompson
DEALER SERVICE MANAGER
Carol Morales
CIRCULATION
Leo L. Spagnardi
Ellen Urry
Robin De Paul
Janet Gola
SALES PROMOTION MANAGER
Evelyn Urry
MD ADVISORY BOARD
Henry Adler, Carmine Appice, Horacee
Arnold, Louie Bellson, Bill Bruford, Roy
Burns, Jim Chapin, Billy Cobham, Les De
Merle, Len DiMuzio, Charlie Donnelly, Saul
Goodman, Danny Gottlieb, Sonny Igoe,
Jaimoe Johanson, Jim Keltner, Don Lamond,
Mel Lewis, Peter Magadini, Butch Miles, Joe
Morello, Neil Peart, Charlie Perry, Charli Per-
sip, Joe Pollard, Arthur Press, Paul Price, Paul
Real, Paul T. Riddle, Ed Shaughnessy, Max
Weinberg, Lenny White.
CONTRIBUTING WRITERS
Susan Alexander, Rich Baccaro, Robert Carr,
Jim Dearing, Clint Dodd, Robyn Flans, Stanley
Hall, Harold Howland, Dave Levine, Michael
Rozek, Robin Tolleson, T. Bruce Wittet.
MODERN DRUMMER Magazine (ISSN 0794-
4533) ispublishedmonthly;April, May, June,
July, October, November, December. Bi-
Monthly; Feb/March, Aug/Sept, by Modern
DrummerPublications,Inc., lOOOCliftonAve-
nue, Clifton, N.J. 07013. Second Class Postage
paid at Clifton, N.J. 07015 and at additional
mailing offices. Copyrighted 1982 by Modern
DrummerPublicationsJncAllrightsreserved.
Reproduction without the permission of the
publisher is prohibited. SUBSCRIPTIONS:
$15.95peryear, $28.95, twoyears. Singlecopies
$2.25. MANUSCRIPTS : Modern Drummer
welcomes manuscripts, however, cannotas-
sumeresponsibilityforthem.Manuscriptsmust
be accompanied by aself-addressedstampeden-
velope. CHANGE OF ADDRESS : Allow at
leastsixweeksforachange.Pleaseprovideboth
oldandnewaddress. MUSIC DEALERS: Mod-
ern Drummer is available for resale at bulk
rates.DirectcorrespondencetoModernDrum-
mer Publications, Inc., 1000 Clifton Avenue,
Clifton, N.J. 07013. (201) 778-1700. POST¬
MASTER: SendAddress Changes to Modern
Drummer, 1000 Clifton Avenue, Clifton, N.J.
07013.
2
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
BILL BRUFORD AND TAMA
PERCUSSION’S TWO MOST
REVOLUTIONARY NAMES
Bill Bru ford’s been it revolu¬
tionary force in drumming with
some of the most adventurous hands
rock music has seen. Yes. Genesis.
King Crimson. U K. National Health
... the list reads like a who’s who of
progressive music.
That’s why. when Bill decided
to revolutionize his set. he chose
the drums that revolutionized the
industry TAMA!
Tama offers the kind of durable,
versitile percussion equipment
today’s drummer needs when break¬
ing new ground. See your authorized
Tama dealer and Stan your own
revolution.
The Strongest Name in Drums
For a Tull color catalog send S2.00 to: TAMA . Dept, md P O, Bov Bensalem* PA 19020 • J 2" Broadu ay, Idaho Fall
1721 B Hast Gale City of Industry, CA 9174S # In Canada: 6255 Park Avl\. Montreal, P Q. H2V4H
• f % y
NAME ALL THE AKG
AKG 1982 v
® AKG Akustische und Kmo-Gerste GmbH. Augl
AND YOU CAN WIN ATRIP
That's right! Just correctly name the model and quantity
of each of the 15 AKG microphones shown in the photo
above of the Uncle Chick Band. If yours is the first correct
entry randomly drawn, then AKG will send you and a friend
on a trip to the fantasy island of your choice.
You can choose from: • Antigua • St. Thomas • St.
Croix * Martinique ■ Barbados * St. Maarten • Puerto
Rica ■ Jamaica • Hawaii • Maui • Nassau • Grand Bahama
Island • Bermuda * Catalina Island • Manhattan Island or
even • Rhode Island.
No matter which island you choose, if there's a
recording studio there, you’ll probably find AKG there too.
That's because AKG products are used in virtually every
recording studio around the world.
And their great sound, quality and durability make
AKG products ideal for the road as well... Just ask The
Doobie Brothers ... the all-condenser microphones they
take on the road are the AKG C-45Q modular system. The
microphones of choice for The Oak Ridge Boys' vocals are
the AKG D-300 Dynamic Series. But if you need a tough
vocal condenser microphone, check out Marty Balin. He's
using the new C-535.
And whether it's the sensational D-12 on kickdrums,
the D-125 on toms or the C-5B7 Condenser Lavalter
i .i;Uhr'.' v
r,i V M
■ |\
■
1
TO YOUR OWN FANTASY ISLAND.
clip-on instrument microphone, AKG has the right
microphone to fit your application and budget.
For all your microphone needs and complete rules,
see your participating AKG dealer He has all the
answers. He II fill you in on the other great prizes you can
win, like the Magnavox color TV for 2nd prize, the Mmox
35GL camera for 3rd and ten 4th prize "Roadie" attache
cases.
So just fill out an official entry form and if yours is
selected, you'll be off on a "FANTASY ISLAND DREAM'
Entry forms and rules are available at your partopatrng AKG dealer
or by mailing a self-addressed stamped envelope to AKG Dream, 77
Selleck St,. Stamford, CT D6902 No purchase necessary You
must he 18 or older to enter One entry per individual. Only one pnze
per family Void in Wise.. Mo., and wherever prohibited by law
Limited to residents of the continental U S., Alaska and Hawaii.
Promotion ends November 30. 1982 Winners drawn week of
12-20-82. Odds of winning depend upon number of entries received
One week trip must be taken before 3-31-83 No cash in iieu of
prizes.
Lock for the new Uncle Chick Band recording of
’Moments" on the Pequot Records Ltd, Label.
MAX WEINBERG
I especially enjoyed the article on Max
Weinberg. I found it very inspiring to see
someone admit to his faults and then have
so much determination to correct them.
After reading the article, I've gained more
self-confidence and self-discipline which
has tremendously helped my own playing.
So may I express my heart felt thanks to
Max Weinberg and Scott Fish for such a
great article.
MARK J. BECKERT
PORT MURRAY, NJ
I've had the pleasure of seeing Bruce
Springsteen three times, and each time I've
become more impressed with "Mighty"
Max Weinberg's drumming. Your inter¬
view with Mr. Weinberg was very informa¬
tive. His dedication to his drumming,
band, and family is truly remarkable. I
think drummers who read the article
learned much about what we do. Mr.
Weinberg is an unselfish man, constantly
learning about drumming. I admire that. I
was wondering how I could correspond
with Mr. Weinberg?
TOMMY O'CONNOR
BOWIE, MD
Editor's Note: You can write to Max in
care ofMD. We'llforwardyour letter.
Your April '82 issue was definitely inter¬
esting. Being mainly a jazz drummer, I
wasn't very well acquainted with Max
Weinberg. His discussion on meter and
time was great. It seems that a very impor¬
tant fundamental of music is finally being
discussed openly without any ego trips be¬
hind it.
I also found it rather odd that Michael
Walden stated, "Steve Gadd spent hours
and hours just with a metronome to find
out what time was about. He had great
technique but he needed to work on his
timing." When did he do this? At age two?
I was a student at Eastman School and had
many discussions with John Beck about
Steve. Mr. Beck would say that of all the
things Steve had going for him, one of
them was his remarkable sense of time. I'd
go back and listen to tapes of the Jazz En¬
semble and other ensembles with Steve.
Man ... it was there! Okay, it can always
be better, but I feel Walden's statement
was somewhat rash. Overall, I'm glad to
see a very important topic being discussed.
ANONYMOUS
PENSACOLA, FL
GINA SCHOCK
I enjoyed reading the article on Gina
Schock of the Go-Go's. I'm a female
drummer myself and have played for
twelve years. I especially enjoyed reading
how Gina got started on drums and how
she practiced with headphones after
school. I did the same thing! It's encourag¬
ing to hear about females in music as long
as their heart is in it. There are some of us
females out there who really love to play
music.
LAURIE HEDLUND
GRANADA HILLS, CA
AYNSLEY DUNBAR
I thought that was a great article on
Aynsley Dunbar. He's the best rock drum¬
mer in the business, due to his versatility
and experience. Also, Aynsley has a good
philosophy on keeping in good shape,
since rock drumming is so physical in na¬
ture.
PAUL BUCHIGNAM
ALEX ACUNA
Thank you for the article on Alex
Acuna. I really enjoyed it. I had the oppor¬
tunity of meeting Alex Acuna several
months ago, and since then we've become
good friends. He's been a true inspiration
to my drumming career. In the future, I'll
be studying with him. I'd just like to take
this opportunity to thank him for all he's
done.
JOHN BACA
GRANADA HILLS, CA
DRUM BOOK PUBLISHING
I couldn't let any more days go by with¬
out writing to tell you how excellent I
thought "How To Publish Your Own
Drum Book" was, and what a fine source
of information it offers to anyone who has
thoughts of publishing their own percus¬
sion music. I served as editor of the Percus¬
sive Arts Society publication Percussive
Notes for seventeen years, before resigning
two years ago. When MD first came out, I
was skeptical that a magazine devoted only
to drumset could be of interest and value to
the serious percussionist. But, now I rec¬
ommend it highly to all of my percussion stu¬
dents at The Ohio State University.
DR. JAMES L. MOORE, PRESIDENT
PERMUS PUBLICATIONS, INC.
COLUMBUS, OH
STRETCHING TECHNIQUE
Thank you for the article "Stretching
Your Technique." I've been trying these
exercises and they're really working! I've
noticed an increase in my flexibility and en¬
durance.
BRIAN MIKULICH
NARADA MICHAEL WALDEN
As long as there's inspiration such as
presented by Narada Michael Walden's in¬
terview, the world will be a better place for
drummers, musicians, and all humanity.
He leaves you feeling that there will always
be room to grow. I would like to find out
more about the school that was men¬
tioned.
NIGHT TRAIN
Editor's Note: For information on Nara¬
da's school, write to him in care of Gregg
Digiovine, P. O. Box 690, San Francisco,
CA 94101.
MD AS INSPIRATION
In September of '81 I was in a bad car
accident and lost a close friend. While in
the hospital, I met a man who had just be¬
gun to teach drums. Through him I ac¬
quired MD. Reading it, I realized the
drums as an art and science. I sat down and
carefully ordered study material from the
Drum Market section of your magazine.
All the books and cassettes are fantastic.
I'm practicing eight to ten hours a day and
showing great results. I can't ever thank
you enough. I've finally found myself in
drums. I guess in a way I had to let you
know how much you changed my life.
CHARLES BOLT
GLENS FALLS, NY
QUANTITY VS. QUALITY
I'm puzzled by a letter in the May issue
of MD. Why look down on drummers with
large drum kits? Just because a drummer
plays on a small drum kit doesn't mean
he's more creative. There have been just as
many poor drummers who play small sets
as larger sets. It's what the individual does
with what he has . . . which is not neces¬
sarily tangent to the quantity of drums and
cymbals.
LANCE ABBRING
MARION, IN
6
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
-'I
BMI
Sole m me IXS exclusively by the Gibson Division of Norlm industries
Safe in Canada exclusively by NUCQ Musical Instrument!. Ud . Mark him. Ontario
Msd
A PRODUCT OF
PEARL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
408 HARDING INDUSTRIAL DR.
NASHVILLE, TN 37211
Write tor complete
specifications on these and
other new exciting Peart
Products.
Editor's note: The following articles on
Charlie Watts are the result of over two
year's worth of effort on the part ofMD.
There were numerous phone calls to record
companies and management offices,
where the answer was always the same:
"Charlie Watts does not do interviews."
Last fall, while the Rolling Stones were
on tour in America, Charlie met up with
his friend (and MD Advisory Board mem¬
ber) Jim Keltner, who persuaded Charlie
to talk to us. (Thanks, Jim) He agreed to
speak with MD's Robyn Flans in L. A., but
it was only after Robyn followed him to
San Francisco that he finally sat down in
front of a tape recorder.
A month later, MD Managing Editor
Scott K. Fish set up a meeting with Charlie
and E Street Band drummer Max Wein¬
berg. Again, Charlie agreed to let a tape
roll. So here then is Charlie Watts who,
although he actually spoke to us twice,
began each session by saying, "Idon't do
interviews. But we can talk if you want
to..."
by Robyn Flans
After spending six hours with Charlie
Watts, it was clear that he just doesn't rel¬
ish speaking about himself. I quickly real¬
ized that it would be necessary for me to
turn to history books and others' accounts
to fill in the blanks that Charlie takes little
pleasure in recalling.
Everyone who has written about the
Rolling Stones, from journalists to the
Stones' own personal aids and cooks, has
very little to say about him. This is not
because Charlie is nondescript, but rather
because he lives a very quiet life while off
tour, keeps to himself and his family (his
wife Shirley of seventeen years and their
daughter) and does not partake in the
much publicized activities of a "rock
star."
"I probably was a typical musician, but
I wasn't, and am still not, a Rolling Stone.
I mean, I am because that's what I do, but
the other stuff is bullshit. I don't know
what the Rolling Stones are. For that you
should talk to someone else other than me.
I don't know what they are. To me, they're
friends of mine. They are whatever you've
read and they're worse and they're better. I
never read the bullshit in the papers and I
don't have to hide in hotel rooms. I used to
do that and I hated it. The worst time in my
life was about the time the Rolling Stones
became like the Beatles, I suppose. There
were girls screaming and carrying on and I
couldn't stand it because I thought it was
silly. I loved it for what it meant and what
the band was doing, but I couldn't stand
not being able to do anything. I hated that.
That doesn't mean anything and I never
wanted that. I'm just not interested in that.
The only time I love attention is when I
walk on stage, but when I walk off, I don't
want it. For the band, I want everyone to
love us and go crazy, but when I walk off, I
don't want it. I guess I want both worlds. I
never could deal with it and I still can't. I
don't know how Mick does it. He's an
incredible man. So is Keith—an amazing
guy. I don't know how they do it, I'm seri¬
ous. Fike doing so many interviews. This is
the only time I've so much as spoken to a
journalist this whole tour and the reason
I'm doing this is because drumming is
something that I love."
He refuses to acknowledge his own
musical contributions, continually down¬
playing his abilities. In an interview with
Rolling Stone (11/12/81) Keith Richards
says, "I'm continually thankful—and
more so as we go along—that we have
Charlie Watts sittin' there, you know?
He's the guy who doesn't believe it,
because he's like that. There's nothing
forced about Charlie, least of all his mod¬
esty. It's totally real. He cannot under¬
stand what people see in his drumming."
Whether Charlie understands it or not,
the fact remains that he is often considered
the model of what a rock drummer should
be. Pick up a copy of The Village Voice,
for instance, and look in the back where
bands advertise for musicians. Invariably
there will be a couple of ads that say some¬
thing like: "Charlie Watts-style drummer
wanted for rock group." Journey drum¬
mer Steve Smith had this to offer about
Charlie's drumming: "When I first lis¬
tened to Charlie Watts as a kid, I didn't
hear a whole lot there. It was because I was
really unaware of what he was really great
at, which is just an incredible feel. Now, I
love the way he plays, especially after see¬
ing him and doing those gigs with them.
His time is really steady and really solid
and his feel is the nastiest rock and roll feel
I've ever heard. As a kid, I was totally into
chops and I didn't appreciate just a simple
feel. I was impressed by the flash, and I
wasn't listening deeply enough. Now I
have a totally different attitude. The bot¬
tom line is how it feels and what you can
get across, emotionally."
Charlie disputes that he has his own style
or that there is anything special about what
he does. "They (the Stones) developed it
for me," he told me. "I play as well as I
can with this band and they happen to be
very popular. But anyone can play like I
do, yet that's what I love about it in a way.
Anyone can do it, really. Maybe they can't
do it the way I do it and it is no big deal to
do it, but not anyone can play like Max
Roach. You can't play like Joe Morello.
Not many people can play like that guy and
there aren't many people who can play like
Jake Hanna. There are very few people in
the world who can play that good. There
are very few people in this world who can
play like Louis Bellson. But there are a mil¬
lion kids who can play like me. They're not
me doing it, but they can play like it. I can
play like A1 Jackson, but I'm not him
doing it. But to play like Joe Morello is
something else. There aren't many people
who can play 5/8 time and 16/4 and all
9
Photo by Paul Natkin
"ID LOVE TO HAVE SEEN SID
CATLETT. BUT BUDDY SAID THAT
CHICK WEBB WAS THE ONE TO SEE.
CAN YOU IMAGINE THAT BUDDY
THOUGHT CHICK WEBB WAS
GREAT? HOW GOOD WAS CHICK
WEBB? IMAGINE HOW GOOD HE
WAS , MAN, IF BUDDY THOUGHT HE
WAS GOOD!"
that, and I mean ,play it. There are a lot of
people who can play like A1 Jackson, but
they're not A1 Jackson and never, ever will
be. They'll never be as good as he is, but
they can actually play those things. I think
A1 Jackson is as great as all those people
I've mentioned, but what I'm saying is that
he taught people how to play those things.
I've heard girls play exactly like me and
they can play everything. They're not me,
but they can play everything. There are
very few people in this world who can do
what I'm talking about. You see, the audi¬
ence doesn't really want to hear me play
'Honky Tonk Woman.' They want to hear
the song, primarily, with me doing it,
because the song is more important than
me."
Jeff Porcaro responded: "No. Wrong.
Not anybody can do what he does. I know
if I sat down and played with the Stones, I
would be trying to play like Charlie Watts.
I know myself as a professional drummer
and I would sit down and say, 'Okay, now
play simple here, be sparse and don't do
that fancy fill because Charlie wouldn't do
that.' But my snare drum wouldn't sound
like Charlie's because that's a whole other
unique sound.
"I think Charlie Watts is a great drum¬
mer for pretty basic reasons. I like his time,
I like his groove and I love what he plays
with the Stones. When you look at Charlie
and what he plays, it seems like some of
those technical facilities that he doesn't
have, makes for the sparseness that he cre¬
ates when he plays and that you hear.
There are no rules or anything and nobody
plays like him but him."
So how did Charlie become involved
with drums to begin with? "Blame it on
Chico Hamilton, I suppose. When I was
twelve, I heard Chico Hamilton with Gerry
Mulligan playing 'Walking Shoes' and I
played it on a skin of a banjo. I used to play
brushes like Chico Hamilton. Well, not
like him, but that was the inspiration any¬
way. After that, I heard Charlie Parker
and that was it. It was all over. It was the
music really, that got me going, because
I'm not a drummer. I'm not a drummer
because I never learned to play the drums.
I'm not like the people I admire. They
learned and I never did. I just sat and
played drums like they played them. Max
Roach can play anything and I sat and cop¬
ied it. When I heard Charlie Parker play,
I would play like Max Roach or Roy
Haynes."
Charlie was so enamored of Charlie
Parker that in 1962 he wrote a book called
Ode to a High Flying Bird, which was in
the vein of a children's book and illus¬
trated by Watts. It featured Parker as an
actual bird hunched over a saxophone so
that the body blended into the head.
Unfortunately, the book was never issued
in theU.S..
"When I had the honor to go to New
York, that was it! All I wanted to do was
go to Birdland and I was lucky enough to
get there before it closed and that was it for
me. I still walk down 52nd Street. I know
it's not the same anymore, but I do it. It's
just something that really meant some¬
thing to me as a kid, listening to Charlie
Parker, and to think that he lived there and
walked down that street and played there. I
walk there, even now, at forty years of age.
I can imagine being Sid Catlett, walking
down that street with the drums on my
arm, but it's just a dream world. But it's a
dream world that I love, and if I ever lose
it, I'll stop playing drums.
"Among my favorite drummers is Dave
Tough. Nobody knows how great he was.
There's a lot of people I admire and they
are what I try to be, but I'll never be that
good. In my life, I'll never be that good
because I'm not that good. Tony Williams
is one of my favorite drummers. That's
how someone should look when he plays
the drums. He is a fine looking man and a
fine looking drummer. He is one of the
innovators as far as I'm concerned. To do
what he did at the age of nineteen, he must
be somewhere else. To me, some of the fin¬
est drumming came from Jerry Allison
[one of Buddy Holly's Crickets]. He is one
of the finest drummers and very under¬
rated. He plays songs; he doesn't play the
drums, and that's what I'd love to do. I
can't do that, though, because I've got
Max Roach, who is a drummer, inside of
me. Yet I'll never be Max Roach and I'll
never be Jerry Allison. Jim Keltner, for
instance, can play the drums. Jim can read
and he's a fine musician. I'm not a fine
musician. I play the way I do and I happen
to be lucky enough to be in a band that is
very popular, and that's all. If I wasn't
with a popular band, I'd be one of a mil¬
lion kids out there."
Jim Keltner disputes this: "Most drum¬
mers, including Charlie, feel guilty when
they don't read music, and they feel that
they're not real musicians. Charlie is one
of my favorite drummers because of his
simplicity, his sound and his time feel. The
thing is, that Charlie is playing with virtual
brothers, and it becomes second nature.
He doesn't know what he does. But he
doesn't have to know what he does.
" If you listen to the old records, particu¬
larly, you hear rushing and dragging and
you hear him play a fill and it just barely
makes it. When you talk about a drummer
and you say those two things about him,
right away you think, 'Wait a minute—
that's wrong.' A drummer is about time
and about playing with taste and fills and
all that, and that's what the civilized musi¬
cal world expects from you. With Charlie,
he's always broken those rules, but he's
done it innocently and also with a magic
band, and it works. He's had a chance to
refine that up to the point where the last
couple of records, it's just pure, out and
out, great rock and roll drumming."
"Drumming, to me, has always been
fun," Charlie explains. "That's why I
10
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
couldn't play with Doc Severinsen and the
Tonight Show Band. I couldn't do that
gig. I couldn't cover that gig and not read.
It was always fun to me, sort of a hobby. It
wasn't really a hobby, but something I
loved and it still is a lot of fun. It's become
something I love, more than when I was a
kid, really. I was sort of dragged into it
because it was fun and I was able to play
for a living."
In The Rolling Stones—The First
Twenty Years, his mother recalled, "Char¬
lie always wanted a drum set, and he used
to rap out tunes on the table with pieces of
wood or a knife and fork. We bought him
his first drum set for Christmas when he
was fourteen. He took to it straight away,
and often he used to play jazz records and
join in on his drums."
"I was just a teenager when I first got
interested in drums," Charlie said in the
same book by David Dalton. "My first kit
was made up of bits and pieces. Dad
bought it for me and I suppose it cost
about twelve pounds. Can't remember
anything that gave me greater pleasure and
I must say the neighbors were great about
the noise I kicked up. They had a sort of
tolerant understanding . . . 'Boys will be
boys' kind of thing! I don't think I ever
wanted to play any other instrument
instead of the drums. I marvel sometimes
even now at the way guitarists can get such
tricky little phrases by just quietly using
their fingers, but drums are for me."
Seated with me, he recalled, "I practiced
a lot but I never had lessons. I hated play¬
ing to records. I used to try, but I could
never really play to records. I can't over¬
dub drums either. I hate doing that. Some¬
times you have to, but I can't do it very
well. I taught myself by listening to other
people and watching. I'd go and see every
American who came to England. To me,
how an American plays the drums is how
you should play the drums. That's how I
play. I mean, I play regular snare drum, I
don't play tympani style, although I know
guys who play fantastically like that. I play
march-drum style. Most rock drummers
play like Ringo; a bastard version of tym¬
pani style. In reality, that's what it is
because tympani style is fingers and most
rock drummers play like that because it's
heavy offbeat."
In Dalton's book, Charlie reminisced:
"Alexis Korner and Cyril Davies were the
start of rhythm and blues in this country
(England). If things were as they should
be, Alexis would be right at the top. I met
Alexis in a club somewhere and he asked
me if I'd play drums for him. A friend of
mine, Andy Webb, said I should join the
band, but I had to go to Denmark to work
in design, so I sort of lost touch with
things. While I was away, Alexis formed
his band, and came back to England with
Andy. I joined the band with Cyril Davies
and Andy used to sing with us. We had
some great guys in the band, like Jack
Bruce. These guys knew what they were
doing. We were playing at a club in Ealing
and they (Brian, Keith and Mick) used to
come along and sometimes sit in. It was a
lot different then. People used to come up
on the stand and have a go, and the whole
thing was great."
How did he become a member of the
Rolling Stones in 1963, I asked. "Pure
accident," he replied. "There were many
bands in London and I happened to be free
at the time I joined them. That's my opin¬
ion. Other people have another. I played
with Mick and Keith when I played with
Alexis and everybody knew each other.
Alexis wanted a sort of Charlie Mingus
r&b band and he's still the same. I love
him. He never stops moving. Marvelous
man. But I had played with Alexis for
about a year or nine months and then gave
up my chair to Ginger [Baker] because I
thought he was a better drummer than I
was. I played with three other bands and I
was asked to join Mick and them. I've
lived with them ever since, for twenty
years. I was between jobs as a designer and
I used to leave their apartment and go for
interviews while I played with them. I did
that for about six months. Then, all of a
sudden, I made more money doing that
than I could make being a designer and
suddenly I became a profesional musician,
whatever that is. I'm still not, in my opin¬
ion, but I had to join the Union suddenly."
In Our Own Story by the Rolling Stones,
a book published in 1965, Watts had elab¬
orated on the subject: "The scene was
growing bigger week by week for Alexis. I
loved the work, but it got to be too much of
a strain after a while. So I sort of backed
out and worked with one or two other
groups, meeting up with Brian and Mick
and Keith from time to time.
"So they asked me about kicking in with
them. Honestly, I thought they were mad.
I mean they were working a lot of dates
without getting paid or even worrying
about it. And there was me, earning a
pretty comfortable living, which obviously
was going to nosedive if I got involved with
the Stones. It made me laugh to think of
them trying to get me in with them too.
"But I got to thinking about it. I liked
their spirit and I was getting very involved
with rhythm 'n' blues. I figured it would be
a bit of an experiment for me and a bit of a
challenge, too. So I said okay, yes, I'd
join. Lots of my friends thought I had
gone stark raving mad.
"See, the thing with me is that I'm not
really much of a worrier. I do get involved
on stage, of course, especially when I think
something is going wrong, but that's all. I
reckon tomorrow can look after itself.
"Only thing that had me wondering,
once I'd made up my mind, was the fact
that the Stones were so disliked inside the
jazz world. I'd heard people talking about
"IPLAY THE WAYIDOANDI
HAPPEN TO BE LUCKY ENOUGH
TO BE IN A BAND THAT IS VERY
POPULAR , AND THATS ALL. IF I
WASN'T WITH A POPULAR
BAND , I'D BE ONE OF A MILLION
KIDS OUT THERE."
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
Photo by David Gahr
Photo by DAsk avid Gahr
"I ALWAYS THINK THIS
BAND IS GOING TO FOLD UP
ALL THE TIME-I REALLY
DO. I NEVER THOUGHT IT
WOULD LAST FIVE MIN¬
UTES , BUT I FIGURED ED
LIVE THAT FIVE MINUTES TO
THE HILT BECAUSE I LOVE
THEM ."
them—and it's true to say nobody had a
good word for them. They were complete
outsiders. Nobody wanted to know about
the great sound they were making—
because everybody was too busy looking
on them as just a gang of long-haired
freaks. And I certainly wasn't keen on let¬
ting my own hair grow at that time just for
the sake of being a member of the group.
"But this bunch of outsiders, what peo¬
ple called 'lay-abouts,' struck me as having
a pretty good future. I thought the atmos¬
phere they got going simply had to make it
big one day ..."
Of course, Mick and Keith go back to
childhood. The story is that they met on a
train on the way to school in 1960 after not
having seen one another since they were
kids. Under Mick's arm was an album by
Chuck Berry, which sparked a stimulating
conversation. Finding they possessed simi¬
lar musical tastes, they began to experi¬
ment together. It was 1962 when they
began to frequent the club in Ealing where
they came across Brian and Charlie. Brian,
more into jazz-blues than the Chicago
blues that Mick and Keith favored, joined
forces with them.
In an interview with Bob Greenfield in
1971, Keith said, "I'll tell you how we
picked Charlie up. The R&B thing started
to blossom and we found Charlie playing
on the bill with us in a club. There were two
bands on; Charlie was in the other band.
We did our set and Charlie was knocked
out by it. 'You're great, man,' he
says . . . We said, 'Charlie, we can't
afford you, man.' Because Charlie had a
job and just wanted to do weekend gigs.
Charlie used to play anything then—he'd
play pubs, anything, just to play, cause he
loves to play with good people. But he
always had to do it for economic reasons.
By this time we're getting three, four gigs a
week. 'Well, we can't pay you as much as
that band but ..." We said. So he said
okay and told the other band: 'I'm gonna
play with these guys.' That was it. When
we got Charlie, that really made it for us."
In those days, the Stones were basically
a rhythm and blues group, and their mate¬
rial was made up mostly of songs by such
artists as Chuck Berry, Muddy Waters and
Bo Diddley. Their first English single was
Chuck Berry's "Come On," and their first
single to do well on the American charts
was Buddy Holly's "Not Fade Away."
The Stones' first album was made up of a
lot of the standard r&b favorites of the
day, with only a few original composi¬
tions.
"The Last Time" was the first original
Stones song to be released as the A side of a
single. This was followed by "Satisfac¬
tion" and "Get Off Of My Cloud," also
written by Jagger and Richards. These
songs established the pattern for the
Stones' style—they were written around a
basic, simple riff.
One of the secrets to being a successful
member of a group is to concentrate not on
yourself, but on the requirements of the
music. An often-heard comment about
Charlie Watts is that: "He is the perfect
drummer for the Rolling Stones." After
observing the characteristic structure of
Stones' songs, it became obvious how
Charlie's drumming complements the
music. If a song is based on a simple,
repeating riff, the drum part must be
equally simple and repetitive. Busy pat¬
terns, fills, and subtle colorings are not
appropriate. Indeed, there is nothing sub¬
tle about the Stones. Their power comes
from their directness—basic chord pro¬
gressions, basic rhythms, and even basic
lyrics. Charlie provides basic drumming.
As the Sixties progressed, the Stones'
music gradually shifted from the r&b
influence towards a more pop sound, with
tunes such as "Lady Jane" and "As Tears
Go By" finding their way onto albums.
The group even experimented with "psy¬
chedelic" music, producing a rather
unmemorable album called Their Satanic
Majesties Request.
Beggars Banquet, in late 1968, marked
the return of the r&b influenced Stones.
Since that time, the band has stayed pretty
close to its roots, although there have been
other influences. One important change
occured in 1969 when Mick Taylor
replaced Brian Jones as guitarist. Taylor
had a clean, jazz-influenced style which
contrasted well with Richards' raunchy
rock sound. The difference is very obvious
on "Can't You Hear Me Knocking" from
the Sticky Fingers album. The tune starts
off with Keith Richards ripping off a few
raw rock licks, before settling into the
tune's main riff. Charlie plays basic, driv¬
ing rock. The second half of the song turns
into a jazz jam with a saxophone solo, fol¬
lowed by a Taylor guitar solo. Charlie
accordingly turns into a cross between
Tony Williams and Mel Lewis—maintain-
continued on page 46
12
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
A Conversation With Charlie Watts
by Scott K. Fish
& Max Weinberg
SF: How much did the Chess blues records
influence you when you were growing up?
CW: I never heard them until I met Keith
and Mick. My whole block used to listen to
Savoy jazz records as kids. I never used to
listen to Elvis Presley or anything. It's only
through meeting Mick and Keith, really,
that I got interested in things like that. The
only person I suppose I really loved a lot
was Fats Domino.
SF: Was it a tough transition to switch
from wanting to play jazz to actually play¬
ing in a rock band?
CW: No. It's really the same thing isn't it?
You need better technique than I have to
play jazz, but what you have to do is the
same thing, isn't it?
SF: What do you see as the difference
between a rock rhythm section and a jazz
rhythm section?
CW: None. It's either very precise or it
swings a lot. There is no difference. What
is jazz? Originally it was primarily dance
music. Goodjazz, even though it's an exer¬
cise for an instrumentalist—you can still
dance to it in a way.
SF: Even a group like the Coltrane Quar¬
tet?
CW: Yeah. When it's really going, it
swings. It's as loud as a rock and roll band.
I don't see any difference between John
Coltrane and Chuck Berry except that one
writes lyrics. But, they do the same thing to
me. I know the difference; that you need to
be an innovator to play like Coltrane. But,
Chuck Berry was an innovator as well. So,
there's not a lot of difference except they
sound different. Rock and roll is dance
music and that's really what jazz is like.
MW: Did you ever purposely work on
drum technique?
CW: Yeah, I practiced rudiments. I've
always done those but I work harder at it
now than I used to when I first started to
play. I used to just sit there and think I was
Kenny Clarke or something. When I was a
kid I never learned to play. I actually got in
bands through watching people play and
copying them.
MW: Did you listen to records?
CW: Yeah, but it's not the right way of
learning. I think that people like Steve
Gadd and Jeff Porcaro—those people
have got it all, somehow. I mean, no one
person's got it all, thank goodness, other¬
wise we'd all be as one! But, guys like
that—they can do anything—and I can't
really do anything because I don't have the
natural ability. Half of it is being born with
that. Of course, eighty percent is work.
But, you have to be born with that little bit
that makes you an Earl Palmer. You can't
learn that, really. You can watch them
play, but you can't really learn to ride a
cymbal like Billy Higgins. You're not him!
That's something that I think is just in you.
MW: It's got to be there to begin with. I
constantly watch Buddy Rich and can't
believe the way he plays. Does that stuff
blow your mind?
CW: Oh yeah. He's an incredible man,
isn't he? The history of that guy is amaz¬
ing. Some of the records he played on are
just remarkable; some of the Verve records
with Charlie Parker. I mean, some of the
introductions he plays are sort of ridicu¬
lous, really, and he's only using two
drums! That's not all he's got, but he just
uses two. The placement of his notes! The
timing of it then and there was just stagger¬
ing. I just listen to Buddy's music. I can't
copy that. I think you get to a point where
you watch something just to enjoy it. I
don't think it's really done so that you're
supposed to feel, "Oh, he's the most won¬
derful drummer." I think the whole lot is
what's more enjoyable.
MW: Plus the way it moves you.
CW: I saw A1 Foster with Miles Davis the
other week. It was beautiful. But, the
whole thing was, you know? A1 Foster
played as well as everybody else, but all of
them were quite brilliant under Miles
Davis' direction. It's amazing. When it all
works at once—that's when it's great.
I suppose "technique" is when you can
turn the music a little bit to make it stagger¬
ing, like what I was saying about Buddy
Rich. He just does a little thing and after
that he just swings! Then he'll punctuate a
brass line with one hand and it's all over
the place—the music—but he's playing
every note. He'll carry on with these bits
and I go, "Whaa-at?" I've seen Buddy
Rich play lots of times but I've never met
him. He goes to England quite a bit.
MW: I think jazz acceptance has always
been better in Europe.
SF: Have you ever seen Max Roach play?
CW: I saw him at Carnegie Hall with his
band and McCoy Tyner's band. Max plays
nothing like I thought he played. He's
incredible. He started up with this waltz
thing which is quite incredible to watch. It
was all "time." It was lovely. Sort of a var¬
iation on "The Drum Also Waltzes." He
just starts off playing "boom dit, boom
dit." And he builds that up. Quite bril¬
liant. To watch him play with a band is
fantastic. The band with Clifford Brown
was amazing.
MW: Do you think it's easy to do what you
do?
CW: I never thought what I do is anything
exceptional. It's basically what you're
playing to, really. A1 Jackson was proba-
cunttnui'tl tm pufie 50
Photo by David Gahr
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
13
Photo by John Livzey
by Rick Mattingly
What exactly is a "percussionist” any¬
way ? It sounds rather imposing. To a lot of
people, a percussionist is someone who
plays in a symphony orchestra. To others,
the term suggests someone who plays a
variety of Latin instruments. Still others
consider "percussionist" to be a snobbish
way to say "drummer. "People do gener¬
ally agree that it has something to do with
hitting things, but to many people, the
exact function of a percussionist remains
rather vague. Often, in fact, percussion is
considered merely as something "extra."
Ed Mann originally became a percus¬
sionist because he found it limiting to just
play one instrument. This same idea of not
being limited to any single thing applies to
Ed's function in Frank Zappa's band: Ed
does it all. Sometimes he plays melody;
sometimes harmony; sometimes rhythm.
Sometimes he plays complex passages that
would challenge any symphony musician;
sometimes he blows duck calls. Sometimes
he supports, reinforces and colors what the
other musicians are playing; sometimes his
part is the main thing. Always he is appro¬
priate to the situation.
RM How did you get involved with so
many different instruments?
EM: I started out as a drummer. When I
was a kid, I was studying with a guy named
Richie LePore in Hartford, Connecticut.
He suggested that I take it one step further
and take up the mallet instruments as well.
So I did that to try and extend myself.
After a year with Richie, I went to the
Hartt College of Music, where I studied
with A1 Lepak, who is a true master of per¬
cussion playing, composition, and instruc¬
tion. He expanded the range of my studies
to include all of the orchestral percussion
instruments, and introduced me to percus¬
sion ensemble and multi-percussion play¬
ing. That's when I really developed a solid
foundation as a multi-percussionist.
In 1973, I moved to California and
began studying with John Bergamo at the
California Institute of the Arts. At that
time, Cal. Arts was still very young and
there were only eight or nine of us in the
percussion department. We were pretty
much free to follow any direction we
wanted, individually and as an ensemble.
14
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
John turned us on to avant-garde percus¬
sion music, unorthodox techniques and
sound sources, polyrhythms, Indian hand
drumming, and you name it. He made us
realize that percussion is limitless in terms
of its instrumental, timbral, rhythmic and
melodic possibilities.
We had a really good percussion ensem¬
ble there. We were three-time winners of
the PAS percussion ensemble competition.
It was an innovative ensemble. We were
playing a lot of music by people like Lou
Harrison, and stuff we had written our¬
selves using traditional instruments along
with stuff we had made ourselves. The
basic idea of what we were doing was to try
and expand percussion as far as it could
go, and create alternative sound sources.
Traditionally, that's been the percussion¬
ist's role anyway. Whenever there was
something odd to be done, you'd give it to
the percussion section.
After that, we had a group called the
Repercussion Unit. John Bergamo, Larry
Stein and myself were the founders of that.
We were, obviously, dedicated strictly to
percussion. Everybody in the group was an
all-around percussionist—nobody just
played one thing. After doing that for a
year, I got the job with Frank Zappa. Since
then, my involvement with Repercussion
has been sporadic, but I still try to partici¬
pate as often as possible.
So I don't know if that tells you why I'm
a percussionist, but it was the snowball
effect—you start out with one thing, you
get into something else, and at this point, it
would be hard for me to just be a drum¬
mer, or just this, or just that. Once I've
done something, I want to keep doing it
and expanding it in all directions as much
as I can.
RM: In school, where did you think your
study of percussion would lead?
EM: I didn't really think about it.
RM: Were you learning the orchestral rep¬
ertoire?
EM: No I wasn't. There are a lot of percus¬
sionists going through schools with the
idea that they're headed for an orchestra
and that's what they should be doing, and
a lot of them are great at it. But for me,
being a percussionist means something
more than having a specific piece as finely
honed as another hundred people around
the country who are already doing it.
RM: How many more people do we need
who can play the xylophone part to
"Porgy and Bess"?
EM I think one thing that happens to too
many percussionists is that they'll know a
lick like "Porgy and Bess," but they won't
understand the theory behind it. Many
times, percussionists aren't given a decent
education in terms of the real world of har¬
mony; understanding their instrument as a
harmonic instrument—not just as some¬
thing that plays parts in an orchestra.
When I was eighteen, I saw Dave
Samuels play vibes with just a rhythm sec¬
tion, and it totally blew me out. It made me
realize that if I was going to play any mal¬
lets at all, I had to understand harmonic
and melodic theory and how it applies to
the instrument. I studied with Dave for a
while, and he helped me quite a bit in
developing that style of playing. A few
years later, I was fortunate enough to
study with Emil Richards, who showed me
several important melodic and harmonic
concepts. He gave me enough material in
two hours to keep me going for the next
nine months! I also got together with Vic¬
tor Feldman once, and he showed me sev¬
eral concepts about chord voicings which
could be applied in many different ways.
RM: You mentioned that at Cal. Arts you
were free to follow any direction you
wanted. Did you have any type of formal
program at all?
EM: When I got there, I had kind of a
shock in terms of my learning experience.
Traditionally, being a student means you
"I THINK A
PERCUSSIONISTS JOB ,
MORE THAN ANYBODY
ELSE f S IN THE BAND , IS
TO PICK AND CHOOSE -
NOT ONLY WHAT TO
PLAY AND WHAT SOUND
TO USE , BUT
WHERE NOT TO PLAY."
go to a teacher every Wednesday at two
o'clock, he takes you through some
method books, and there's this whole pro¬
gram, and by the end of it you'll be where
everybody else is. I had heard a lot about
John Bergamo and I really wanted to study
with him. I was expecting format deluxe,
because that had been my experience
before. I met him for the first time and he
said to me, "Alright, what do you want to
do?" And I said, "What do you think I
should do?" He said, "I don't know. Do
what you want to do." I said, "What
about lessons?" and he said, "When you
have something to do, come to my office
and we'll have a lesson." Of course, he
wasn't putting me off—he just wanted me
to do some soul-searching in order to
define my priorities and gain a better
understanding of myself.
I became heavily involved in percussion
ensemble, various contemporary music
groups, and South Indian drumming.
John was very actively involved in every
rehearsal and performance either as a
player, conductor or advisor. He worked
with us every day in a wide variety of musi¬
cal situations and, as a result, the need for
private instruction was minimal. It was a
unique environment in which we, the stu¬
dents, could gradually learn to teach our¬
selves by observing his methods.
RM A lot of people contend that if you
want to be a musician, you shouldn't go to
school, you should go out and get a gig.
EM: At one point, I was going to follow
that doctrine and leave school. But I'm not
sorry I went to school, because when
you're out in the real world, how are you
going to have a situation where you can
play twenty-four hours a day? Where are
you going to get a practice room full of
percussion instruments that you can
become accustomed to? You'd have to
have a huge apartment which was sound¬
proof. It's cheaper to go to school. I basi¬
cally follow that theory that you really
learn how to apply your ability as a musi¬
cian when you get out of school. But I
think if somebody really wants to learn to
be an all-around percussionist, a school is
the ideal environment. They have the
instruments, the space, the facility, and
you have the chance to be around a lot of
other percussionists, and you can be
bouncing ideas back and forth. There are
guidelines for becoming a percussionist,
but still, it's always unorthodox. You're
always being confronted with unorthodox
situations when you're a percussionist,
even if it's just transporting your instru¬
ments. That can be a horror story in itself.
RM: The older musicians had more
chances to sit in at after-hours sessions, so
in many ways, that was a type of school.
EM: Right. It's a shame that situation
doesn't exist anymore.
RM: Maybe that situation has moved into
the schools.
EM I think that's actually pretty accurate,
but yet, it's different. You don't get a
chance to learn as much about life in
school. When you get out of school, that's
what you have to learn about immediately.
It's sink or swim. Let's face it—a degree
doesn't mean anything at this point. If you
augment it with a Master's, then you can
teach in a school. But even there, how
many positions are there and do you really
want to do that? To me, it doesn't make
sense to go to school, get the degree, and
immediately come out and accept a teach¬
ing position. You have to have a lot of
practical real-life experience. Then you
have something to teach about. Being a
musician is not just about technique and
notes.
RM A lot of teachers have never played a
professional gig.
EM: Right. Except school gigs. As a stu¬
dent, I would not want to study with some¬
one like that. A teacher with a lot of experi¬
ence can tell you so much more about how
to apply what you do to different aspects
of things that you will probably be encoun¬
tering once you get out and start doing it.
RM: A good teacher must realize that a
particular student may have a more imme-
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1902
15
Photo by John Livzey
diate need to learn now to play a wedding
reception than to learn the symphonic rep¬
ertoire.
EM I had that situation with Bergamo. I
started to do casuals when I was about
nineteen. I had always played rock and
roll, but I got a call from an accordian
player who played all these rhumbas and
cha-chas and everything. I could kind of
fake my way through it, but I didn't know
anything about the specific styles. I went to
Bergamo, and he had done a lot of things
like that. So his experience was invaluable
to me.
RM How did you get the gig with Zappa?
EM John Bergamo had done a lot of
orchestral work with Frank. About the
time I graduated from Cal. Arts, John
called Frank just to see what he was doing,
and Frank was about to do the overdubs
on "The Black Page." He gave John the
music for that, John gave me a copy, and
we both learned it. Before John went down
to record it, he told Frank that I also knew
the piece, so we both went down and
recorded it. There are two versions: one is
full band with mallets, the other version
uses alternative sound sources—brake
drums, pipes, the kind of thing Repercus¬
sion was involved in. We still had the
Repercussion Unit at that time. So any¬
way, John and I did the overdubs on "The
Black Page," and I met Frank then.
A few months later, Ruth [Underwood]
told me that Frank was forming a new
band and was looking for another key¬
board player. I had known Tommy Mars
since 71. We used to have bands together
on the East Coast. He had just come out to
California and was looking for a gig. So I
called Frank up to get Tommy an audition.
Frank remembered me and asked me if I
would like to audition too, because he was
also looking for a percussionist. That was
June of 77.
RM Did you have a formal audition?
EM To a degree, but Frank already had a
decent idea of what I could do since I had
done some recording with him. It wasn't a
"cattle call," which was fortunate. A lot
of times, you'll see players come through
those things, and when you have fifteen
players waiting to audition, it's just "Next
. . . next . . . next ..." Depending on
your ability to handle a situation like that,
you may give a good impression of your¬
self or not, regardless of what your abili¬
ties are. So a lot of it is based on Frank's
intuitive feeling at the time.
I think that had a lot to do with it when
he asked me to join the band. When I went
to the audition, it was about one o'clock in
the morning. I had called him up about
midnight, and he said, "Well, if you think
you'd like the job, why don't you come up
right now?" And I said, "Well, maybe
tomorrow or something?" "No, no, if you
want to do it, come up right now." So I
went up and he had this really dimly lit
room in his basement. He put all of the
charts in front of me. It was an audition of
sorts—he wanted to see how I could handle
some of the music and how my basic sight
reading was. I struggled through it, but I
didn't feel I did a particularly good job. I
suppose Frank just got the feeling I could
handle it.
It took a lot of work that summer. We
were rehearsing about six to eight hours a
day, five days a week, and I would spend
the rest of my time at home practicing it. I
was just trying to get a basic feel for it.
There are certain rhythmic patterns that
Frank writes. You see them in different
pieces and in different places, but it's all
sort of coming from the same idea. It's not
a formula; it's just a stylistic thing. Certain
things occur here and there and you can
relate them to other pieces. So I used all of
my extra time to get a handle on how Frank
wrote, his phrasing, and how he wanted
things to sound stylistically.
RM: After you adjusted to his style, did
things get easier?
EM Frank is never easy. He'll write some¬
thing which, at the time, is more difficult
than anything he has written before, and
it's a challenge to see if you can cut it. You
spend hours learning this thing, and once
you do, then that becomes the new stand¬
ard. Then he'll write something past that.
The thing I've noticed since I've been
with him is that his music is becomming
rhythmically more difficult. Instead of
having standard odd subdivisions per beat,
like a quarter note divided into five or
seven or something like that, he'll have
something like a seven grouping over three
quarter notes, and then out of the seven,
have a five over four of the seven beats.
You have to be able to subdivide the seven
to know where the five ends and the last
three beats of the seven start. Also, group¬
ings will start in the middle of a bar, say on
the third quarter note of one bar, and go to
the fourth quarter of the next bar, and over
those five notes, he'll have an eleven, or
something like that. And it might not be a
full eleven—there might be rests and trip¬
lets within it. When I first joined the band,
he wasn't writing too many things like
that. If he was, it was here and there. He
has pieces now that are entirely based on
that principle. Everything is over the bar
and it's all odd groupings on top of the
basic space you've been given, and then
odd subdivisions within that. You really
have to know how to count to play that
stuff.
RM: Does he really hear those things in his
mind, or are they figured out mathemati¬
cally?
EM He really hears it, and then it's fig¬
ured out mathematically later on to repre¬
sent it as accurately as possible. After you
16
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
get a figure like that and start to phrase it,
it's different than if you just play it mathe¬
matically. It has to be phrased, otherwise,
it doesn't sound right.
RM: You've worked with several different
drummers during the time you've been
with Zappa.
EM: Terry Bozzio was the drummer when
I came in, and then there was Vinnie Col-
aiuta. I wasn't in the band with David
Logeman. There was a point where Frank
took about nine months off, and then
when the band re-formed, it was a very
vocally oriented band. He decided not to
include percussion in that particular band,
so I was off playing drums, trying to keep
that part of my life going. When I started
working with Frank again, I guess it was
December of 1980. Vinnie was back at that
point. Then Vinnie left and Chad Wacker-
man came in.
RM How much effect does a different
drummer have on the band?
EM: It makes a pretty big difference
because Frank will write around how peo¬
ple play. He used to do a lot of stuff with
Vinnie where they would just kind of go
free. They would really go out, because
they had an ability to feel phrases together.
So Frank did a lot of that kind of thing
with Vinnie, and that really changed the
whole sound of the band.
Before that, we had Terry, who has that
whole, "Every note I play will be the last
thing I'm remembered for" type of
approach. His playing is really metric and
really solid, so with that band, everything
was constructed around that kind of play¬
ing. It was real hard-driving, punchy
music.
This new guy, Chad, is right in between
them. He has this kind ofjazz-like fluidity,
like Vinnie, but he really has an ability to
play sparsely and simply and real hard¬
hitting when he wants to. He kind of incor¬
porates both. Chad leaves a lot of space
and we work off each other. We get dual
licks going between the percussion and the
drums.
RM A moment ago, you mentioned that
you were off playing drums for a while.
EM: At that point, I hadn't played drums
for about two and a half years, and I didn't
want to let it go. If Frank had called and
asked me to come back, I probably would
have done it, but it was important to me to
re-establish myself, just within my own
mind, as being able to be a working drum¬
mer. That's really important. If you
already play drums, there's no reason to let
it go. Even if you think of yourself as an
"FRANK IS NEVER EASY. HEEL
WRITE SOMETHING WHICH , AT
THE TIME , IS MORE DIFFICULT
THAN ANYTHING HE HAS WRIT¬
TEN BEFORE, AND ITS A CHAL¬
LENGE TO SEE IF YOU CAN CUT
IT. . . THEN HELL WRITE SOME¬
THING PAST THAT."
active percussionist, unless you're in the
hub of a studio scene or something, the
ability to play drums comes in handy just
in terms of making a living.
RM What types of gigs were you doing?
EM I did some demo tapes for solo pro¬
jects, some club work—I was basically just
freelancing. There was one band that
remained together for about four months,
but that was the only steady thing I did. I
wanted to make it as varied as possible. I
was playing some hard-rock things, a few
jazz gigs at a couple of small clubs, and the
normal amount of weddings and things
like that. Just basic drumming.
RM This brings up the basic problem that
every percussionist has to face: How does
one maintain the ability to play so many
instruments, when any one of them could
involve a lifetime's worth of work?
EM It's controlled schizophrenia. I know
exactly what you're talking about. I've
heard a lot of percussionists say that even¬
tually they have to make a decision. At one
point they will say, "Well, okay. It's time
to get serious with life and now it's just
going to be ..." It's usually mallets or
drum set. Being a serious tympanist is also
its own thing.
When you talk about zeroing in on one
instrument, someone like Vinnie—he's a
drummer. That's what he does. That's his
main focus and he's a drummer's drum¬
mer. He has a real complete understand¬
ing, because all of his time has been spent
in developing his drumming abilities.
I find it very hard to eliminate anything
totally. Since 1976, I think I've been lean¬
ing a little heavier on mallets than on
drums, but it would be literally impossible
for me to say, "Well, that's it. I'm not
going to play drums anymore." It has been
too much a part of my development and I
don't want to let it go. It's the same thing
with hand drumming. Since I spent a lot of
time doing that, it's something I couldn't
leave behind.
I see it as an all-around, comprehensive
thing. Playing drums benefits your mallet
playing; mallet playing will benefit your
drumming. Every instrument has its own
subtle techniques, but each one will give
you a different slant on the others, and
eventually, it all adds up to one compre¬
hensive ability. Playing one gives you an
idea of what you want the other to do. To
me, that's the greatest value of playing
many different instruments.
It is harder; once you decide to take on
all of these instruments and play them
actively throughout the rest of your life, it
is more difficult to become a virtuoso on
any one of them. But I think it is possible
to kind of specialize on one, and still be as
competent as you like on the others. With
me, mallets is pretty much my specializa¬
tion. That's something I spent enough time
on, and I'm definitely more comfortable
soloing on mallets. So I guess I would say
continued on page 74
THE VENTURES
The
Sixties
by Scott K. Fish
Music By James Morton
In The History of Rock Drumming: Parts I and II, I skimmed
the surface on most of the drummers in blues and country music of
the '50s who shaped rock and roll. Many of the names of those
players were probably new to most MD readers, but the drummers
are extremely important in the evolution of this music, and I feel
it's extremely important that they be studied and listened to.
Towards the late '50s, rock and roll made a transition from be¬
ing the product of a handful of independent labels to becoming a
major marketing music for the larger record companies. The
"stars" of rock and roll at that time also went through a transition
period. Little Richard stopped performing and concentrated on
spiritual studies. Elvis Presley went into the Army. Jerry Lee Lewis
married his fourteen-year-old cousin and that shattered his career.
Chuck Berry was in jail for a while on charges that seemed ques¬
tionable. Some performers like Bo Diddley and Fats Domino never
progressed into new areas of music, and although their music was
still great rock and roll, it became somewhat dated.
The larger record companies took the rawness and the musical
innocence of the great rock performers and, in many ways, re¬
duced it to its lowest common denominator. A slick formula was
created and the energy was focused on creating artists that would
appeal to the teen market. From 1959 to 1963 the songwriters be¬
came the fuel for the rock/pop industry. Teams like Carole King
and Gerry Coffin, Jerry Leiber and Mike Stoller, Barry Mann and
Cynthia Well, Doc Pomus and Mort Shuman, and Neil Sedaka
and Howard Greenfield wrote some great songs. But, between '59
and '63, artists emerged who probably sold as much for their image
as for their musical ability. Bobby Rydell, Annette Funicello,
Frankie Avalon, Paul Anka and Fabian were a few of the "big"
artists . . . or perhaps "talents" would be a more correct title.
The '60s could be called the "coming out" decade for drum¬
mers. From about 1956 until 1965, there was the phenomenon of
instrumental rock groups. Much of this style of music has been
carried over into the New Wave bands of the '80s. The record that
really brought drummers out front in the rock field was "Topsy
II" by Cozy Cole in 1958. Cole had been primarily a swing jazz
' drummer since the late '30s and for a time had a drum school with
Gene Krupain New York. "Topsy II" begins with the Cole/Krupa
I tom-tom sound, into a cowbell rhythm, an organ solo, and some
I classic big-band brass that sounds like the soundtrack to an Italian
spy movie. Cozy moves from tom-toms to snare, shifting dynamics
from loud to soft. I doubt if anyone could've guessed the signifi¬
cance of this song, especially since it was originally the flip side of
"Topsy I." But, we'll see how this sound carried through the '60s.
Photo courtesy The Ventures
18
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
The year 1959 gave us groups like Duane Eddy and Johnny and
The Hurricanes. Duane Eddy was a tremendous influence in guitar
circles, and Johnny and The Hurricanes were a bunch of guys from
Ohio that Rolling Stone called "some missing link between the
great jazz combos of the '30s and the Rolling Stones." The drum¬
mer was Bo Savitch from Detroit, an extremely rocking player with
a crisp drum sound. Bo and the rest of The Hurricanes released
"Crossfire," "Red River Rock," Reveille Rock," and "The Beat¬
nik Fly." The instrumentation was drums, electric bass, electric
guitar, organ and tenor sax.
1959 produced an off-the-wall record called "Teen Beat" that
went to number four on the charts. The artist was Sandy Nelson, a
drummer who would go on to record almost forty albums in his
career, and to this day, he remains the only artist to consistently
have records that were drum features in the Top 40. Sandy Nelson
is forty-three years old and lives in West Los Angeles. "I saw
everybody around me making records," Sandy told me, "and I
thought, 'Why don't I do one myself?' Cozy Cole did a great job
and I thought there could be room for one more drum record. So I
tried to make a beat that was danceable and, believe it or not, I got
the idea for the 'feel' of the beat from 'Battle of New Orleans' by
Johnny Horton. (Editor's Note: The drummer on "Battle of New
Orleans" was Buddy Harman.) That was for 'Teen Beat.' If you
listen to both records, they each have the same feel. I thought of
the title from looking at record charts. I saw Teen Angel' and I
thought, 'How can I work that into drum or tom-tom'!' Then I
thought of beat. Most of the companies turned the idea down. I
remember Preston Epps (Editor's Note: Epps had a hit with
"Bongo Rock" in 1959) coming into the control room and saying
to the producer, 'Well, that's just a march. "Art said, 'I don't care
what it is as long as it sounds good.' That was my first lesson in the
record business: Just follow your heart. Whatever sounds good."
In 1960 a band called The Ventures had a number two hit with
"Walk—Don't Run" that "was a model for thousands of high-
school bands." The Ventures were four musicians who played two
electric guitars, electric bass and drums. The original drummer was
Howie Johnson, who injured his neck in a car accident, was re¬
placed temporarily by Sandy Nelson, and then permanently by Mel
Taylor. Again in 1960 the Ventures released "Perfidia," and then
"Ram-Bunk-Shun" in 1961. There was nothing complex about
The Ventures' music. I think the magic and the appeal was that
they played simple enough for kids to copy them, but they also
played sophisticated enough so that kids had to stretch their tech¬
nique to learn the songs.
Sandy Nelson returned to the charts in 1961 with a record that
has become one of the most famous rock and roll drum records:
"Let There Be Drums."" I went on the road with The Ventures for
a few months," Nelson said, "and got real depressed. I thought,
'Dammit, I want another hit record.' I thought, 'Gee, this is a lot
of work getting out here on the road trying to earn a buck. If I just
had one more hit.' After 'Teen Beat' was a hit, all the fellows in the
recording industry out here would sort of kid me and say, 'Well,
you were lucky. It was a fluke. It could never happen again.' Impe¬
rial Records gave me one more chance on 'Let There Be Drums'
and I fooled everybody and had another hit! And that one I got
paid on!
"I stole a lot of licks from Cozy Cole on 'Let There Be Drums.' I
was listening to an album of his that had a version of 'Let There Be
Drums' on it and Cozy was trying to copy me copying him!"
"Let There Be Drums" begins with a tom-tom solo right out of
the Cozy Cole bag. A sinister guitar comes in with a short riff and
disappears leaving Sandy to go crazy. The drums were recorded
beautifully and Nelson's playing is very melodic. There are no
cymbals except an occasional crash and the constant hi-hat.
THE SURFAR1S
"I think the greatest influence on me was Earl Palmer," Nelson
continued. "In the '40s when I was pretty small, I listened to Benny
Photo courtesy Bob Berryhill
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
19
Goodman, Illinois Jacquet and Duke Ellington. I think that music
was more or less implanted in my soul over my lifetime because
that's now the kind of stuff I'm playing.
"I only basically had one set in those days. I had a Ludwig silver-
sparkle set that I'm still using now, but I've painted it black. I
bought them in 1962. But, I have to admit—the drum world would
understand this—that I'm not using a Ludwig bass drum. I'm us¬
ing a Gretsch. It punches through a lot better. Primarily on 'Let
There Be Drums' there were two small tom-toms, the regular 16"
floor tom, and a regular Ludwig snare about 1962 vintage. I don't
have that snare anymore. I wish I did.
"I bump into young drummers once in a while who say they
want to get my old sound. They miss the boat most of the time
because they feel it's the heaviness of the sticks or the micro¬
phones. Most rock drummers, when they solo, they get so excited
that they overplay and they play fast and one volume—LOUD.
Then they wonder why they can't get that old 'Birth of The Beat'
sound on the tom-toms. You've got to treat a drum like a woman."
The phenomenon of "surf music" came out of this era. Artists
like Dick Dale and the Del-Tones had a hit with "Let's Go Trip-
pin'," but the record that warmed every drummer's heart and frus¬
trated many players was a record made by a bunch of kids who
were fifteen and sixteen years old, except for the drummer. He was
eighteen at best, a kid named Ron Wilson, on a record called
"Wipe Out" in 1963, by The Surfaris.
The Surfaris' rhythm guitarist, Bob Berryhill, took some time to
tell me a little bit about Ron Wilson and the origin of "Wipe Out."
"Ronnie got his start, I guess, making drum cadences for his high
school marching band. So, 'Wipe Out' is essentially a drum ca¬
dence that he never gave to a band to use. I don't know if he
worked on it or not, but I know that he just came up with the
cadence right there in the studio.
"We went into record 'Surfer Joe' and we needed a B side for the
record. We said, 'Let's come up with an instrumental.' We just
started kicking it around and came up with 'Wipe Out' in ten or
fifteen minutes. It was a group effort. I said, 'Why don't we make it
like "Bongo Rock" with a little bit of breaking so Ronnie can
solo?' That was the key to surf bands in those days —have lots of
drum solos! Ronnie was a perfect showman or a ham. We said,
'Well, let's just make a drum solo out of it and we'll just throw a
few break chords in there.' Dale Small, our original manager, was
producing the record. He used to do witch's laughs for his own
documentary films. He came up with the laugh after we decided on
having 'Wipe Out' as the title. We broke some old cement plaster¬
board over a microphone and he let out with his witch's laugh and
it became 'Wipe Out.' We recorded that somewhere around De¬
cember of '62 and it was a number-one hit in June of '63. We'd
only been playing since October of '62 as a group. I don't know if
Ronnie had ever played in a band before.
"The guys came over to my house and we all plugged into my
one Bandmaster amplifier and played for about four hours. They
said, 'Hey, there's a dance tonight. We're going to meet a drum¬
mer at Tomona Catholic High School.' We got together and
played our first dance and had never even been with Ronnie. We
played a whole four hour dance with four guys that had hardly ever
seen each other before. We played things like 'Ramrod,' 'Bull¬
dog' ... the stuff that The Champs and The Ventures had writ¬
ten. It was a lot of simple blues. Just hard-driving kind of a guitar
sound. Just basically three-chord blues in a rock fashion.
"One of the disc jockeys here on KROQ calls 'Wipe Out' the
'garage anthem.' It's just one of those songs where a bunch of guys
got together and said, 'Hey, let's come up with a song' and it comes
out to be a classic that's remembered forever."
The concept of self-contained bands became almost non-exist¬
ent for a while in the '50s. On the positive side, this phenomenon
brought us some of the greatest studio drummers of the '60s. The
four major studio drummers—particularly in the early '60s—were
Hal Blaine, Earl Palmer, Jesse Sailes, and Sharkey Hall. Both
Jesse and Sharkey were forerunners to Hal and Earl. Hal Blaine
told me, "Sharkey Hall was one of the biggest influences in my life;
one of the nicest gentlemen in the world. I met him when I was
about fifteen. Jesse Sailes kind of taught me a lot of stuff too.
Between Sharkey, Jesse Sailes, and Earl Palmer . . . they were one
of the big black influences in rock and roll. As a kid I played with
all black people until I got into the service at sixteen or seventeen. I
first started working with white guys in the Army.
"I used to hang out with Sharkey a little bit. We'd go to jam
sessions and things. Sharkey was doing a lot of records then. The
only thing that kept Jesse and Sharkey from staying in the studios
was that they weren't tremendous readers. When rock started hap¬
pening, Sharkey and Jesse were the guys that were doing garage
demos and stuff like that. They were the guys that were happening.
Earl, too. The early rock and roll of the studios was not out of the
studios! It was out of garages. Those tunes were so baby-like at the
beginning that the average jazz or learned musician scoffed and
laughed and said, 'What kind of bullshit is that?' They forget that
it's evolution and you've got to go with it.
"Most of the guys I know from my era played shows, dances,
Bar Mitzvahs . . . whatever! When the rock and roll thing started
happening, you had to learn to play 'oom dah dah oom dak' Even
that beat was ancient history. Every time you saw a camel movie
they were playing that beat."
One of the most disheartening aspects of researching this article
was that drummers like Sharkey Hall and Jesse Sailes had almost
no specific recollection of records they'd been on. I asked Jesse
Sailes if he could recall some of the records he was involved with.
He said, "That's really hard to do. Offhand I couldn't tell you.
One of my big things was 'The In Crowd' with Dobie Gray. It's
just hard to think of everything right now. I wasn't into no one
thing. I was studying all of it. In fact, when I started playing, it was
mostly swing. Then when the trend changed, I went on with the
"ONE OF MY BIGGEST DISAPPOINTMENTS
IN LIFE WAS FINDING OUT THAT A DOZEN
OF MY FAVORITE DRUMMERS WERE HAL
BLAINEBRUCE GARY
20
AUGUSTfSEPTEMBER
change. It was very interesting. Once you've studied it's not hard
to get into what's happening. The whole thing was getting that beat
going, because that's what made the thing go. The rhythm. The
drummer. That was really what made the rock deal go.
"When I was coming up, there was quite a few of us. Sharkey
Hall, Dave Mills, Hal Blaine, Earl Palmer . . . those are the main
ones. We were doing nearly all of the stuff. They'd call me into the
studio to do a session. I really didn't know who the group was. I'd
just do the session and that was it. It started changing because a lot
of groups started coming in with their own rhythm section."
Sharkey Hall is sixty years old now, but to hear him speak, you'd
think he was twenty-five. "Earl and Hal were kind of like pioneers
in the business. They did many things. In my case, I did a lot of
ghost drumming for different outfits like The Ventures, The Beach
Boys, The Diamonds." The Ventures? "Of course, that was when
they were real young. They had a kind of a 'time' problem. It took
a little while for them to get the experience to be steady. I guess the
biggest thing that I was on was Ernie Freeman's 'Raunchy' and
Jewel Aiken's 'Birds and The Bees.' They're about the only two
that come to mind, that were like gold records.
"I was raised in show business. After I got out of the service I
was primarily a jazz drummer. I ended up working in a club with
Ernie Freeman out here about the same time Earl Palmer came to
town with Fats Domino. He used to come in where I worked and I
let him sit in. At the time—because Earl was working with Fats
Domino—a lot of the jazz fellows didn't think that he could play
jazz. Come to find out that he had been expressly brought out here
by Aladdin Records to be their staff drummer. The next thing I
know, my phone started ringing with referrals from Earl because
he'd gotten quite busy. Between that and 'Raunchy' being a hit, I
ended up about third man on call in the studios out here for about
ten years.
"I got out of the service about 1945 and I really wanted to be a
bebop drummer, but I couldn't make a living at it. So, I had to play
a more commercial style. In the early '50s the kids found the rock
thing, so I stepped from jazz right on over into that."
I asked Sharkey if that was a tough transition. "Psychologically
it was for a while. For a while I wondered about the appeal and I
thought for a while that it was kind of like a step backward. But, as
the thing began to get a little more sophisticated, it became a chal¬
lenge. Some of the guys out here with the 'heavy' reputations
thought it was a passing fancy. As a matter of fact, a lot of the guys
actually refused to do rock dates. Consequently, that gave me a
clear shot at the number-three slot."
Of all the studio drummers in the '60s, Hal Blaine was, in his
own estimation, recorded most. He's probably right. "I guess
there's no question that I was the most recorded drummer in the
'60s. I stopped counting at 35,000 singles. Now, those are logged.
Every song I ever recorded got written down."
Hal became interested in drums at nine years of age, and was
influenced by Baby Dodds, Sonny Greer, Gene Krupa and Buddy
Rich. In the April '81 MD, Blaine told Robyn Flans: "I came along
at a time when drummers tuned their drums real high in pitch, real
tight. A lot of that was for technique so they could play those high
notes and get a lot of bounce to the ounce, as it were. I came along
and I tuned drums down to normal, mid-range."
Hal's greatest opportunity came from working with Phil Spec-
tor in the '60s. Phil Spector was called' 'The First Tycoon of Teen"
by author Tom Wolfe. The Encyclopedia of Rock called him "one
of the single most enigmatic figures in rock history while also being
among the most seminal of pioneers in the genre." Spector was the
most successful record producer from the late '50s until the arrival
of the Beatles. His first hit was with his own band, The Teddy
Bears, called "To Know Him Is To Love Him," followed by a co¬
writing of "Spanish Harlem" by Ben E. King, and The Drifter's
"On Broadway." He produced "Will You Still Love Me Tomor¬
row?" by The Shirelles, "He's A Rebel" by The Crystals, plus
"Da Doo Ron Ron," and "Then He Kissed Me." He signed The
Righteous Brothers in '64, and had a couple of smash hits. One was
"You've Lost That Lovin' Feelin' " (with Earl Palmer on drums)
where "his genius for production truly blossomed to create a single
of epic proportion, the zenith of his so-called 'wall-of-sound' tech¬
nique." Later on, Spector would produce "Instant Karma" by
John Lennon, Let It Be by The Beatles, and the All Things Must
Pass and Bangla Desh albums for George Harrison.
"Phil Spector, God bless him, used to let me just go nuts on
records," Hal told Robyn Flans. "None of that has ever been du¬
plicated. People have hired the same musicians, the same studio,
the same engineer to get the same thing, but it could never be dupli¬
cated. To this day, only Phil Spector can get that sound."
What was it like for the drummer on those classics?
"It was all magic. We were all new people in the studios in the
early '60s. I guess we were the 'stars' to be. There was so much
spirit and so much vitality. The adrenalin was unbelievable. Every
producer in the world used to hang out at [the Spector] sessions
just to touch Phil; just to try and hear something that would rub off
on them. Those sessions were agony and ecstasy. We worked for
many hours at a clip—without breaks generally—and we made the
biggest records in the world.
"From the nucleus of the Phil Spector records came The Beach
Boys, Jan & Dean, Johnny Rivers, and everybody that happened
after that. It all happened because Phil Spector had his 'wall of
sound.' That was the new sound. That was the new drum thing that
happened. I was still just playing a four-piece Ludwig set and Phil
used to let me go nuts on the fades! I had a bass drum that was a
killer. It had a front head. Everybody liked that 'four-on-the-
floor' bass drum, and that was another reason why people always
called me. 'Be sure and bring that bass drum.' I had two of them—
identical—and they didn't know that. It was impossible to have it
at every date for four, five, six dates a day.
continued on page 88
'PISTOL' ALLEN
AUGU ST/SEPTEMBER 1982
nhoto by Lem Sinai air
How do you mentally prepare for drumming?
"I look at all those people in the audience," says Jeff Myer,
drummer for Jesse Colin Young, "and I think to myself, 'Boy,
you'd better be good!' "
"Before the show I'm always running new ideas through my
head," says Molly Hatchet's Bruce Crump. "It's kind of a mental
rehearsal."
Derek Pellicci, of the Little River Band, spends a little time alone
before the show. "I usually go off into a corner or room while the
vocalists are warming up, and just psyche myself into the perform¬
ance," says Pellicci. "I'm not one for the hooting and hollering,
banging sticks on the wall type of preparation. I'd rather free my
mind of all thoughts but the performance."
Billy Cobham's answer caught me off guard: "I use a lot of
mental preparation—mostly by watching cartoons and eating
Crackerjacks," bluffed Cobham. Then breaking into a wide grin
he added, "No really, it's fun forme to play, so I just go play! If I
have to pressure myself into playing music then it's boring. I'm
lazy—I play for pure enjoyment. If an off-stage problem is bother¬
ing me, I get it out of my system by breaking sticks, busting guitars
[while darting a menacing glance towards his guitarist] or some¬
thing. About 99.9 percent of my gigs are good, and everything falls
into place. I just look forward to playing."
To approach each performance in a healthy state of mind is
imperative to enjoying yourself and drumming your best. All the
drummers I queried on mental preparation reiterated two basic
themes: You must be secure and confident of your preparation, so
that the show, audience and pressure of performing won't inhibit
your style; and you must approach each performance with a posi¬
tive attitude.
Not being well-practiced and rehearsed can lead to the discovery
of a formidable foe: stage fright! Many people regard stage fright
as a performer's number-one enemy. The nervousness it fosters is
familiar in some degree to all of us. This phenomenon can devas¬
tate a drum break or solo, but usually all is not lost. Performance
will be inhibited but not totally destroyed. You'll still drum, but
only parts which are safe and easy to pull off. No adventurous fills.
No unfamiliar patterns. The rationale is that mistakes would be
too easy to commit. And the mistakes do happen easily, since your
mind is preoccupied with avoiding mistakes. Stage fright certainly
perpetuates itself.
First let me say that some stage fright is normal. Even the estab¬
lished pros feel some nervousness. Stage fright is as natural as
music. When someone steps on stage, something beyond normal
talent is expected by the audience. How are you more skilled than
they? Can you drum a part or create a feeling they can't? The
performer, by taking that first step onto the stage, is welcoming
critical review and accepting some pressure. Certain situations cre¬
ate more pressure than others. If you're aware of an important
booking agent in the audience, the pressure you assume has
increased. I can remember practicing at home alone, with no inhi¬
bitions whatsoever. As soon as one person was in the room with
me, however, I suddenly became very aware of how I played. I
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
tensed up. Was I sounding repetitive? Did my practice drumming
sound coherent? Even seemingly inconsequental thoughts entered
my mind. How did I look? Was this person bored? All this inner
turmoil ruined my concentration, even while practicing in my own
home! I can also vividly remember being scared to drum at high
school jazz festivals. I'd be standing in the wings off-stage, watch¬
ing and listening to a drummer from another band and thinking,
"Gee, that guy's really fast," or "He plays smoother than I do." I
was tearing my self-confidence apart by worrying. My problem of
insecurity lied with my practice habits—I should have gone over
my parts more completely. Experienced drummers who know their
parts inside out won't be bothered by watching another drummer.
Paul T. Riddle, of the Marshall Tucker Band, wrote me that, "I
relax my mind by listening to the opening act, running new mate¬
rial through my head." He is able to watch another drummer
purely for entertainment since he is secure in his ability. But it takes
time for confidence to replace nervousness. Your practicing
should include more difficult passages than the performance will
entail. This will make the performance seem easy in comparison.
Here are ten simple exercises you can apply before and while
performing to help with stage fright:
1. Like yourself. Be comfortable with who you are and how you
think others perceive you. Know in your heart that you've tried to
be a good person. Also, be comfortable with your personal appear¬
ance. Take care of cosmetics such as hair and clothing so that
you're satisfied with the image you project.
2. Understand your drums. Every three or four months I get the
feeling I'm out of touch with my set. Whether I've been playing
consistently or not, I don't feel like the instrument is an extension
create a feeling of goodwill. You're hired as an entertainer, so why
not entertain the club personnel? After all, they hired you!
5. Review the show before starting. I like to go over the beginning
of each tune as I preview the set lists. Sometimes I'll concentrate on
the tempos beforehand. If you're playing new material that's still a
little shaky, try bringing a small cassette player with headphones,
and find an inconspicuous place to listen to the song on a break.
Whatever you do, don't try to count off a song you can't remem¬
ber. In a tight spot I'll ask the bass player to hum a few bars to me.
Then the whole song comes back like a tidal wave!
6. Acknowledge your nervousness. If you're a little shaky, pre¬
tending no anxiety exists usually won't work. One of the first steps
toward turning stage fright into useful energy is observing your
trembling hands and dealing with it. They are only physical reac¬
tions to increased mental anxiety. Appreciate where you are, all the
practice it took to get there, and review the show. Lean on the other
band members for a little support. Chances are good that the key¬
boardist is every bit as apprehensive as you, so talk together about
the show. There is power in numbers.
7. Releaseyour tension physically. Drums are easily distinguished
from other instruments because of their physical nature—they are
made to be hit, sometimes very hard. It requires a physical musi¬
cian to play the instrument properly. If a drummer is nervous
before starting, usually just playing through a few opening songs is
enough to calm the nerves and regain composure. Nervousness is
felt because of an excess of adrenalin racing through the body.
Using up some of this adrenalin can be done before starting instead
of using the first few numbers to wear off this stimulant, by physi¬
cally working your body. Exercises requiring bursts of energy,
Prepare For Drumming
by Jim Dearomg
of myself anymore. How I get close to the set again is to give it a
thorough cleaning—take everything apart, check threads, tighten
screws—I want to get my hands all over the drumshells to feel how
they make their respective tones, and appreciate the craftsmanship
which went into forming them, the tightness and sturdiness of the
stands and mounts, and the perfection of the cymbals. Then, when
I next sit down to play, I better understand the physical nature of
my drums. They'll sound better to me, and I'll be proud of my
instrument. My confidence in the set will be reborn.
3. Arrive prepared. Cover as many details as possible before leav¬
ing for your gig. Unexpected variables such as not having good
directions or being caught without clean stage clothes can change
the entire complexion of a show. Several seemingly insignificant
aberrations can snowball into a very depressing evening, but by
checking off a mental list of items, you can avoid some bad situa¬
tions. If a mental list doesn't work, draw up a list on paper, have it
duplicated, then each time you leave to drum, check off each item
as it is packed into the car.
4. Be comfortable in your surroundings. This will make you feel
more at ease. Your practice room probably has a reassuring quality
to it, since you've been there often. You know where things belong
and can be found. When you arrive at a club, set up the drums and
then take a moment to explore the premises, familiarizing yourself
with the conditions. At show time, this new awareness will give you
a sense of belonging. Talk to the owner, bartender, waitress, and
such as squats, push-ups, chin-ups or jumping in place, will use up
adrenalin, thus allowing your body to relax. Drumming warm-ups
can also release physical tension, though less effectively.
Deep breathing exercises can relieve tension, because people
usually constrict breathing when they're afraid. Take several deep
breaths (at least five) consecutively, and feel yourself relax.
8. Be innovative and imaginative. Go ahead and think up a couple
of new ideas each week to try when performing. Expand your rep¬
ertoire of accents and patterns. This is a sure way to build confi¬
dence. By taxing your imagination to think of new parts, you can
laugh in the face of stage fright. Ideally you'll get new parts down
at a practice, but sometimes you'll have a brilliant idea while per¬
forming. Why wait for a practice? Do it now! If it doesn't fit, you
won't shrivel up and die. If it does fit, your self-confidence will
have been bolstered a thousand times.
On the other hand, some nights are not good for innovation. If
you don't feel good emotionally or physically, then stay with
what's comfortable. "Only do what you feel comfortable with,"
says Cobham. "It's always the band first, so know where your
limits are. It's alright to try something new, but have a good reason
for doing it, and understand what kind of timing you're getting
into." If you're at an extremely important audition where your
every beat is closely listened to, play those parts in which you
already have the utmost confidence.
9. Anticipate mistakes. Realize that risking experimentation of
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
23
new, untested parts mean's thaf ytm'll occasionally blow it. Antici¬
pate the mi stakes A fee ready for them by knowing how to slip
securely into a familiar pattern. Many times what sounds bad to
you won't sound bad to the.iudienoe because they have no precon¬
ception of what it should sound like,. U \ ^ \
10. Don't dwell on mistakes. Once you make a mistake, forget it
and think ahead. Try not to worry about who Mught it and who
didn't. Leave it behind. Since the majority of audiences are not
musicians, your error will go undetected' by most. And scolding
yourself for the error onstage L is bad visually. It is good to laugh off
the mistake, but this too. can be overdone. Until we sat down at a
business/mee.ting and cleared it up, the musicians in my band had
the habit of openly acknowledging each mistake by turning to face
the embarras'sed musician with wide grins and laughs! This habit,
while done with good intention, was tipping off the audience to all
our.mistakes. Not very professional, nbr 'did it help to build self-
confidence. It is enough to simply acknowledge the mistake to
yourself, and mentally tuck it away until a break when you can
make a note of it for a later rehearsal.
In the May '81 MD, I mentioned stage fright, how different
levels of nervousness affect drumming, and how alcohol can
inhibit excess anxiety. Basically, I concluded that alcohol
shouldn't be relied upon to reduce anxiety since it also alters per¬
ception., We need to build self-confidence through both practice
and performance—in short, experience is the key to handling stage
fright and assuming control over your drums. In his MD column
"Staying In Tune," Hal Blaine gives readers great advice: "What¬
ever you do—do it w,i|th fervor and give yourself some confi¬
dence," says Blaine in; the November '81 "^hen.ycju hit a
vive without a keyboardist for a night; but if you can't make the
gig, it's cancelled! You are the foundation upon which the rest of
the band is built. Feel your importance.
Another good way to cultivate confidence about how you fit in
with the other musicians is by participation. Play an active role in
arranging songs, work closely with the bassist on accents, and ana¬
lyze guitar and horn parts to make sure that the rhythm is solid and
not confusing. Assume responsibility for rhythmic cohesion.
Accept the blame when the basic structure of a song doesn't fit
smoothly in a groove, then correct the problem. Try your business
hand at booking a few gigs by contacting clubs and agents, or take
responsibility forgetting promotional material printed and distrib¬
uted. Activities like these solidify your position within the band,
and you'll feel a difference in personal security.
Just as participating in the growth of the group is important, so
is participation with the group in non-musical activities. Have fun
together! Good interpersonal relations don't always just happen;
sometimes you must actively strive for good feelings. Throw a
band party, or go camping together. If you get to know each other
as good, close friends off-stage, this vibrant friendship will shine
out to the audience when you make music together. The smiles will
come easily.
Feeling secure, confident and not letting stage fright inhibit you
is one part of mental preparation. To complete your preparation,
work on adopting an optimistic, positive attitude toward people
and surroundings.
The value of positive thinking cannot be over-emphasized. This
is especially true for a performer, since you must not only think
positive, but also appear positive. You must entertain the audi¬
cymbal— hit u
man . . . Don't just i
lot of baloney. If yo
start hitting." T ‘
will build your se
Df "ding" at it. Give it a good cut,
like you're playing on eggshells. That's a
^ant to be self confident—get in there and
aggressive like this, even if only in practice,
Ifidence. Cobham, in the August-September
s. He says that a drummer must have
— to have the element of security
79 MD, gives similar advi<
jfrmll to _
when he plays. If no place else in life, when you get on stage you've
got to know what you're doing." J
I can remember feeling less important than other members in my
band. It was an inferiority complex, because they were easily play¬
ing instruments which seemed difficult to me, but in actuality my
coordination and sense of timing was just as difficult for them to
grasp. In the same MD interview, Cobham summed up my prob¬
lem:; ''^Jahy timQS flrumtriers. have been made to feel small in com¬
parison to the oilier musicians in the band. When you hear people
talk about the band< they speak of the band and the drummer, or
the musicians and the rhythm section. The drummer is not viewed
as a musician. He's a time-keeper. If the band has a time problem,
it's the drummer's fault . . . Therefore he's insecure about his
position."
Be a part of your band. Develop self-confidence not only in your
ability, but also in your status within the grptip. After all, what one
member could be considered least eygT
He to the band? You! If
the bassist is unable to pljty, a guitarist cah usually cover; if a singer
can't make iL voeal parts can be' switched; and the band can sur-
ence—in many cases they've paid money to see you, so there are no
excuses for a poor performance. "First of all you've got to start
thinking positive," advises Blaine. "If you start putting yourself
down, man, you're going to be down. You've got to start putting
yourself up."
A good first step towards refining positive attitude and appear¬
ance is to gauge how important music is to you. The more devoted
you are to music and life as a musician, the more enthusiastic your
performance will be. Likewise, getting excited about a part-time
musical hobby is harder than if you can freely admit to being
devoted to music. You can't take more energy out of the music
than you put in. "When the entire concentration of all your
force—physical, emotional, and spiritual—is brought to bear, the
consolidation of these powers properly employed is quite irresist¬
ible," says Norman Vincent Peale, in his bestseller The Power Of
Positive Thinking (Fawcett Crest Books). "Results do not yield
themselves to the person who refuses to give himself to the desired
results ... In other words, whatever you are doing, give it all
you've got. Give every bit of yourself. Hold nothing back." If you
are devoted to the drums, follow this advice.
By repetitive practice and performance, you will gain confidence
and begin to believe in your ability to drum well. If you believe in
yourself, good things will start to happen. Optimism will turn into
realistic achievement because a positive attitude perpetuates itself,
and your whole life will be led in one clear direction. This doesn't
mean you can't pursue more ventures besides drumming: rather.
you'll pursue all interests in the same way—with a "go get 'em"
attitude. Whenever I begin to doubt my drumming ability, I think
of the most exciting and inspiring drummer I've ever seen, Buddy
Rich, and compare my drumming lifespan with his. I've been
drumming for about ten years, but Rich has been drumming for
about fifty. I figure I can accomplish anything in the forty years I
have to catch up with him, though of course, I probably won't. But
realizing I don't have to become a great drummer in one or two
years is a great relief. That makes me feel better.
Instead of dwelling on what goals your band hasn't yet achieved,
pat yourself on the back for what you have done. You say that you
haven't got that million-dollar recording contract yet, and you
haven't really accomplished much of anything? Look again.
You've practiced a lot, right? You can keep a solid beat. Your non¬
musical friends can't drum as well as you can. Count all the songs
in your music collection you can drum, even if they're "easy."
This self-inventory of accomplishments can be taken even further,
back to individual beats. So what if you make a mistake in a song?
That's only one beat out of the entire track. To put that one mis¬
take into perspective, count up all of the beats in the song. The
ratio is about 2,000 to one. Maybe Buddy Rich's ratio is 200,000 to
one, but 2,000 to one isn't bad! Think in these terms if you feel
defeated. "If you or I or anybody think constantly of the forces
that seem to be against us," says Peale, "we will build them up into
a power far beyond that which is justified. They will assume a
formidable strength which they do not actually possess." Don't
take your accomplishments for granted.
Before a show, learn to dismiss anxieties not related to the per¬
formance. Follow Cobham's habit of using drumming to escape
any outside worries which may be affecting you as a person. Don't
alone, you can figure out the difficult passage. For now, before a
show, be confident of your ability to play the upcoming material.
Expect more than an average performance out of yourself, then go
out and make it happen.
It is very important to project your confidence, security and pos¬
itiveness to the other musicians and audience. Good vibes radiat¬
ing from you can cheer up and encourage the confidence of the
band. Show them your security by smiling, nodding and acknowl¬
edging. If the keyboardist reels off a hot solo, let him know you
dug it. I've never known a musician who didn't enjoy hearing a
loud "Yea!" when something hot happened. Liven up the stage!
Giving compliments is so easily done, and the reward is better,
more sincere relations within the band. And don't forget the audi¬
ence! Treat them as guests, and always acknowledge applause. The
day you stop graciously acknowledging applause is the day the
applause will stop. Why should they clap if you don't seem to hear
it? At least smile. A smile is the world's universal language. It takes
a little practice and conscious effort, but a smile is the single most
tell-tale sign of appreciation and positive thinking.
One discussion to avoid before shows is a band business meet¬
ing. Talking over only good news such as job offers, touring possi¬
bilities, raises in pay and so forth is fine, but I can't ever remember
a business meeting which didn't also include bad news, such as
cancellations, equipment problems or management hassles. This
can ruin a positive frame of mind. How can you be expected to
concentrate on music when you just heard a rumor that the volume
is too loud, the bar is slow and the band is being released tomor¬
row? Save business meetings—even impromptu business talks—
until after the show, when you don't have to appear lively, witty
and the life of the party.
let these worries affect your drumming or stage presence. Believe
that drumming is fun, and it will become fun if it isn't already.
Drumming is a job that has incredible potential to be fun. Don't
fall into the trap of having to go to work; instead, always say to
yourself, "I'm going to go out and play now." Relish the thought
of being able to release yourself through drumming, and leave
bothersome personal matters at home. "This process of mind
drainage," says Peale, "is important in overcoming worry, for
fear thoughts, unless drained off, can clog the mind and impede
the flow of mental and spiritual power. But such thoughts can be
emptied from the mind and will not accumulate if they are elimi¬
nated daily. To drain them, utilize a process of creative imagina¬
tion. Conceive of yourself as actually emptying your mind of all
anxiety and fear. Picture all worry thoughts as flowing out as you
would let water flow from a basin by removing the stopper." This
refreshening of the mind will allow you to concentrate solely on the
upcoming show—running patterns through your mind, checking
and tuning drums, watching the people file in—and get psyched
into drumming.
Just prior to playing, foresee yourself executing patterns flaw¬
lessly. Predict success! Again, think of your favorable ratio of
beats (2,000 to one) and reinforce your confidence with all the
parts you play well. Only run a difficult part through your mind if
you have figured it out to your own satisfaction. Don't dwell on a
hard part you never seem to get right. If you have that problem,
rearrange the part so it is easier to play. Later, while practicing
Before you realize it, positive thinking will lead to thinking posi¬
tive. What was once an effort to uphold now stands by itself. Your
personality will have changed. Another delightful aspect of posi¬
tive, optimistic thinking is that it is contagious. The rest of the
band will appreciate your attitude, and subconsciously imitate
your positive behavior. This band "face lift" will be easily appar¬
ent among the audience, who will be floored by this inspiring, viva¬
cious group of musicians. Result: return customers for the bar,
and more bargaining leverage for you.
As you further acquire an upbeat, optimistic attitude, spotting
pessimistic people who appear to be in a mental rut will be easy.
For every good word you speak, they'll utter some negative
counter-comment. Unless you have the time and really care for the
person, don't waste your professional time with these people. Does
your band want to be dragged down by a musician who constantly
complains? Personality is as important as musical talent when
assembling a band you hope to keep together.
Finally, keep in mind that you must actively exercise your new
positive approach to retain it. Little River Band's Pellicci is well
aware of this. "LRB and its crew have found that an idle mind
sometimes leads to a depressed mind. That's the last sort of atti¬
tude that an audience wants to see a band present."
Practice a positive approach to drumming, and rehearse and
perform all you can. Then you'll be able to look at a crowd of
thousands, as Jesse Colin Young's Jeff Myer does, and turn your
bubbling excitement into useful energy—and drum up to your
greatest expectations. jj'
25
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
The Outlaws first album was released in
1974. David Dixjoined them on record in
1977, on the Hurry Sundown album, but
he'd been a member many years earlier
when The Outlaws was a high-school
band. The band has gone through several
facelifts that have taken it from being a
country/rock band to a rock band with
country influences. The Outlaws began as
a one-drummer band, and when Dix
joined they played with two drummers
until 1979 when David became the main
man.
Dix is like bottled energy. He's
extremely serious about rock and roll and
drumming. He has evolved by his own
admission since 1977, learning what not to
play more than anything else. I had a great
time doing this interview, as David was
extremely candid and straight-ahead. His
goals for his future seem to be summed up
in his statement, "1 don't want to be just
another tasteless rock drummer."
DD: The Outlaws started when I was a kid.
Hughie Thomasson and I played in our
first band together when we were both
twelve or thirteen. We played in a couple
of different bands together during our
early teens. When we were both fifteen,
The Outlaws got together. This was back
about 1967. We played around like that for
a long time, playing weekends in bars
under the name The Outlaws. About the
time I was eighteen or nineteen, I left the
band. I went to work a steady job! It was a
lounge gig, $135 a week, and at eighteen
that was a gold mine. But, it was a terrible
gig. It was piano, bass and drums playing
the old standards. It was not one of the bet¬
ter gigs I had in my life, but the money was
good—so, what the hell!
The Outlaws continued and Monte
Yoho took my place. The band played
around and broke up and reformed a
couple of times. Eventually they got their
first album deal which came out in 75. We
were still good friends and kept in touch. I
was basically trying to make a living and
they wanted to be rock stars. Right after
the third album, I got a call from Monte.
He said, "The band wants to use two
drummers!" He seemed all for it. If I was
the drummer in the band—I would at least
have my feelings hurt, I guess, but Monte
was really excited about it.
I said, "Sure. Yeah." I've been with The
Outlaws since July 1977. Monte left two
years ago. Since then the band's just been
with one drummer. It's been great! Work¬
ing with two drummers is difficult. It's not
my cup of tea.
SF: Could you and Monte switch from
drumset to other percussion instruments?
DD: I play congas reasonably well and a
little timbale, but with this kind of band
there's not a lot of room for that. Rhyth¬
mically it works, but the sound doesn't
work. Conga drums with rock and roll?
There wasn't much we could do with it.
There were a couple of tunes where I did
some conga work, but on the whole, every¬
thing was two drumsets.
SF: Monte never switched off onto percus¬
sion?
DD: There were a couple of things that he
played percussion on, but I think he
might've felt a little uncomfortable. See,
there were some songs where I thought
having two drummers was like killing a fly
with a shotgun! It's all backbeat, mainly.
There's nothing really that technically
involved. Sometimes we'd switch off just
for the sake of not having two guys playing
drumsets at the same time.
SF: We were speaking about Butch Trucks
and Jaimoe Johanson as two drummers
who were stylistically almost opposite, but
who worked perfectly together. Do you
feel that you and Monte were working that
well?
DD: Monte was a straight "time" player. I
could move around the set and I had a
pretty good knowledge of that kind of
playing. I think every drummer goes
through a period of overplaying. That was
my overplaying period. I look back on it
now and say, "You were playing about
eight times more than you needed to!"
SF: No wonder Monte left.
DD: We never really did sit down and work
drum parts out. Monte wasn't into solo¬
ing, so we couldn't really do the drum bat¬
tle thing. If you've got two guys that are of
comparable ability that are into the same
things, you can probably do something
like that real well. Like Butch and Jaimoe,
and Keith Knudsen and Chet McCracken.
They do it real well.
When I first started learning how to
play, I sat around playing to Dave Brubeck
records, and listened to Joe Morello and
Buddy Rich. Monte learned how to play
from listening to, like, Charlie Watts, and
there's nothing wrong with that. Monte is
a good, steady timekeeper. I studied with a
a couple of different people, mainly Mark
Morris in Nashville. He did percussion
work on the last two Allman Brothers
albums. I probably learned more from him
than any teacher I had other than myself.
Just about everything I've done over the
last ten years has been self taught. I've
taught myself more through trial and error
than I've learned from any other teacher.
Mark Morris is a very competent percus¬
sionist. He plays with symphony orches¬
tras, he plays tympani, and he can read
anything.
SF: Does he play drumset?
DD: Yeah. He taught me to read, although
at the time, I hated it. I was not interested
so it was a struggle just to get to the next
lesson. It was like, "Sit down and work
this crap out," just so I could play it right
and not be embarrassed when the teacher
came. I didn't realize how much it would
do for my playing if I'd taken it more seri¬
ously. Now I know! When we're on the
road it's hard to find practice time, so it's
good for me to get out the Morris Golden-
berg book, for example, and start going
through that to refresh my memory. I'm
getting my reading back together to where
I can move onto some of the more compli¬
cated stuff. Then a tour break will come,
I'll go home and put the book away, and
forget about trying to polish up on read¬
ing!
SF: There's the school of thought that if
your interest is in playing backbeat mate¬
rial, why hassle with learning jazz and
reading?
DD: That's true. You don't have to, but
any extra time spent other than actual
playing with the band is bound to benefit
you. It may not benefit you within the con¬
fines of what you're doing. You wouldn't
think it's going to help me with The Out¬
laws to sit with a book trying to learn a
snare drum piece. But, it improves your
time and your technique. Even though you
may never play anything near as difficult
as what's written on the paper, it's going to
help you. It's going to filter through. Let's
put it this way: It doesn't hurt! As to how
much good it does—that would vary from
drummer to drummer.
SF: Did you ever get a chance to play jazz?
DD: I ve always wanted to and I know I
can, but I've never actually played a jazz
gig. From playing in Vegas with different
lounge groups I had quite a bit of experi¬
ence playing swing. That was a lot of fun.
I've played with a lot of different kinds of
Photo by Fred Carneau
bands. There was a show band I played
with called Deep South. That was like a
rock and roll show band and real interest¬
ing. I got to play everything from rock and
roll to funk to jazz. But, I've never had the
opportunity to work as a part of a jazz or
jazz/rock group. Hopefully, one day I'll
get the chance.
But, I've got to do what's going to pay
the bills, particularly because I have a fam¬
ily now. That makes a big difference. The
traveling I was doing before The Outlaws
was tougher. The Outlaws go out for three
weeks and then we're home for ten days to
two weeks. Before, I'd have to go out for
eight or nine weeks at a time, and that's a
long time to be away from home. I'm lucky
my wife understands. The Outlaws was a
blessing in that respect. Even though I'm
away more total days in a year, it is broken
up into smaller segments.
SF: Can you take your family on the road
with you?
DD: I could. My wife doesn't travel with
me, number one, because she holds down a
full time job of her own. And now that we
have the baby, I don't think the guys
would appreciate it too much. I think the
dirty diapers would get to them!
SF: Do you play any instruments other
than drumset?
DD: About three months ago I decided I
was going to take guitar lessons. It's some¬
thing I've always wanted to do. I've been
taking lessons but it's coming very slow.
I'm just approaching it as a hobby, hoping
one day I'll get good enough to where I
may be able to write, or at least be able to
play for my own enjoyment.
SF: What is your contribution to the
albums? Let's use Ghost Riders as an
example.
DD: I'm not a writer. To write songs you
have to write lyrics or music, and to write
music you have to play something melodic.
Lyrics is a whole different story. I think
lyrics are harder to write than music. I try
to contribute ideas towards arrangements
and the feel of the songs. We might be
working on something and I'll think of
how it would sound with a different feel or
tempo. The next day I'll present it to the
band. A lot of times we'll end up changing
a tune completely just from a suggestion
like that. That's about all I can contribute
in that respect.
SF: Are you still playing double bass
drums?
DD: Yeah. When Monte left the band I
decided to give it a try.
SF: You never played double bass drums
prior to that?
DD: No.
SF: You must've had a few rough nights!
DD: Oh yeah! Initially I didn't try to incor¬
porate it into what I was already doing. I
wanted to incorporate them into my solo.
I'd start from there and still ... I use
them very sparingly. It's a very fine line
between tastefully playing what needs to
be there, and sounding like a guy that just
went out and bought an extra bass drum
and wants to use it desperately! Before I
used two bass drums I thought it was stu¬
pid that guys who did use them played
nothing but "dugga-dugga-dugga-
dugga." That was until I got two bass
drums and tried to do it myself! You've
really got to learn to do that before you can
take it any further.
SF: You record with double bass drums?
DD: Yeah. There's two ways to use them:
Within the time figure that you're playing
or with fills. I want to work them into my
fills by starting off with simple things like
ruffs, and gradually moving to where
they're more a part of the fills until I can
use both bass drums within the time frame¬
work of what I'm playing. So far, the
opportunity hasn't presented itself. On
Ghost Riders I think there's only one small
fill where I use the second bass drum. But,
I tell the producer I might decide to use it
on something so put a mic' on it.
SF: Do you have any role models for dou¬
ble bass drum playing?
DD: Tommy Aldridge is the first guy that
really impressed me. Pat Travers was on
one of our tours so Tommy and I got to be
real good friends. I'd watch him every
night do some amazing stuff. I'd ask him
for things to work on. He said, "Man, I
don't know. I really don't know." He's
just one of those kind of players. He just
knows what he knows. He doesn't really
know how to get it across to anybody else.
Louie Bellson was the pioneer in that
sort of thing. I haven't heard Billy
Cobham live in a while, but he doesn't use
them as much as I thought he would. He
has a lot more room to use them in the
music he plays than he does. Simon Phil¬
lips is really good, too.
SF: Do you have trouble hearing your bass
drums onstage?
DD: I use my own mixing board right next
to me. I was tired of trying to wave or sig¬
nal at soundmen/monitor guys to say,
"More snare! Less kick! Put the toms in!"
That's impossible. I like the idea of having
control over it.
SF: So you have the option of having
everyone in the band coming through your
monitor?
DD: If I want. Some nights I can hear
everything onstage and other nights I can't
even hear myself. Other nights it's the
opposite. It all depends on the hall. If
you've got your own mix it's so much sim¬
pler. When I first joined the band I was
used to playing in bars and lounges. The
volume of this band was incredible! When
I tried to use monitors, that only seemed to
add to the confusion. For a long time I
didn't use monitors at all. I just got
stronger and played harder. For a while I
had a headphone mix. I liked that but felt
like I was too removed from the rest of the
band.
SF: What did you hear in the headphones?
DD: Usually I'd have the whole drumset,
probably bass guitar and one or two of the
guitars. No vocals. I don't even listen to
vocals onstage.
SF: That seems strange.
DD: Usually I can hear enough of the
vocals from their sidefills and individual
monitors to know where I am. I find it eas¬
ier to concentrate on what I'm doing with¬
out the vocal in there.
SF: Who do you listen for mostly?
DD: Bass and usually Hughie. He's the
easiest for me to hear. I try to key on every¬
body, but mostly the bass player.
SF: How is it different with Harvey and
Rick's bass playing?
DD: Harvey's a good bass player, but I
prefer Rick. Rick comes from the same
background as me. He's played in a lot of
different kinds of bands, different kinds of
music, and he's capable of adapting to any
kind of musical situation. Harvey was a
rock bass player. That was it. Then
again ... we play rock! But, Rick seems
to lay in that pocket. We both like a lot of
the same things musically, so we hear and
feel things a lot alike.
SF: The Outlaws have been through sev¬
eral personnel changes. What are some key
things you look for when you replace a
member?
DD: Someone's adaptability to our thing.
You want to have somebody who wants it
and is not doing it just for the gig or the
money. You want somebody who's into it.
SF: How did it affect The Outlaws going
from using a single drummer, to two
drummers, and then back to a single drum¬
mer?
DD: They were a little bit apprehensive
about it at first.
SF: Did they try to replace Monte?
DD: Well, that was the original plan. But,
at the time Monte left we were winding
down a tour and only had a few dates left.
It would've meant getting together in
Tampa, Florida to rehearse to break in a
new guy. I knew that if they'd just give me
a chance it would be better in the long run
if they just kept it with one drummer.
SF: Who decided to use two drummers?
The guitar players?
DD: Yeah. At the time they added me they
wanted to get more of a powerhouse band
going. I needed the gig so I wasn't asking
any questions! I was glad to have it. The
first couple of gigs we did it was real
strange for everybody, simply because
they were having to focus on one drum¬
mer. But after seven to ten shows it started
to click and it got much tighter. Everything
was smoother, tighter, and it worked out
better all around. I was very mentally pre¬
pared for the situation when it happened.
When Monte left I thought, "Alright.
Here's your chance. Don't blow it." I
think they were a little bit surprised that it
went as well as it did with just one guy.
SF: I would think that with all the mic's on
the drumset they could just turn the drums
up if they were looking for sheer volume.
DD: Without Monte there was a definite
loss in the presence of the drums. But, it
was quickly made up, I assure you!
SF: How are The Outlaws different today
than they were in 1977 when you first
joined?
DD: This combination of people is the best
the band's ever had, not only in terms of
playing ability, but also in being able to get
along personality-wise. There's a cohesive¬
ness now that was not there four years ago.
The band's just playing more together.
SF: What kind of personal commitment
does it take to put together a band like The
Outlaws?
DD: I guess it depends on what you want
out of it. The band is a well-known band
and it is successful, but there's still a long
way to go. I feel like we're really just start¬
ing to realize our full potential. So, the last
thing you want to do is blow it with wine,
women, song or whatever! I'd like to think
"IF A FAMOUS DRUMMER CAME TO
HEAR ME-EVEN IF HE WASN'T
PARTICULARLY FOND OF ROCK 'N'
ROLL - I'D STILL LIKE HIM TO
WALK AWAY THINKING HE HEARD
SOMEONE WHO WAS PROFICIENT;
THAT HE HEARD A GOOD PLAYER
DOING THE BEST HE COULD
WITHIN THE FRAMEWORK HE HAD
TO WORK WITH. . ."
I've been serious—but I want to get more
serious.
SF: Now you're in the thick of a successful
band. How is it different than you imag¬
ined it would be when you were fourteen or
fifteen?
DD: When I was fourteen or fifteen I
thought it would never happen. It wasn't
that I didn't have any confidence in
myself. When you're that age, or even
twenty years old playing lounges and bars,
and you have musicians that you idolize
and emulate, you think, "Damn. I'll never
get there."
SF: Who were you idolizing?
DD: I like everybody from John Bonham
to Buddy Rich, David Garibaldi, John
Guerin, Steve Gadd, Harvey Mason, and
Michael Walden. JeffPorcaro is one of the
best rock drummers I've ever heard
because he's inventive. With most rock
drummers there's no color and not a whole
lot of finesse. I mean, there's more to do
than just play steady time! It's good that
somebody like Porcaro came along who,
when he plays with Toto is a rock drummer
in every sense of the word, but he's very
innovative about it at the same time.
For the most part, record producers
don't like drummers who can play. It poses
more of a challenge to them. They want a
guy to sit back there and play a good back-
beat.
SF: Do you get that when you're in the stu¬
dio?
DD: Yeah. We did an album called Playing
To Win produced by Mutt Lang. He's
done AC/DC and Foreigner. Their drum¬
mers basically play time. They really don't
like to do things with the band. At the time
I was kind of brash and there was a lot of
stuff I wanted to try. Mutt didn't want to
hear about it. In the end it worked out
good. You get in the studio and you've got
all these ideas and want to get them on
tape, but you realize after a while that
there's only so much you can put down.
Again, you get into the fine line between
showing off and playing with the band. I
can look back on that and see that I was
trying to do too much, maybe. But my
intentions were good! Now I know how to
go about getting what I want to do with a
band. I don't want to be just another col¬
orless rock drummer. It doesn't have to be
that way.
SF: Yeah, there are a few of those out
there, aren't there?
DD: Yeah. If that's all I was interested in, I
wouldn't waste time practicing. To just
play the good old solid backbeat, you
don't need to practice.
SF: When you record an album, what's the
line between the artist and the producer in
deciding what songs will go on the album?
DD: With us, that's been a running battle.
The bigger the band, the more artistic con¬
trol they have. That's only natural, I guess.
On Ghost Riders we had two different pro¬
ducers. The project was started by Ron
Nevison. He let us have a lot of freedom as
far as what we wanted to play. He figured,
"These guys are the players. They should
be competent enough to know what works
and what doesn't." He would not come to
me and say, "Don't use that fill there.
Don't use that lick," unless it was some¬
thing really bad. He'd give you a chance to
work with the idea and get it right.
Gary Lyons finished the album and
mixed it. He also produced the newest
album Los Hombres Malo. He's the type
of guy that will give you a certain amount
of freedom. If a producer respects the
musicians and their ability—he'll give you
room to work.
SF: Does a producer choose songs?
"Ghost Riders In The Sky" is a pretty tra¬
ditional pop song. Who decided to record
that?
DD: Everytime we'd go into the studio,
Hughie would play that. Nevison was the
first guy that let us try it. We fooled
around with it for a few days. The hardest
thing was getting the feel for it. At first we
wanted to do it instrumentally and real up.
You know how the song ends on the
album? That was how we were going to do
the whole thing, but that didn't work.
Somehow we fell into the groove we used
and it worked out real good. My point is:
Where other people laughed at us with the
idea—Ron didn't. He said, "If you get it
right it'll be a mother!" As it turned
out ... it was!
SF: From a fan's perspective, do you think
it changes things when old members leave a
band and new ones are added?
DD: There's always going to be people that
ask, "What happened to Henry Paul?
What happened to Monte Yoho? Why did
Harvey leave?" At the same time, if what
you've done is an improvement, it's just
bound to work out. The Eagles went
through some personnel changes. It cer¬
tainly didn't hurt them at all when Bernie
Leadon left and Joe Walsh joined. Or
when Randy Meisner left and Timothy
Schmidt came in to play bass.
There's always going to be a certain
amount of people who lose interest in the
band because their favorite person is not
there anymore. But, if the change is for the
best musically — it's going to pay off for
you. All the personnel changes we've been
through have all turned out for the best.
We've still got to do a lot of the material
from those first albums because that's The
Outlaws. At the same time, we've got a dif¬
ferent bunch of people together and we
want to take that into a direction also.
We're trying to get a balance. You can only
ride an old horse for so long. "Green Grass
and High Tides" will always be part of the
band's set, but we don't want to be a "one-
song" band.
SF: I see a large percentage of rock audi¬
ences who come to concerts to party,
almost like the music is secondary. Do you
ever look at an audience like that and wish
they could just be there for the sake of lis¬
tening to your music?
DD: That was hard to come to grips with
because I'd have nights where I'd play
atrocious. Just terrible. And these fans
would say, "God, man! You were just
cooking and kicking ass, man. That was
great! "Then when you play something on
a good night, something really brilliant,
nobody says anything! That doesn't
bother me anymore. If you play medio¬
cre ... okay. To your fans it may still
continued on page 102
"A DRUMMER WHO CAN DO MORE
THAN JUST PLAY TIME - A GUY
WHO CAN PLAY AT DIFFERENT
LEVELS OF INTENSITY AND WITH
A REAL GOOD SENSE OF
DYNAMICS - CAN MAKE ALL THE
DIFFERENCE IN THE WORLD TO A
BAND."
Steel
Drums
Of
-^Trinidad
Story and Photos by Wyn Sargent
Trinidad, a tiny speck in the emerald-
green Caribbean, said to be the most cos¬
mopolitan of the islands, was responsible
for adding the fourth dimension of steel to
the conventional orchestrations of strings,
woodwinds and brass. What the people
finally made they called "pans." But it
was not without a lot of hard work and
grief.
During the days of slavery, the two
major groups of people that made up the
Trinidadians were the slaves from Africa
and the East Indian immigrants. The
slaves brought with them the Shango
drums from the Yoruba and Mandingo
tribes in Africa. The East Indians brought
a percussion instrument rather like a bottle
and spoon.
Nearly from the beginning, the Trinidad
authorities confiscated the drums and
banned their use under penalty of death. It
was believed that the drums were responsi¬
ble for the spontaneous rioting which
occurred at dance festivals and that they
encouraged rebellion among the blacks
and even provided the means of their secret
communications.
The "tamboo-bamboo" replaced the
native African drum because bamboo was
plentiful on the island. The instrument was
easily made and had the additional advan¬
tage of being a handy weapon in a surprise
combat. Strictly speaking, the "tamboo-
bamboo" was called a "stamping tube."
Tubes of different lengths of bamboo were
knocked together to produce a compelling
rhythm and a variety of tones. To this
commentary was added the stamping of
bare feet and the chants of the slaves.
The inevitable happened in the early
1920s, long after the days of slavery had
passed: the use of all bamboo for musical
instruments was suddenly outlawed. The
long bamboo tubes were all too frequently
wielded as clubs and arms at the carnival
Trinidad sponsors each year and too many
people were seriously injured, if not actu¬
ally killed, by them.
The drummers then focused on devising
instruments from iron bars and metal
tubes which proved worse. In turn the situ¬
ation led to tumult and resulted in a legal
ban on this form of music. Things looked
bleak.
In 1930 there was an event called the
East Indian Hosian Festival and it caught
the attention of the drum-loving Trinidad¬
ians. Elaborately decorated tamples of
bamboo and colored paper were paraded
through the streets of Port-Of-Spain to the
accompaniment of drums—drums that
were not prohibited: the barrel drum
which was played with the hands and the
small kettle drum which was played with
two sticks. Of course, there was also the
inevitable East Indian bottle and spoon.
The drummers, whose drums had been
prohibited by law, were inspired with an
intuitive skill that still amazes musicolo¬
gists. They began to contrive new instru¬
ments out of all kinds of junk: gas tanks,
pots, frying pans, biscuit tins, garbage-pail
lids and anything else they could lay their
hands on to beat out their soul music.
These instruments, along with the Shango
drum and "tamboo bamboo," were the
forerunners of the modern steel drum.
These drummers worked with such dili¬
gence that surely they must have surprised
themselves. If a garbage pail lid worked,
why wouldn't a whole oil drum work bet¬
ter? And, because oil was exported from
Trinidad, there were a lot of barrels
around.
30
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
It wasn't too long before the resonance
of these fifty-five-gallon drums was being
controlled. The bung end of the drum was
cut off at various heights and the flat sur¬
face of this portion was then stretched with
an eighteen-pound hammer into a concave
surface. The drum-makers found that
when they hit the drumhead, the sounds
varied from low tones at the thickest part
of the metal near the outer rim to very high
tones on the thinnest segment of the metal
in the center.
A scale could actually be produced by
banging on the surface from the outside to
the inside. With a little thought and plan¬
ning it wasn't too long before the single
tenor and double tenor drums came into
being.
To construct a double tenor drum, the
22 1/2" diameter bung end is cut off at a
seven-inch height. After the flat surface
has been stretched with a sledge hammer to
a depth of seven inches, the exact center of
the drum is determined. Smaller hammers
are then used to sink and smooth the drum¬
head. A rod is placed across the top and the
concavity is measured for absolute eve-
ness.
The face is then divided into quarters
and a circle is drawn two and one-half
inches from the rim. Another circle is
made approximately four to six inches
below the first circle to designate the place¬
ment of the notes. Two inner circles are
then drawn three to four inches apart. A
single three-inch circle is placed dead-cen¬
ter to accommodate a single note.
The drum is turned over and the notes
are pounded into the metal bottom in cir¬
cles and squares within the guidelines of
the inner circles with a small, two-pound
hammer. This is an intricate business
because the upward curvature from the
underside and the degree of the curvature
governs the pitch of the note.
The arrangement of the notes in the dou¬
ble tenor drums conform to a general
standard and the lay-out does not usually
vary. The placement of the notes themsel¬
ves is determined by their tones and the size
of the area available in each quarter of the
drum. For example, "F" is the lowest note
and occupies a rather large space near the
outer rim. The number of notes in a pan
varies from four in a bass drum to twenty-
eight in a single tenor drum.
A center punch is then used on the drum¬
head to groove the notes. Grooving is an
extremely important and sometimes deli¬
cate process as the depth and placement of
the grooves removes the overtones and
enhances the harmonics. Sometimes the
circles and squares in which the notes are
placed are outlined in paint.
The notes are then randomly and loosely
tuned with the aid of a pitch pipe, piano or
guitar.
Contrary to public opinion, the process
of burning the drums is not a profession-
Double Tenor Pans: Notes are always
placed in the same position on all double
tenor pans. Repeated notes are one octave
apart.
Joseph Boyce checks the location of notes
to determine the proper hanging of the
drum.
Joseph Boyce, performing with the Coco-
Cola Steel Band.
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
31
ally or jealously guarded secret. The drums
are simply set on fire for the purpose of
burning off the old oil deposits and for
tempering the steel. The notes are then
tuned to concert pitch with a small ham¬
mer. Car wax and muriatic acid diluted
with water are used to clean and polish the
drumheads and the rims are often painted
to the taste of the owner.
The construction of these instruments is
a highly skillful undertaking and the
craftsmen themselves are as respected for
their ability as their counterparts in drum
making in other parts of the world.
Basically, there are four different types
of pans: tenor, treble, alto and bass. The
single tenor is the treble pan often called
"ping pong" and the double tenor (backed
up by double seconds in a steelband) is
known as the "cellopan." The guitar pans
are alto drums and often called "double
guitars" or "double gitas." The "triple
gitas" involve three pans and also play the
alto. The deep tones come from four big
drums composed of the tenor bass and the
"boom," the bass of six drums. The drum¬
mers, known as "pan mans," have other
names for their instruments: tenor kittle
(sic), tune booms, second pans, piano
pans, and it seems that every day sees a new
name coming along.
The pans are played by beating them
with homemade fir pine sticks whose ends
have been wound with strips of soft rubber
cut from gloves. The ends of the rubber are
loose, simply tucked inside, and are likely
to fly apart at any time during a perform¬
ance. Thus, a good pan man is never with¬
out an extra pair of sticks projecting from
his hip pocket.
In tone the steel drum resembles a cross
between a harpsichord, a clarion, an organ
and the mellow sound of the marimba. The
vibrant percussive effects which the steel
drummers coax from these pans present a
wide spectrum of music ranging from tra¬
ditional calypso to concert arrangements
of Beethoven, Mozart and Bach and are as
impressive as on more conventional instru¬
ments.
In the beginning, several steel drummers
got together and they called themselves a
steel band. They played at hotels, in night¬
clubs and dance halls for the acrobatic
antics of the limbo dancers who writhed
under a low horizontal bar, supine, with¬
out touching the floor. They also accom¬
panied the fire eater who moved briskly
over the stage consuming hot flames with
mouth and body.
After 1945, the steel bands became the
rage throughout the West Indies and,
within the decade, beyond to America and
Europe. A steel band may number from
two to one-hundred drummers, with one
or more pans played by each individual. In
the annual Carnival competition, the
"Panorama," from which the individual
instrument derives its name "pan," the
Coco-Cola Steel band with double gitas on
the left.
Double set of tune booms withfour drums
to each set.
Herbie Nelson, an enthusiastic contribu¬
tor to the "new sound" taking place in
steel band music today.
steel bands have nearly 1,000 people in
each competing band. The leader decides
upon the theme of the band whether topi¬
cal, demons, bats, historical, whatever,
and the costumes are made up. On Carni¬
val Monday the competing steel bands
march up to the Savannah in Port-of-
Spain-to the Judges' stand with the hopes
of winning the year's championship.
Today, the steel drums are eminently
respectable and recognized as distinctive
West Indian instruments of music. And,
making music is a part of life in the Island
of the Caribbean. An uncanny sense of
rhythm and tone guides the steel drum
players and their pans to become the sym¬
bol of irrepressible vitality of the islands.
Pan and pan man, both, certainly have
earned their rights to shine brightly in the
island sun.
PROFILES
Ricky Chase is a double tenor pan man
from Barbados. The first time Ricky heard
a steel pan played, he was mesmerized. He
promptly stole his mother's favorite frying
pan and, with hammer in hand, beat out a
full scale on it. Unfortunately, there was
no room for sharps or flats. His mother, he
remembers, was furious with him and beat
the dickens out of him.
Ricky went on to acquire a "real pan,"
taught himself how to play it and in the
1960 competitions, he arranged music for
the competing steel bands.
In 1965, in the Barbados competition,
Ricky was leader of the "West Stars" and
won the national championship.
Ricky became Barbados's chief musical
arranger for steel band music and
remained so until 1975 when the Royal
Caribbean Cruise Lines contracted him to
be their star entertainer. For two years
Ricky helped carry the new and fascinating
musical art to the United States and to
European travelers.
Joseph Boyce recently took the steel
drum sound to the Adriatic Sea and the
Mediterranean aboard the Costa's cruise
ship, the "Enrico C." Joseph, like Ricky,
makes his own drums in the back garden of
his home and he is currently making his
own sound, along with several of his peers.
The orthodox method of playing music
according to traditional arrangements is
fast disappearing and new sounds are
beginning to peel out over the island. The
sound is a whole new concept and style in
which each player has his alloted time
interval to interpret whatever he hears in
his head to the accompaniment of the oth¬
ers. One is reminded of the beginning of
New Orleans jazz. There are daring
attempts to consolidate flourishes of triads
and harmonics in a single measure or two,
for example. It's fun music, relaxed and
unstructured, and makes for great listen¬
ing,
32
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
THE WORLD'S
DEST DRUMMERS PLAY
SYN DRUMS.
Richard Adelman
Carmine Appice
Mike Baird
John Barbetta
Gerard Baudiy
Hal Blaine
Josef Blocker
Mike Botts
Tferry Bozzio
Barry Brandt
Clyde Brooks
Denny Campbell
Evan Caplan
L. Nduga Chancier
Lynn Coulter
Bill Curtis
Merline deFranco
Les DeMerle
Will Dower
Graham Edge
Phil Ehart
Geoff Eyre
Barry Frost
James. E. Gadson
Jim Ganduglia
Ty Grimes
John Guerin
Bobbye Hall
Dave Hanlon
John Hartman
Kat Hendriske
Jim Keltner
Keith Knudsen
Russ Kunkel
Willie Leacox
Paul Leim
Andre Lewis
Larrie Londin
Derek Longmuir
Shep Lonsdale
Ralph MacDonald
Gary Mallaber
Ed Mann
Shelly Manne
Jerry Marotta
Rick Marotta
Chet McCracken
Allen Meyers
James Monroe
Barry Morgan
Mark Morris
Cubby O’Brien
Derek Pellicci
Jeff Porcaro
Raymond Pounds
Dan Pueillo
Dave Robinson
Tferril Santiel
Steve Schaeffer
Adam Shendal
Alan Schwartzberg
Danny Seraphine
Kelly Shanahan
Michael Shrieve
Thevor Spencer
Mike Stefans
Mark Stevens
Alvin Taylor
Chester Thompson
Ed TUduri
Dickie Tbrrach
Jan Uvena
Joe Vitale
Pete Vranes
Lennie White
Art Wood
by George Marsh
Exploring Self-Awareness
Since my interview appeared in Modem
Drummer, I have had many requests to
elaborate on some of the topics that were
covered only briefly at that time.
Most drummers I have talked to have
some form of body tension they would like
to be rid of. They want to be more in con¬
trol of how they feel from day to day, but
instead, they find themselves relaxed one
day and "out of sorts" on another. They
do not want to rely on drugs or alcohol for
temporary relief and the possible creation
of an addiction problem. I myself, had to
face the fact that I didn't feel as comfort¬
able as I would have liked behind the
drums. About ten years ago, I started on a
search to help myself become a better
drummer. The answer was to become more
aware of my body while playing. The
drumset, after all, is a total body instru¬
ment. You use all four limbs, your heart,
and your intellect. If you are not in excel¬
lent shape in all areas, it becomes apparent
very quickly because the drumset is like a
gauge of one's overall good health.
What I found, was when I learned how
to relax properly, my playing improved
dramatically. My time feel became more
solid, my ability to memorize patterns
increased and my melodic sense flowered.
I discovered that relaxation was the most
important rudiment of all! Relaxation is
the rudiment of rudiments! This was just
the beginning, however, because I took it
upon myself to relearn the drums using
principles I had learned from the study of
T'ai chi ch'uan. T'ai chi is a Chinese mar¬
tial art that has fluidity of movement and
openess of all the joints as a principle part
of its technique. A T'ai chi master can
Fig.
release tremendous amounts of energy and
never tighten up. He uses the force of the
opponent and is able to match any move of
an opponent because he adheres closely to
him. He becomes one with the opponent.
I had first-hand experience with these
principles during my study with Robert
Amacker, a T'ai chi master from San
Francisco. He showed me that power does
not come from tightening, but rather from
connectedness throughout the whole
body. Connectedness comes from feeling
an openness and suppleness in all the
joints. Tightness brings about disconnect¬
edness. So I started all over again learning
how to do a simple basic drum stroke,
making sure I didn't tighten in the ful¬
crum, or the shoulder, or anywhere that
wasn't absolutely necessary. Staying
loose, and connected to the stick, allowed
me to use the force of gravity on the down
stroke and to receive the energy on the up
stroke via the rebound. Meanwhile, by
continuing my study, I was learning not
only T'ai chi, but correct posture.
Every drummer that has come to me
with a desire to improve his playing, has
had poor posture at the drumset. When
you look at the various drums in front of
you as you play, the natural tendency is to
crane the neck forward. This causes a
roundness of the shoulders and a curving
of the spine. This bad posture is very famil¬
iar to most drummers. The problem is how
to sit so this doesn't happen and what to do
if it does. If you try to sit straight, by tight¬
ening the neck and holding up the chest,
this quickly becomes tiring and you soon
slump back down again. If you stay in the
slumped position, the shoulders develop
Fig. 2
aches, the back hurts, and the breathing is
shallow. To keep the torso in its most open
and energetic position you must, first of
all, concentrate on the lower back and the
hip joints. A simple exercise to facilitate
correct posture is to roll forward on the sit
bones, not the waist (Fig. 1). Then roll
back on the sit bones as if to exaggerate
bad posture (Fig. 2). Having experienced
both the extreme forward and the extreme
backward position on the sit bones, pro¬
ceed to find that place in the middle which
seems most balanced (Fig. 3). The feeling
should be one of naturalness and ease
when you are balanced. The tendency to
slump back into bad posture will have to be
observed, and when that happens, all you
need to do is repeat the simple exercise out¬
lined in Figs. 1, 2, and 3.
An important point to consider is that
the lower spine should be slightly concave,
thus allowing the vertabrae to stack cor¬
rectly for a relaxed upright posture. The
feeling should be that the lower torso, both
the belly and the lower back, are very
relaxed. It feels like you are one of those
beach toys that's weighted on the bottom
and always pops up if it is knocked down.
This new feeling of balance will point out
the need to re-adjust the position of your
cymbals and drums. Do it! Remember,
don't adjust your posture to fit the drum-
set—adjust the drums and cymbals to
accommodate your relaxed and open pos¬
ture.
I am very interested in hearing from
you. Address your correspondence to
George Marsh, 256 Mullen, San Fran¬
cisco, CA 94110. t
Fig. 3
34
august^september
THE WORLD'S
DEST DEAL OH SYN DRUMS
IS RIGHT HERE
OH THIS PAGE.
Syndrums are now avail¬
able to you at wholesale
prices.
Here's why: Our Factory
Cash Plan is a new market¬
ing approach which slashes
your music dealer's
overhead by eliminating
warehouse storage, store
displays and inventory
financing. And reduced
retail overhead means
reduced prices for you.
On the coupon , just
indicate which models you
want. Also, fill in the name
and address of your favorite
dealer. After you send in
your payment, you'll get a
call from the dealer you
chose, and you can pick up
your Syndrums from him.
It’s as simple as that. The
best deals always are.
Quad Model 478(4 Syndrums. control console,
dru m snake and internal power supply)
Twin Model 278 (2 Syndrums. control console,
2 drum cords and internal power supply)
Single Model 178(1 Syndrum* control console, Syndrum CM U Syndrum w/power supply)
drum cord and power supply)
Here's my check for the famous Syndrum sound. Please
send the items IVc checked below to my favorite dealer.
Model
Quantity
World** Lowest
Syndrum Prices
Total
Syndrum CM
$79.00
Single Model 178
179,00
Twin Model 278
349.00
Quad Model 478
699.00
(Calif, residents add 6% sales lax)
Total (Prices above include freight.)
Name
Phone
Address __
City __State._Zip
ril pick up my Syndrums at:
Dealer Name_
South El Monte, CA 91733
Address .____ _ . _ _ _
City ____State_Zip
Send payment and coupon to: Syndrum Factory Cash Plan
Dept MD
11300 Rush Street
South El Monte, CA 91733
Please allow four weeks for delivery. Send check or money order
only. No cash please. This offer good through 12/31/82
by Nick Forte
Whole Notes
and
Half Notes
THE HALF NOTE and REST
THE WHOLE NOTE 0 and REST
In the most common time signature, 4/4, a whole note (or rest)
occupies an entire measure. In the case of a half note (or rest), it
takes two to occupy an entire measure. Example #1 lists all the note
values covered thus far in this course.
DYNAMICS—Part II
The "p", "mf" and "f" markings may be expanded to both
softer and louder extremes. A "pp" (pianissimo) marking is taken
to mean two times softer than "p". The "ppp" marking is three
times softer than "p". The "mp" marking indicates a volume level
a bit louder than "p". The "ff (fortissimo) marking is taken to
mean twice the volume of "f". The "fff" marking is three times
louder than T. From the softest to the loudest, the markings
listed above would be in the following order: ppp-pp-p-mp-mf-f-
ff-fff.
ROLLS—Part II
In the last lesson you practiced playing thirty-second notes in the
form of a long roll for one complete measure. That same measure
may also be written in an abbreviated way using a whole note with
three slashes indicating that 32 thirty-second notes are to be played
in the form of a roll. A half note may also have three slashes,
indicating that 16 thirty-second notes are to be played in the time of
the original half note's duration.
1
whole
half n
quarter d
eighth #
<■3
*
¥
sixteenth # # i
.Jtz.
=3=5 J =Tn
thirty-second
,-777<rh~ f *77fT?r.Jr?T,
NOTE DURATIONS
Drummers often fall into the habit of relating notes of any value
with the short-duration drum sound. To illustrate this, let's
assume you have two measures to play. The first measure has a
whole note; the second measure has a half note followed by a half¬
note rest. On a snare drum, each measure would sound the same.
Consider, however, how a wind player would treat the same two
measures. In the first measure, he would maintain the sound until
just before the first beat of the second measure. In the second
measure, he would stop the sound just before the third beat. It is
important for drummers to understand this because some of the
drummer's instruments (such as cymbals and Koto-Toms) are
capable of sustaining a sound. On a cymbal, for instance, a quarter
note is not the same as an eighth note followed by an eighth rest.
$
d
If there is a note on the third beat of the bar, the half note roll
would continue to that 3rd beat/count.
This makes the roll seventeen strokes in all. A half-note roll may
also begin on the third beat of a bar and end on the first beat of the
next measure.
\ J l
|
! J
1 2
3 4
36
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
SNARE DRUM READING
nmhj n t
4
j / J J533i I
1
*/
j,J .yj^J73I, .[.j —fj J7tj
i i j nn uJj h 1 1 j mt
U-L
in
EJ— t
$
— rt -
£
-«-
—O-H
A
J5?5J?S
r "--—1
2
—^—:-
2
, o _____—
2*
g -—
„ O -
-—“flF
7W J —
U#
, .1.. , „.i
i J |
///__
« 1 j
l|
— — W
J£il
/
ff
f/f
^ 1
continued an next page
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
37
DRUMSET EXERCISES
jgy aJ
fSSjg
Mnm. j
Bass
I liHitl
f-f-r-r r r :
.a
r f r f
m 1
f
■ f f f p f r, f f ®# r r
r. *- *
?“
r
Ff
i
DRUM SOLOS
‘^ y^HjL—hgn J?]*
? « r'T - 1 ^*-a *
f r f t f r f 1 r p r rr r r
A
a
3
i - + - . , j
A A A A
IS Ji
A . A
ett lt* l/ ' vd rrtr^ lltle
2 2
A A
Ji 54
j / ~ J T~J W ~ J~ —' ~j rz _ g ■ jpr ~^
zstirr rr
5 ?.
i
4
I"-— t —V#
n_rtHTTTT r f t p r f L rrrr
«
J 3 TI| g / 3 f*. .f?
Ai • /
?
i
m
r ^ r t
ITF
*
*
38
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
AMD THE
UNBEAEABLES
GOON...
Charlie Watt#, Rotting Stone# F Ibny WilliamDrummer
fj etween Charlie Watts and Tbny Wiliams, there’s
about 40 years of sets, from laid-back to blistering
M ^... all of them on Gretsch. Both Watts and Williams
have brought their own unique styles and brands of
improvisation to music we’ve grown up with, and it looks
as though their inventiveness and consistently inspired
playing is going to surprise and delight us for a long time
to come.
In a business where the competition is fierce and
the turnover incredible, the fact that they’ve stuck with
Gretsch from the start is a pretty eloquent statement.
We rest our case, and the unbeatables go on ... and on
... and on.
90S W. Chestnut, Chanute, KS 66720 (316) 431-4380
THE UNBEATABLE SOUND INVESTMENT
r/t&scV
j *
by Roy Bums
Drum Books and Learning
Do drum books really help? Can you get
ideas from books? Can you develop feel¬
ing by practicing the material in drum
books?
These are serious and valid questions
that come up often in the minds of young
drummers. Confusion is often created
when well-known drummers who have not
studied attempt to answer these questions
in interviews, clinics or whatever.
Human beings tend to put down what
they have not experienced. Ask a high
school drop-out if college has any value?
He will usually explain why he feels college
is not needed.
However, if you ask the same question
of someone who has attended college, he
will usually give you a different answer. In
most cases, he will give a balanced answer,
citing good and bad points of his college
experience.
Do drum books really help ? It depends
on the area in which you need help. Drum
books should provide technical advice,
practice material and an understanding of
the fundamentals of music. Many books
specialize in one area such as reading, rudi¬
ments, solos, duets, drumset practice and
soon.
A book is as good or bad as the person
using it, including the teacher, as well as
the student. Each person brings his own
experience and understanding to each
book. Since our experiences vary greatly,
our opinions of certain books vary accord-
ingly.
Attitude is also important. If you prac¬
tice through a book with an open mind,
expecting to find something of value,
chances are you will. However, if you go
SLOBEAT
CYMBAL POLISH
Ettfly ckmi and shines dtrcy cymbali-
nmabrasive and non-corrosive
Login lor (he bHght red 1
JE. mull* itflri-s
fi, very where—
I ET ijuin YQV onpH
WARING
U
through the same book with the attitude,
"it's probably a dumb book anyway," you
most likely won't find anything you can
use.
Can you get ideas from books? The
answer is definitely yes. You might get an
idea on tuning, muffling, reading, or learn
some new rhythms.
A drum book is not a substitute for
being creative. A good book will give you
examples to learn and practice. Once
you've gained what you can from practic¬
ing the examples in a book, you have to go
out and play with other musicians.
If you are afraid to play or sit-in with
other musicians, then your learning stops
at that point. No amount of practice and
no amount of books can replace the experi¬
ence of playing music in a group.
Good books are written to help prepare
the young student for the playing experi¬
ence. Books written by authors who do not
have this goal in mind fall into the category
of "busy work." An example of this type
of book would be 10,000 Ways to Play
Paradiddles. Who cares? You will never be
asked to play any of these variations in a
professional situation anyway.
Can you develop feeling by practicing
the material in drum books? This ques¬
tion, although asked often at clinics, is
usually not a question at all. It is a defen¬
sive statement about feeling and playing. I
do not believe books are intended to
develop feeling. Your feeling is developed
by listening, practicing and playing as well
as the people you play with. This is why
musicians seek out other good musicians.
They learn from each other while playing
together.
What can drum books do for you ?
Books can make certain ideas, skills and
rhythms visible. This allows you to create a
picture in your mind as you hear them.
This visualizing of rhythms takes some of
SAYELLITE
Bass Drum Beater
■ Sharhetfpr'Gof Acrylic Bal
* Bfnrl Rcstecani Steul 5hafc
■ Ffu All Pedals
■ Excellem Fee? and R«-^p<MVS4
* Disclncrtvt Sgufid
Also available in fait, whufJ, cork,
and polytihyknE— at better musk itarea.
the mystery out of unusual or highly com¬
plex patterns, and makes learning easier
and faster.
Books can present material in an orga¬
nized manner which makes it possible to
learn quickly and thoroughly. On a hit or
miss basis, the same material could take
years to cover.
Good books save you the time of seeking
and organizing material for yourself.
Books can keep you going if you are in an
isolated area where good teachers may be
hard to come by. They can serve as an
inspiration. Buying a new book can stimu¬
late you to practice new patterns and new
ideas. Practicing out of a number of books
helps to keep practicing interesting and
fun. Practicing one book over and over
relentlessly can bore even the most dedi¬
cated student.
Various music magazines also contain a
wide variety of information for drummers.
How you use that information is up to you.
Usually, if a drummer agrees with an
article, he says the magazine is great. If he
disagrees with an article, there is the temp¬
tation to put down the entire magazine.
Evaluate each article on its own merit and
be open-minded.
Learning can be accomplished in a num¬
ber of ways. Drum lessons and drum
books are one aspect of learning, along
with listening, playing, practicing and
reading music books and magazines. Why
not learn from everything? Don't cut your¬
self off from information. If you want to
be in music, you will need all the help you
can get. Learn all you can. After all, what
is learned is really more important than
how it is learned.
Call
(800) 348-1 78Z
HQOi } Hi
For Quality Set vice. Quk k Delivery
and Competitive Prices
Sertd $2.00 for al* new
, TertuJ*iori Accessory Caralo^"
fta FHCD55IQK CENTER
l?frl IS Si
It WVv^ne.
“The D*iimi««n Dpluh 5IhJp"
10
LI 13 Waring ■ L.A.. CA toils I
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
STANLEY SPECTOR MAKES THE DEAN S LIST
I’M STANLEY SPECTOR. WHILE I
HAVE NEVER SET FOOT ON THE
CAMPUS, NOR HAVE I SAT IN THE
SAME ROOM WITH MY STUDENT, I
HAVE MADE THE DEAN'S LIST.
THE FOLLOWING LETTER IS FROM
THE DEAN OF A MAJOR UNIVERSITY.
OI lice of the Dean
Dear Me. Speclori
I wanted to make an opportunity (o tell you how much 1 appre¬
ciate the work you have done with Mr. R—■„ a student in the Col¬
lege. The College is designed for highly motive led under j
graduates who work in a variety oi academic areas r including
I he performing arls, compute i sciencE, pr£-]aw, pre-medic te-e,
envirunmentat studie£ and le host at olhers. Mr. R i s on e studon 1
who h.OM jrtddy very possible use ol the liexibilLly he has in the
College. I remain box the day he ca mo with iheidea lode an inde¬
pendent study with a percussion instructor in New York and 1 q do
Shis study through the mail using audio tapes. 1 mu&t admit that J
was somewhat skeptical about both the content and the method of
whul ho was proposing, but alter having converse bans with him
and with Mr, S—^„ the Director of ihe University Jazz Ensemble, I
decided 1 o approve ihis unusual project Jot academic credit. As
I i me p roq rested and Mr. R — slid red w i t El m Q C he v oiuminou S COI -
respondence he was having with yOu, and With KOpOrtB bom Ml.
E— about the remarkable progress thal Mr. R— was making, I
became convinced: that Ihis is one of the beet cut-ot-class team¬
ing experiences that any of our student* have had.
The most talented, creative, mature, and ambitious
drummers throughout America and the Free World are
learning an entirely new way and attitude in their daily
study at the drum set. The astonishing news is that
such an electrified study through our drum set home
study course on cassettes is more personal than sitting
in the same room with the conventional teacher. How
can you qualify? Fill out the coupon below.
We employ a variety of teaching techniques, many cl which
include sludemu working away from campus and being super¬
vised by project directors and faculty at eome distance- After
observing Mr. R— r s experience and having an opportunity to
reed LiuougJi the correspondence Lhat you have exchanged over
the past months, IbehevE that ihe technique you have developed
i& one of the best used aitywhei#. You have demonstrated that a
stipe a vise i can monitor the content of an experience and give ap¬
propriate critiques while main lam mg a high level of rigor and
quality m the absence uJ direct: surveilance.
Desr Mr Sped or
i vjhs^i i'll fettle youi uiiinniicr^ry
ol n pnn h-nur i n Llrurtl^riul CUE-
^cite \ Zfl mm 1110 ifcnqlirir; Wiih pronl (il
Sutonsk. j iid Jn tKl»d£ivE 24 page discus
i id u. Enclftiod yiu will Mod my cftfltk
rntPiicyr ■sr-Jcr 1 st Icn UD^ari iSIUi which
covers Jit rrri5.it jDrufflmitl irl lurt^iqn
counlTifrs s-hoifld add ivyo rtniiari and imy
ctnlE |S 2 . 5 flf lor an mpiS )
PHasO sond paymtnl to
STANLEY SPEC 1011 SCHOOL OF DRUMMING
Woe I SflEh Slroei Dapt UD J5
hlttv Toih. H r 10019
SitftlHtim fir JnpJicy ii.rtJr w*tfrm 30 pjys.
All ml this islo tell you how impressed lam with this project and
with your involvement with Mr, R—. I want to express my appre¬
ciation for the work and lime you have given lo this on Inland mg
and deserving student r
Carbon copies to: Sincerelyj
Mr Ft—
Ml . S— ‘ Signal ure of I he Dea n
The student involved received four ocodemp'c ciWiteo y&or,
A copy □/ ih* letter with theiuJi identification ofine Unrversrty and CeW-
lege ns well as the pvvple m vvivvd, h putt uf thr. jrifurmuH<>fi piickvtf*?
we send out
mm
Slrttil
CKV
Slate
ZIP
Cd uiili y
UimnrTHH^ wiMi 'i inn G-ami it' i at tn wnmnir ,i jnn jhrtfw jSm djki r$ aviiubiiip ei um i
id Mudiilv to- diu»i iii iftHriicua.-. a lint uu,tta m* r ie 0n m coMiOiriwt with ■< poisAllily r»- me
till (?1 1 1 Z*G S601 lulnrn we wdiiIiI Micnurign yug 1g nMjtit i ^ri m
all 11 >. I hj ■' JI 1‘rlrihu'isn p wiih ui now ihidunh Hid
inl*«^i 1i am lw* (0 Hfl wEi*-5 *1 P lift* hnmr Huny temrw 9% thn v.pa g^prapriHfl *ay fll
ji'h SUPiililt >n tyqw Vqrfc 1 d< riumr«j Ebrniirj^iDul -nualilyin^ Bg ■ e>l-i msLi jclmn m H e-n Vark
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
41
Paulinho Da Costa
by Michael Rozek
Over the last two years, Rio-born
Paulinho Da Costa has probably appeared
on more record albums than any other
musician extant—over 300 different LP's,
in all. Andyet, as the "seasoning” on hit
tracks by countless superstars (including
Rod Stewart, George Benson, The Car¬
penters, Quincy Jones, Earth, Wind &
Fire, Michael Jackson, The Commodores,
Kenny Rogers and scores of others), the
thirty-four-year-old percussionist's real
genius is truly known only to the Los
Angeles producers who clamor to have
him work on their projects. "The average
person doesn't hear that much of what I
play," says Da Costa, who's been
freelancing in LA. since 1976, "but I'm
absolutely a part of the record. " Exactly;
and with that in mind, the following MD
interview gives readers a clear look at the
unique value of his contributions—and the
very special kind of drummer who plays
them.
MR Where did you grow up and begin
playing music?
PDC: I was born in Rio De Janiero in
1948. Eventually, I became part of the
local Escola de Samba, which is like a club
the whole neighborhood belongs to. A
"club" may have 15,000 people in it, and
its main purpose is to compete at Carnival.
Each year, you all dance in a parade, past a
reviewing stand, and perform some bit of
history, a scene or a story, from the past of
your town. And it has to be perfect—espe¬
cially in the music, the rhythm, which has
to follow the story exactly. For the com¬
posers in the club, it's like writing a little
movie score.
MR I used to think the Escola de Samba
was a school. Doesn't "escola" mean
"school" in Brazilian?
PDC: Literally, it does. I even have Ameri¬
can friends that have flown to Brazil to
enroll in the "samba school," to learn
samba, (laughs) But of course, there isn't
any such "school."
MR What role did you play in your
escola?
PDC: I played pandiero, starting when I
was seven or eight years old. Over here,
people call it "tambourine." And I
learned on the street; there weren't any
books. Once a year, there was a festival of
all the street players, all the very good
older guys. And I'd come over and join in.
I wouldn't know if I was good or not, I'd
just play. And one old guy finally said to
me, "Hey, kid, come over here. You're
good. You could be very good." And, I
was eager to learn. So, he told me to go
home and ask my father to buy me a better
quality pandiero, and then come back to
see him. And when I did, after the first
day, he told me I'd be part of one of the big
escolas in two or three months.
MR What kind of things did he teach you?
PDC He told me, first to always hold the
pandiero with my left hand, because that
gives you the balance for doing things with
it. And to keep my middle finger held on
the skin, so that it controls the two notes
you can play—changing the pitch. My
right hand is the hitting hand, like for a
tom sound, and my left hand should con¬
trol the shaking, which gives the hi-hat
sound, while the middle finger is going,
changing all the time. Then, you can use
the ball of your palm and your other four
fingers for different effects. It's like hav¬
ing a little set of traps in your hand.
MR How did you use all this in the Escola
de Samba ?
PDC: You fit into what everybody else is
doing. The escola is huge; much bigger
than a line of marchers in New Orleans.
Like, you have one line of twenty huge
bass drums: ten hitting one beat and,
across from them, ten hitting another beat.
Together, it's like a 2/4 bass line—boom
boom, boom boom. And then, there's
another line of fifty large, floor-type toms.
They play a sixteen, between the two and
four of the bass drums. Then, a line of
small toms plays a groove like a triangle—
eighths, sixteenths, whatever. Then,
there's another line of about one hundred
snare drums, just like an American march¬
ing band, playing a rolling, fast sixteen.
Then, the front lines: one hundred agogo
players, a line of cuicas, and the pandieros.
And then, the best drummers from each
section are up front in their own section,
each playing the beat their individual sec¬
tions play. This is where I was. And
finally, there's the conductor. No one fol¬
lows any written music, but instead they
follow him. He blows a whistle, and five
hundred or a thousand musicians start,
stop, or change together. And that's where
the whistle you sometimes hear percus¬
sionists play on records comes from. It's
not used for the same reason, of course,
but people like the sound.
MR What led you to come to America?
PDC: I traveled a lot in Europe and South
America, playing with dancers. I even
went to Russia. And my name became well
known all around Brazil. Finally, though I
hadn't really planned on leaving, when
Sergio Mendes asked me to join Brazil
'66—this was in 1973—I came here. It was
the first time I had ever been part of a
group. In Brazil, the percussionists were
the group.
MR How long did you play with Mendes?
PDC: Three years, and it was very good
exposure for me. I just did what I'd always
done, as part of Sergio's show—playing all
my instruments, fitting in—and the audi¬
ences loved it. People kept writing all these
nice reviews; musicians would come up
after the show and ask me to play on their
records. But I couldn't, because I had a
contract with Sergio. Finally, I decided to
leave, and thankfully, enough people still
remembered me. When I was free to work,
continued on page 44
42
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
At last, weVe taken the guesswork out
of selecting a great microphone.
Introducing the new Shure Professional
Entertainer (PE) Series Microphones.
Beneath the rugged exteriors, behind the famous
Shure name is a totally new concept in microphones:
A collection of instruments created specifically for your
instrument, your individual voice, and even your budget.
And, from the least expensive mi¬
crophone through the top of the line, the
Shure quality just keeps on coming. So no
matter what your selection, you can be assured of great
sound, tailored to your style.
After all. you know the unique sound you’re looking
for. Now there’s a microphone waiting to help you express it.
For more information on Shure PE Microphones, visit
your local Shure Dealer. For a catalog and application
guide, send $1.00 for postage and handling
to Shure Brothers Inc., Dept. HI, 222 Har-
trev Ave., Evanston, IL 60204.
THE SOUND OF THE PROFESSIONALS®.. .WORLDWIDE
the calls began to come in. Pretty soon, I
was overwhelmed with jobs. I had no idea
that so many people were aware of me.
MR What were some of your first gigs?
PDC: I'd done a couple of albums with
Sergio, of course. But my first session was
for The Miracles—the single, "Love
Machine." And then Dizzy Gillespie saw
me play. He loves percussion, and so he
wanted me to do one of his Pablo albums.
That led to my own deal with them; Nor¬
man Granz has really been a wonderful
friend to me. (Note: Da Costa's two Pablo
LPs are Agora and Happy People.) And
that got me a lot more exposure.
MR: Let's talk about exactly what you do
at a session or what you contribute to a
record.
PDC: First of all, when people call, they
often don't know all of what I play. So, I
have cartage for all my stuff—six Anvil
cases full, plus my congas—because I
never know what I'll need. Sometimes the
thing they ask for won't work, so I'll have
to try something else. And then, I'm the
type of player who doesn't like to overplay
or show off, so I need just the right sound
for each job.
MR: Can you talk about some of the dates
you've done and tracks you've worked on?
How about the Yellowjackets LP (Warner
Brothers)?
PDC: (Producer) Tommy Li Puma called
me for that because I had worked for him
on a Neil Larsen album. And Ricky Law-
son, the drummer in Yellowjackets, is a
friend of mine, and I really like the way he
plays. So Tommy just said to listen to the
tape, and put in whatever I thought was
right. Which was no problem, because
Ricky has great time, yet he knows how to
put the funk in a different place, too. He
leaves me enough room to do what I have
to do. On this one track, "Hornets," I
started just with a combination of pan-
diero and agogo bells, and congas, and
then a shaker. I did all this on one take
except the bells, which I overdubbed the
second time, just filling up the spaces in the
track. And that's usually the way I work. I
come in after everything else is recorded. I
only do a little work in live situations now.
MR How about something the opposite of
Yellowjackets—let's say, The Carpenters?
PDC: Richard Carpenter, the producer,
must have known me from other records,
so he called me to do their album, Made in
America. And we cut a lot of the tracks
live. On "Those Good Old Dreams,"
which is real light and bouncy, with a
country feeling, I play tambourine, then I
disappear, then I come back. You know,
some guys play too much, and the pro¬
ducer winds up mixing it down; but I like
to play less right, than more wrong. And
Karen Carpenter is singing, so I'm quiet. I
listen to lyrics too!
MR How many takes for you on this
track?
PDC: One. I never usually need more than
two.
MR: How about playing very busy—where
it's easy to lose what you do on the car
radio, but if you weren’t doing it, there'd
be a big hole?
PDC: Maybe some things for Teena
Marie—like one hit she had ["I'm Talkin'
Love"; you can barely hear Da Costa
amidst the production], I'm playing a lot
of stuff—just slappin' stuff around: bon¬
gos, congas, cowbells, anything I want to
do. On The Emotions' Rejoice, I play
spoons on that. Maybe a lot of people
never heard spoons, but they're there, and
now I get calls for spoons all the time.
MR: How about rock and roll? Have you
played any lately?
PDC: Sure. Good music is good music. I
don't want people to call me just for Bra¬
zilian things. Rod Stewart saw me and
liked my playing, so I worked on his last
two albums.
MR: There doesn't seem to be anything
you can't do.
PDC: The thing to remember is that if you
listen to a lot of other percussionists, they
would sound the same on every session
“Incredible sound...and it’s so
incredibly simple and easy to play.’
-IQUIE BEUSCW
New PTS technology makes it possible:
Perfectly tuned drum heads factory mounted
onto simple, rugged Acousticon™ shells. No
tuning lugs. No separate counterhoops.
No costly hardware.
Just great
sound any pro
could be proud of...
at a price hundreds of
dollars less than com¬
parable drumsets.
Now that's incredible!
PTS heads on
my own set?
Absolutely!
P re- tuned
yet still
tuneable."
Send in this ad.
S3 and your size
for new $8 value
Remo Pro-Mark
T-Shirt
Dark Brown oniy,
Limit 1 per ad.
Qonventiona] drums with claw hook adapters can accommodate PTS heads.
Buy ’em Bright, Mellow or Dark and fine- tune' tighten them as you wish.
REMO/F7
PRE TUNED SERES
REMO. INC. 12804 RAYMER ST., NORTH HOLLYWOOD, CA91605 U.S.A./(213)983-2600
44
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
Jayne Ippolito's
PROFESSIONAL
151 WEST 46 STREET NEW YORK.N Y. 10036 212-354 4605 Specia/isfs in Percussion
they did. But I don't want to impose
myself in that way. I just want to make the
record sound good.
MR: Let's talk about your equipment.
What do you have exactly, in those six
cases?
PDC: Maybe five hundred instruments;
maybe even more than that. I have a lot of
Brazilian instruments: berimbou, agogo
bells, different shakers, an afuche, which
is called a cabasa in Cuba, cuica, reco-
reco, surdo, all kinds of fry pans, metal
plates, bell trees, cymbals, some timbales,
whistles, bells, sticks, and even some toys
that make certain sounds, such as rubber
horns and a blank pistol. It's how you use
each of them. I have five slapsticks, with
different tones, depending on the wood in
each, or I can get a certain tone from a
cowbell if I hold it against my chest. And I
have four kinds of congas, for four differ¬
ent grooves. And the fry pans can give you
great sounds, too. Some have a higher
pitch and ring more, with a higher range,
and they're great when you want an inter¬
val to last for four bars.
MR: Even with all your equipment, do you
ever come up dry when you're looking for
a certain effect?
PDC: Not really. Sometimes I will go
through the whole case, though. And then,
people don't call me for weird effects—
they want me for playing grooves.
MR: Any particular brands of equipment
you like?
PDC: I don't do endorsements. I play
what I like, and besides, I make some of
it—the sticks, for example. But nothing I
use is cheap, and it always sounds right. To
know what sounds right, you have to listen
to and play all brands. Because the sound
is what you're looking for—not the brand!
I mean, sometimes I play three different
cowbells at once. And if I did an endorse¬
ment, then I couldn't be free to use what¬
ever sounded good to me. But, a lot of cats
sure want to know what I play! I've been
followed to sessions a lot lately. Percus¬
sionists sneak into dates to see what and
how I play. I'm getting real tired of it. It
ruins my concentration when I have to give
lessons in the middle of a job.
MR Do you play differently in concert?
PDC: I've really only toured in Japan,
with some all-star groups. And there,
whatever sound equipment they have is the
best. But in the studio, for example, I'll
put my drums on a flat piece of wood; it
gives a more resonant, acoustic sound, to
my ear. Live, since it's open acoustically, I
can maybe play harder and louder. In the
studio, I'll use less arm power and more
technique.
MR Do you play traps?
PDC: A little bit, only for fun in my house.
But I know my limits. Too many drum¬
mers can't find work, so they try to double
on percussion.
MR Do you practice?
PDC: I don't have too much chance to
practice, but I'd like to. Just for my
strength.
MR How would someone learn to become
a good percussionist?
PDC: I think most young percussionists
overplay—and maybe this is because they
think they're too good, too fast. I mean,
I'm still learning. So take your time and let
others tell you you're ready. But mean¬
while, play all kinds of music, every chance
you get. And also, I get every record I play
on. I listen and I learn a lot.
MR: Why, after all is said and done, do
you think you work so much?
PDC: I' m always on time—always fifteen
or twenty minutes early, in fact (laughs).
Seriously.
MR But, seriously, what's the secret of
Paulinho Da Costa's success?
PDC: I play from the inside, with my
heart. Sometimes, I'll get something writ¬
ten out to play, but then I'll do it again—
just with my heart. I learned this way. I
come from playing on the street, where
feeling is the main thing. But, I listen to
what people want, too. And producers,
when they talk to me, they always tell me I
come to help them, and not get in their
way. [Jj
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
45
LET ’EM KNOW YOU’RE
A DRUMMER!
WITH
Drum Wear
our Jackets
RED • BLUE • BLACl
oNYLQNfcATIN FINISH / FI
i WHMBrum kit on back
CWITHOUf drum kil (Hi $40.01
-Shirts
L GREEN * BROWN * BLACK
TIC GOLD drum kit @ $7 00
OW*GOLD*ORANG^BLUE
fh RED drum krt @ $7 00
Baseball Ca
RED * BLUE * BLACK 1
Ydar Round Solid Top / One SHe Fit! All
with WHITE drum Kit (ffi $7.00
— Embroidered Patches —^
^EW ON BACK POCKET OF JEANS
3" BLUE wtth RED drum ktt
3'' RED wtm BLUE drum kit
Any FOUR 3' patches @ S5 00
SEW ON BACK OF SHtRTS 8 JACKET
-' 8" BLUE with RED drum kit @> $7 50
CHEST SIZES:
S (34-36) M (3840) L (42-44) X-L (46)
TO ORDER:
List: Size, color, quantity, 8 Instrument
U S,A, ORDERS:
Include 50< POSTAGE per order
FOREIGN ORDERS ;
include $2.50 per t-shirt A $500 per
fOCket for AIRMAIL POSTAGE
$*fid CHECK or MONEY ORDER In USA FUNDS to.
T>vu*h m £** 3Q234
{P&HCiHHAti • $523*?
Watts continued from page 12
ing a quarter pulse on hi-hat, while pulling
a variety of colors from his cymbals. As
always, Charlie produced exactly what the
music called for.
In 75, Ron Wood replaced Taylor, and
because Wood plays so much like
Richards, the group has leaned more heav¬
ily on basic rock. One notable influence of
the last few years has been reggae, and
again, Charlie has successfully mastered
the style.
When asked what bass player Bill
Wyman thinks gives the Stones their char¬
acteristic sound, he answered in Guitar
Player (Dec., 1978): We have a very tight
sound for a band that swings, but in
amongst that tight sound, it's very ragged
as well. Every rock and roll band follows
the drummer, right? If the drummer slows
down, the band slows down with him or
speeds up when he does. That's just the
way it works—except for our band. Our
band does not follow the drummer; our
drummer follows the rhythm guitarist,
who is Keith Richards. Immediately
you've got something like a l/100th of a
second delay between the guitar and Char¬
lie's lovely drumming. Now, I'm not put¬
ting Charlie down in any way for doing
this, but on stage, you have to follow
Keith ... So with Charlie following
Keith, you have that very minute delay.
Add to that the fact that I tend to antici¬
pate a bit because I kind of know what
Keith's going to do. So that puts me that
split second ahead of Keith. When you
actually hear that, it seems to just pulse.
You know it's tight because we're making
stops and starts and it is in time—but it
isn't as well. Sometimes the whole thing
can reverse. Charlie will begin to anticipate
and I'll fall behind, but the net result is that
loose type of pulse that goes between
Keith, Charlie and me.
"(It began) probably as a matter of per¬
sonality. Keith is a very confident and
stubborn player, so he usually thinks
someone else has made a mistake. Maybe
you'll play halfway through a solo and
find that Keith has turned the time around.
He'll drop a half- or quarter-bar some¬
where, and suddenly Charlie's playing on
the beat, instead of on the backbeat—and
Keith will not change back. He will dog¬
gedly continue until the band changes to
adapt to him. He knows in general that
we're following him, so he doesn't care if
he changes the beat around or isn't really
aware of it. He's quite amusing like that.
Sometimes Keith will be playing along,
and suddenly he becomes aware that Char¬
lie's playing on the beat, and he'll turn
around and point like, 'Aha, gotcha!' and
Charlie will be so surprised and suddenly
realize he's on the beat for some reason,
and he hasn't changed at all. And then
he'll be very uptight to get back in, because
it's very hard for a drummer to swap the
beat. So it's a mite funny sometimes, but it
does happen, especially on the intros.
Some of the intros are quite samey sound¬
ing. I mean, if you're doing a riff on one
chord with the inflections that Keith uses,
and you're not hearing too well with the
screaming crowds, you cannot tell if you
are coming in on or off the beat. 'Street
Fighting Man' is a tune that tends to hap¬
pen on. He's got monitors, but in those cir¬
cumstances it's very difficult to hear
accents—the difference between the soft
and hard strokes. The problem is that
Charlie is often totally unaware that he's
on the wrong beat, and he shuts his eyes
and pulls his mouth up, you know, and
he's gone. You can't even catch his eyes
because they're closed. Someone has to go
up and kick the cymbal. I don't think that
happens too often with other bands. But I
think that's a little of the charm of the
Stones. They're not infallible, and we
know that. Everybody else might as well
know it, too."
In Guitar Player (11/77), Keith
Richards said he plays off of Charlie's
accents. "We tend to play very much
together. I have to hear Charlie and I think
he has to hear me. I love playing with
Charlie; he knocks me out every time.
Sometimes I don't see him for six months
or so, and we get together and he's better
every time. He must practice so much."
"I do practice every day if I'm not play¬
ing," Charlie told me. "I sit and watch tel¬
evision and practice. I never did that when
I was a kid, so I have to do it now. I've
learned more about what I'm doing now
than I did then."
As far as the recording end of it, Charlie
explains, "We don't lay tracks. We always
play as a band. We very rarely overdub
drums and bass and such. I have all and
nothing, as far as creative choice, which
means, I just sit there and play the song.
Mick or Keith will say, 'No, that's horri¬
ble,' and I think, 'Yeah, it is horrible and
all I should do is nothing; just play.' You
can't play like Max Roach over 'Jumpin'
Jack Flash,' so you just sit and say,
'You're right.' And then I'll do something
and they'll say, 'That's great, keep doing
that.' So it's all or nothing. I have as much
say as anyone in what I do.
"A lot of the recording end for me is the
engineer and mixer, which is often Mick.
It's the engineer who makes my drum
sound amazing. I don't do anything other
than I do on a bad night and he makes
them sound great while I just do the same
thing. I never tune drums. It's one of the
blind spots I have. I just hit them.
"I'm fortunate that I don't really have
to stake a claim on anything because the
claim has already been made just by every¬
one being there. It is what it is, with or
without me, but it happens to be with me. I
don't really have to make a point of mak¬
ing my impression. I don't ever think of it
that way. I'll say the drums should be
continued on page 48
46
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
Traditional Quality
it’s our
After more than 100 years of the finest
European craftsmanship, Sonor drums have
proven themselves to be without competi¬
tion. Today, our family continues to carry
on the tradition of producing professional
percussion instruments of the highest
quality.
Sonor drums are constructed from the very
best available materials. They have full
vibrating 9-ply beechwood shells with
45 degree bevel sound edge in a
choice of several veneers including
elegant rosewood. The massive
shells need no extra reinforcing
hoops, and are built from the
outside in with staggered seams
history*
for extra strength and clearer resonance.
Sonor also offers you patented snap locks
that prevent drum heads from loosening up,
with tension rods that stay locked in place
even after heavy sessions. All pedals have
pressure cast steel foot boards with adjust¬
ments for beater height, length of action and
distance of throw.
So ... if being the best is as important to
you as it is to Jack, Shelly, Bernard,
Steve, Russ and thousands of other
people, including us . . . write tor
our free catalog and the name of
your nearest Sonor dealer. You
might just end up making a little
history of your own.
Jack De Johnette on Sonor
Shelly Manne on Sonor
Steve Smith on Sonor
Russ Kunkel on Sonor
Bernard Purdie on Sonor
IT SONOR
Charles Alden Music Co., Inc., P.O. Box 231, Walpole Industrial Park, 4 Industrial Rd., Walpole, MA 02081
(617) 668-5600
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
47
louder or that sort of thing, but if someone
says, 'No, they're too loud,' I don't really
care. I don't really have that sort of mind
to carry the songs through either. I can't
stand mixing. I stay around for it, but I
can't stand it. It's boring and bloody hard
work as well. I guess I don't understand it
either."
When I mention how much more pre¬
dominant the drums have been on recent
recordings, he laughs, "The drums are
awfully loud, aren't they? They make it
sound like more than I am, but I've always
been loud."
Charlie has always preferred Gretsch
drums, although the first set his dad
bought him was a Ludwig, which he used
on the album he did with Rocket '88. He
keeps his Gretsch set to the bare essentials,
however, with just four drums, about
which he says, "I don't use the tom-toms
much. I'm not a virtuoso, you see. I just
try to play the rhythm. I can't take fills and
I can't play four-bar breaks and all that,
but what I do I try to make as fine as I can
make it. Oh yeah, I get it on occasion," he
adds modestly, "But to play like Frank
Butler ... I don't have that finesse and I
never will ever have it in my life. That's
something else, and that, to me, is a drum¬
mer."
After twenty years, Charlie maintains a
simple attitude about performing live and
playing with the same people. "Every gig is
neither bad or good. I always want it to be
better than the last one. It's never the same
any night. Even if you play a cocktail
lounge or a Bar Mitzvah every night. It's
never the same, really. You play 'Hava
Nagila,' and I've done that, and it's never
the same. If you do that four times a week,
you get a good 'Hava Nagila' or a bad one,
whatever band you're in. Sure, I'm sure if
you've done eighteen Bar Mitzvahs in a
row, it can get the same. I've done about
four of them. But the songs we do now are
never the same. Of course, in some ways it
is, it's all three chords and all I play is two
and four, but really, it's never the same to
play them. I just want to get to the end of it
and make it as good as it can be. If people
have trouble keeping it fresh every night,
then they can't like the people they're with
or the music they're playing. It's probably
both.
Manuscript Paper
"NotatfOn Lines for
Drums & Percussion"
(Styles available to twelve lines)
Look (or Ufltr
v.-hrfC yOU buy pfllLuHapfi p r odU£ti
„, niT r. NOW Percussion Co.
WrtMfc. 3 0. Bo*
Nunc Washington WJQ
"I hate touring and I hate going on the
road and my first reaction to this last tour
was, 'How the hell can I go out there at
forty years of age and do that?' I didn't
think people would turn up to see it, but
they did. I don't think they really see me,
though. They see the whole thing and I'm
lucky enough to be part of it. I'd love to
play in a lounge with a trio, but this band, I
think, is one of the best and it can't be beat
at what it is and I'm lucky enough to be
involved in that. But I'm only as good as
the next gig I do. That's how I've always
seen it and I think the band is only as good
as the next gig it does. With the accolades
and everything, it's very easy to sort of get
comfortable. It's a lovely thing to have,
but it doesn't really mean anything. It's
your next stop that is important and then
the next one. And you just try to enjoy
yourself while you're doing it. But you
don't get the accolades if you're crap, so
that's what I mean about this band—
they're damn good and I don't care if peo¬
ple say they're noisy. They are noisy. They
make my ears hurt," he laughs. "But
they're bloody good at being noisy and
they're bloody good at whatever they do.
What I try to do is make it better and I try
and help out the best that I can.
"Musicians are the most selfish people
in the world, actually," he states. "The
world revolves around them and all you
live for is that two hours on stage and
that's all they have. A painter or a drafts¬
man can work any time. It can be for five
minutes or for a year. With musicians, it's
also a closed shop. They're the most
unwelcoming people, really. I'm not say¬
ing that they're not nice people or intelli¬
gent, but it's what they do. They aren't the
most open of people. I think it's their atti¬
tude and I don't think it's ever going to
change. So much for philosophy.
"As far as playing with the same people
all the time, it's no different than playing
with others. I think Bill Wyman is an
incredible bass player. Some people don't
know what he's doing, really, but it's
right. You don't really hear him actually
half the time, or I don't, but he's right and
very rarely wrong. He's very comfortable
to play with. I've never really sat and lis¬
tened to the bass, though. We don't sit and
work out rhythm patterns or anything like
that like some bands do. He plays to a song
that Mick writes and I do the same thing
and it just fits. He plays with other drum¬
mers too, that are fantastic players, actu¬
ally, like I play with others. Bill is very
comfortable, but Jack Bruce is comfort¬
able to me too. Anyone who plays well is
comfortable. Pete Townsend is comfort¬
able to play with. I'm not saying he's better
or worse to play with than Keith, but he's
comfortable also."
About his projects outside the Stones
such as Rocket '88 and the recording with
Nicky Hopkins and Bob Hall, he says,
"They're just fun, aren't they? The play¬
ing is no different, really. It's another gig,
isn't it? That's all and you have to do that
one as best you can also. You just play.
They're all exciting. Rocket '88 is great
because it has four saxophone players, a
trumpet and it's lovely. It's a different
thing to play and it has a different sort of
quality of playing. I don't mean good or
bad, just different. It's great in its way and
it's fun for me to do, but it will never be
that magic that happens. I have a great
time with them, though.
"I had a wonderful experience not too
long ago in London when I played with a
band and the saxophone player was Eddie
Vinson and it was the most wonderful
thing I've ever done. It was amazing and
that guy is incredible. But you have to be as
good as Steve Gadd to really cut it if you're
in that market. Luckily I've never been a
market player. I've always played with a
band."
While that fact has been Watts' security,
he stresses that the public has become too
secure with the likes of the Stones and
there is a tremendous need for some new
music on the scene.
"I thought this band would be together
for five years. I don't want to leave them or
anything, but after five years, I thought,
"Great, ten years, okay." But it's gone on
and on and on. For me, it's wonderful, but
I'm just saying that I'd like to hear some
more power. I still love Benny Goodman,
even though music has changed, so it
doesn't have to take away from what
exists, but there needs to be something
new. Eighteen-year olds must play some¬
thing other than Chuck Berry because it's
been done. You've got to have something
for yourself. It's got to happen. I don't see
it yet, and I don't know why, but it's going
on and on like this. We've been going for
twenty-five years and kids are still copying
us and the Beatles after all these years.
Honestly, there's got to be something to it
and I hope to God there is. It's wonderful,
but there's just got to be something else. It
won't take away from what we are because
we'll still be the same.
"I love this band, but it doesn't mean
everything to me. I always think this band
is going to fold up all the time—I really do.
I never thought it would last five minutes,
but I figured I'd live that five minutes to
the hilt because I love them. They're bigger
than I am if you really want to know. I
admire them, I like them as friends, I argue
with them and I love them. They're part of
my life and they've been part of my life for
a lot of years now. I don't really care if it
stops, though, quite honestly. I don't care
if I retire now, but I don't know what I'd
do if I stopped doing this," he ponders.
"I'd go mad."
Quotes from Guitar Player copyright GPI Publica¬
tions. Reprinted with permission.
ft
AUGUST/SEPTEM8ER
Mick Avory
Barriemore Barlow
Alvino Bennett
Terry Bozzio
Gerry Brown
Bill Bruford
Carl Burnett
Roy Bums
Denny Carmassi
Leon "Ndugu" Chancier
Jim Chapin
Norman Connors
Stewart Copeland
Mark Craney
Jack Dejohnette
Michael Derosier
Bobby Durham
Joe English
Sherman Ferguson
Mick Fleetwood
Steve Forman
A1 Foster
David Garibaldi
Bruce Gary
Dan Gottlieb
Myron Grombacher
Don Henley
Dave Holland
Ralph Humphrey
Jim Keltner
Simon Kirke
Craig Krampf
Nick Mason
Bill Meeker
Marty Morell
Joe Morello
Rod Morgenstein
Paul Motian
Ian Paice
Carl Palmer
Andy Parker
Doane Perry
Jeff Porcaro
Cozy Powell
Bobby Rondinelli
Phil Rudd
Bill Severance
Gina Shock
Michael Shrieve
Tony Smith
Willy Smith
Dallas Taylor
Roger Taylor
David Teegarden
Ed Thigpen
Chester Thompson
Alex Van Halen
Charlie Watts
Pick Withers
Roy Yeager
60 GREAT DRUMMERS
WITH ONE THING IN COMMON-
PAISTE
Just as we can't fit the names of alt the professional drummers who play Pa isle on this
page, we wouldn't attempt to tell you all about cymbals in a one-page ad. Our 296-page
Profiles 3 book gives you the personal set-ups and biographies of hundreds of drummers
from around the world. Our 60-page Cymbal Manual is virtually a textbook of cymbal
knowledge . JwsJ send $3.00 to cover postage and handling for your personal copy of each.
NAME
STREET
| CITY STATE
I Paiste America, Inc.
460 Atlas Street
| Brea. CA 92621
I__
19S2 Pa Mr America, I nr
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
49
MDG6
Watts continued from page 13
bly ten times simpler than I am—if they
call rock simple—but to me it isn't. To be
able to play as slow as A1 Jackson is almost
impossible. As much as I love Joe
Morello—he couldn't do it. I know he's
not the same person, but with all that Joe's
got, it's still another thing.
MW: A1 Jackson is my favorite. Nobody
can play like him.
CW: Another drummer who's quite bril¬
liant is Jerry Allison. He used to play with
Buddy Holly and The Crickets. He's prob¬
ably the best "song" player that I know.
He doesn't really play the drums—he plays
the songs, and that is really more impor¬
tant within the context of that music. If
you're playing to a songwriter, that's
much more important than having all the
technique in the world. But Jerry's got an
awful lot of technique.
MW: You're right. If you're using tech¬
nique to show off in a song, you'll proba¬
bly screw it up. Our arrangements are three
or four minutes long and the drumset is
supportive. You build a structure under¬
neath the song.
CW: I don't think that's any different for
what Max Roach or Buddy Rich do, really.
I suppose with what they call "jazz" there
seems to be more room somehow. I don't
know quite where that room is, but there
seems to be more room in jazz for using
technique.
vocalist.
CW: Yeah. I mean, you can't just stop and
suddenly do an Elvin Jones, or the whole
band will wonder what's going on! But, in
jazz you can suddenly play triple time and
everybody else moves around that. When
the Bill Evans trio with Paul Motian
worked, the rhythm would just go around
in little circles of no time, sort of. It always
did. That, I suppose, is the most extreme
example of what I could use against the
strictness of a disco tune, for instance.
SF: Don't you think that time quality had a
lot to do with the calibre of the musicians
in the Bill Evans Trio?
CW: Yeah, that really is it, but the whole
music evolved around that as well. That
was part of it, wasn't it? Or should I say
"7s it" because that music still exists. I
mean, you don't really go to see a person's
name; you go to see a person's playing. 7
do, anyway. It doesn't matter to me if I go
see Benny Goodman—who's supposed to
be swing music—or Frank Zappa's band,
which is supposed to be progressive rock. I
go to see them. Obviously there are bands
or musicians that you know what they do.
If you see Santana you know it's going to
be semi-Latin because that's what Carlos
plays; that's what Carlos is! But, when I go
and see him I don't really go and see
"Latin Music At Its Best." I go and see
Carlos play the guitar and I go see his band
because I know they play good.
I was a kid. I don't listen to one thing.
Maybe I should've done that. I may have
been better.
MW: Do you feel you've missed anything?
CW Maybe I should've stuck with one
thing and just done that. You meet players
who play in different styles, all as good as
the other.
MW: That's different. You have areal dis¬
tinct style. I saw The Stones opening night
at The Meadowlands. I noticed you very
rarely take your foot off the bass drum
pedal. For me that's hard. I've always
lifted my foot up, and sort of hit the bass
drum real hard. I noticed your real ease.
CW: I didn't know I did that. People say I
play real loud. I don't, actually. I'm
recorded loud and a lot of that is because
we have good engineers. Mick knows what
a good drum sound is as well, so that's part
of the illusion really. Ican'tiplay loud. You
can't play really loud if you play with a
military grip because your hand . . .
MW: You've got to keep it down.
CW: I never really liked matched grip.
There was only one guy I knew who used to
play like that really well. Phil Seaman in
England. He used to play drums in the late
Fifties with a tymp style. He developed and
could actually use both hands. He was fan¬
tastic to watch. He played a regular kit and
had, inside of him, a natural thing that was
him. But to watch him play matched grip
like that—that was the way you should do
it.
Ginger Baker—who's a good friend of
Phil's—could play like that, sort of. Gin¬
ger could shuffle as well as Phil with that
tymp style, but they used to use their fin¬
gers and not their wrists. It's really hard,
but Ginger developed such enormous
chops.
MW: He was very loose with it?
CW: Oh yeah. He was one of the best play¬
ers in England. He still is, actually. He just
hasn't been with people who are as well
known as the people he was with before.
He still plays great. You never really lose
that, do you? You just get "rusty" or
whatever. Ginger hasn't. I'm just saying
that getting "rusty" is all that happens.
You don't really lose it. The main thing
about a drummer—especially if you're a
player like Ginger, who's a big guy and
strong, like Elvin Jones— physically,
drumming is quite exhausting. When you
see someone like Kenny Clarke, someone
in his sixties like Buddy Rich, who has an
enormous amount of energy! Those two
guys don't play in a little club and they
don't starve. They don't play everything at
half tempo. It's amazing physically. Even
if you don't like what they do—physically
it's quite incredible. To watch Buddy Rich
work on that level, and for him to be in
that sort of shape physically is quite amaz¬
ing: especially since he's done it all his life.
It knocks you out, doesn't it?
MW: I noticed at The Meadowlands that
continued on page 52
MW: The songs are really built more SF: Do you collect records?
around musicians playing rather than for a CW: I've had a record collection ever since
50
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
wmm
Drums are unlike any other instrument. They create their
own special problems for the soundman. That's where Ibanez
Tech 0 Mikes come in. The Ibanez IM70, IM76 and IM80
were designed specifically for drums and percussion,
The IM70 has superior transient response, so the sharp attack
of your snare and Tom won t be lost. The IM76 gives extra
drive to tow frequencies, so the floor toms and bass will punch
through, and the IM80 condenser handles cymbals, gongs and
other high frequency percussion like the champ it Is.
Mike it right with Ibanez.
Most mike stands weren't designed for miking drums.
Extended boom positions and heavy mikes don't mix with
traditional designs, so Tama incorporated its best drum
hardware ideas into the most stable mike stands you can use-
Tama Strong arm Stands.
See them both at your dealer today.
For a full color catalog sand $2.00 to. IBANEZ, TAMA Dept MD PG, Sox 469 Ben&alem, Pa 19020 327 Broadway Idaho Falla. ID 63401 fn Canada-6355 Park Ave Montreal PG H2V4H5
you had to keep pulling your bass drum
back because it kept sliding forward.
CW: I always do that. I used to bang in
nails in the front with me shoe. We used to
play set up flat on the floor in a theater
where everybody dances and they don't
have risers or anything. Actually, I prefer
to be on the floor, but then equipment
starts moving. It depends on what the
floor's made of. Sometimes you're playing
with one foot trying to reach a bass drum
that keeps slipping away, and that's the
hardest thing in the world. The one thing I
don't like about drum risers—especially if
they get really high like the enormous one
Ringo used to play on—when they get that
big you can't see everybody else. I don't
like that.
MW: It's like being separated.
CW: Yeah, I don't like that. Another thing
is that the risers move!
MW: They bounce!
CW: Yeah. So, you'd be playing and four
songs later your set is over here and you're
sitting sideways! You end up playing like
Billy Cobham which is totally different to
the way I sit, right? But, Billy's got his
stuff set for that position. But, all of the
cymbals would start moving because of the
vibrations. And the higher the risers get the
worse they'd move. I don't care what they
say. They build solid risers. You could
cowpunch them and they won't move, but
when the band starts playing and your feet
start going, actually stomping on the
floor—the risers move about.
SF: How much rehearsal goes into a Roll¬
ing Stones show? Do you know what the
sets are going to be before each tour?
CW: We always work at least a month to
six weeks before we go on the road, usually
for something like eight to twelve hours a
night. It took six weeks to do it this time.
We just play virtually everything we know.
You've got to remember that with our
band the way it is now —this is not how it
was when we first started. Now we don't
work live sometimes for a year. Recording
is different. We don't work sometimes for
a year and a half or two years live. I often
play live with another band.
MW: Local bands where you live?
CW: Sort of, but that's not the same thing
anyway. With The Rolling Stones you
keep your chops going, really. The
rehearsals are to learn songs but it's also
to ... well, the way I do it is just to get
things together to play. I don't know.
MW: Just to keep playing for two and a
half hours. You did a pretty long show the
other night.
CW: Yeah we do a long show, I think. I
think it's a bit too long, really.
MW: I saw The Stones in 1975, 1969, and
1965 in Newark, New Jersey, with the
Vibrations, Patti LaBelle . . .
CW: Oh, right. They were twenty-minute
shots. That was real soul-review sort of
stuff. That, to me, is how you should do
rock and roll shows, really.
MW: Exactly.
SF: What? For twenty minutes?
CW: Oh yeah. Lots of bands and two
headliners. You just do twenty minutes
and off. It's not because I don't want to
play. But, for us ... me ... drum¬
mers ... to have to play two hours when
it's good and emotional ... the other
nights it's . . .
MW: Work!
CW: Yeah. And it's good for us to play
two hours to look at. The old half-hour
show is one of the strongest . . . well,
you're doing all your best stuff in a half an
hour.
SF: How long did The Stones play in 1965?
CW: About twenty minutes! We used to
do like two shows. That was how rock and
roll was done in those days. It wasn't only
rock and roll. That was how bands did
shows in those days. The only thing wrong
with it was that you were there all the time.
The Apollo used to have four shows a day.
You actually only played twenty minutes,
but you had to hang about all day to play
less than you do now for one show! But,
you had to sit there and wait, or go out for
coffee and come back.
MW: It must be amazing for you, having
been able to see how things have changed
from 1963 to now.
CW: It doesn't really change, actually. I
think The Rolling Stones have gotten a lot
better. An awful lot better, I think. A lot of
people don't, but I think they have and to
me that's gratifying. It's worth it. But
apart from that, when you forget all this
conversation about what cymbals you
use—the weight of your cymbals is only
how comfortable you feel. It has nothing
to do with drum magazines or drumming,
really. Do you know what I'm saying?
When you're onstage drumming, no¬
body's saying, "He's just the best drum¬
mer in the world." There's about four peo¬
ple in the audience doing that. The other
ninety thousand aren't looking up there.
They're there to clap their hands and have
a good time.
MW: That's right. That takes that kind of
pressure off.
CW: It should be a lot of fun, really,
shouldn't it? I think jazz should be a lot of
fun as well.
MW: Jazz sometimes gets a little too intel¬
lectual.
CW: I don't mind it. Jazz is a beautiful
circle. It's going around lots of times,
banging away, you know. Really. But,
that's because I love it. I love the sound of
Clifford Brown. I just love the sound of
Ornette Coleman, Sonny Rollins, Cole¬
man Hawkins. I just love the sound of
those people. They happen to play jazz.
Well, I just love the sound they make, and
I did when I was a kid. For some reason, at
twelve or thirteen, I just heard Gerry Mul¬
ligan and fell in love with that, whatever it
was called. To buy a record you had to go
through that little bin which was written:
continued on page 54
By Mail
Drums Unlimited is known through
the Percussion world as “The Source”
for virtual I v every any quality per¬
cussion related instrument or access¬
ory worth owning.
Our PERCUSSION PUBLICATIONS
CATALOG" is the world’s most
complete compilation of percussion
music, methods and literature in
print . . . in stock . . . and ready for
immediate shipment to youl Order
your copy of the PERCUSSION
PUBLICATIONS CATALOG today.
The catalog price is $2.50 (deductible from your first $10 order).
America’s Largest Percussion Store is as convenient as your
nearest mailbox.
Drurps uplirpitedipc
Since 1962, Percussion Merchants to the World.
4928 SI. Elmo Ave„ ftetheuli, Md. 20814 (101) 654 2719
52
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
All drummers hear their drums from the best position of all. . . right
behind them. But what the listener hears ten, twenty feet away or from
the last row of a concert hall is quite different. Unless you have the
luxury of drum miking and an experienced sound engineer, this is
probably what you’re getting. The simple fact is ( the greater the
resonance the greater the projection. The RIMS suspension system
was developed specifically to recapture the sound lost through
traditional drum mounting. The results—unequaled resonance and
projection from any drum. The
audience will hear the
^^ difference. You will too.
•SOUND
FAMILIAR?
£00 op
at selected dealers only, or write
GAUGER PERCUSSION INC. 15108 Highland La. Minnetonka, MN 55343
PATENTS 41589B0, 4252049. OTHER PATS. PENDING
"J-A-Z-Z." In England you couldn't buy
lots of jazz records.
SF: Wasn't it "Walkin'' Shoes" that you
heard by Gerry Mulligan?
CW: Yeah.
SF: Chico Hamilton on drums.
CW: He was the first guy I heard that made
me play the drums. Him and Earl Bostic,
which was when I was even younger. That
was the first music that I thought was fan¬
tastic. I'd been brought up on Johnny Ray
which I thought was great. I'd seen him
and people like Billy Eckstine. All that.
That was what my parents loved. But then
to go into Earl Bostic—that was some¬
thing. Then I heard Fats Domino and that
I loved. Then I missed Elvis and the rock
and roll bit. I didn't deliberately do that. I
just heard Gerry Mulligan and then Char¬
lie Parker. I fell in love with the music of
jazz.
MW: Because that's the music you were
exposed to.
CW: No! We had to gofind it. I just fell in
love with the sound of it. I mean, I didn't
know what the hell Charlie Parker was
playing . . . I just liked the way he played.
Then friends of mine played the records to
younger guys who learned to play bass.
And I'd play them things. Our block was
really full of Duke Ellington and that sort
of thing. We used to sit in people's houses
and listen to that music all night, like
"Mood Indigo." We would sort of sit
there having a good time, a party, sitting
around listening to "Mood Indigo" when
we were like fourteen! It was really fantas¬
tic. Then we started going to clubs in Eng¬
land and we'd see guys. It was something
that I always enjoyed.
MW: Did you know Mick and Keith back
then?
CW: This was before I met them. I met
Mick and Keith when I was in Alexis
Koerner's band which was . . .
MW: A blues band, right?
CW: Yeah. We started in London. In those
days in London you couldn't get in clubs
unless you were a jazz band. Alexis got in
because he used to sing and play with a jazz
band. So his band got in on a duff night.
Everyone that wanted to play harmonica
and steel guitar—that sort of thing—used
to come and watch us with Alexis and Cyril
Davies. I knew Ginger Baker before then,
but I met him through that band.
MW: He played with Alexis, didn't he?
CW: Yeah. I gave up that chair when he
started playing because he was so good.
Ginger was amazing at that time. What
would that be? Very early Sixties.
SF: Was he playing double bass drums at
that time?
CW: No. He had a homemade kit when I
first met him.
MW: When The Rolling Stones played The
Ed Sullivan Shows, could you hear what
you were playing?
CW: When I did the Ed Sullivan Show you
had to rehearse for about twelve hours and
wait all through the show. You had to
rehearse the whole show. You were there
all day. I couldn't really hear what we were
playing. They used to play with little amps.
They never miked the drums. Mitch Mitch¬
ell was the first microphoned drummer I
ever heard.
MW: You never miked your drums? In all
those big concerts you never had mic's on
your drums?
CW: No.
SF: I saw a photo of The Beatles at their
last concert in Candlestick Park. Ringo
didn't have any mic's on his drums.
CW: No, Ringo never had mic's. We did
some concerts with The Beatles like when
we'd win polls. Poll winners. We used to
do the Albert Hall and a couple of other
places. You couldn't hear anybody really,
apart from the fact that everyone was
screaming and shouting. I sat in the audi¬
ence and listened to The Beatles and
watched them. We were playing purely
acoustic drums. Completely acoustic.
MW: Did you have to hit the drums very
hard?
CW: I don't know. I don't really remem¬
ber if it was quite hard or not. I shouldn't
think so. I don't know quite what the audi¬
ence heard! The music was never off time,
but you couldn't really hear like you do
now. You couldn't hear the bass drum and
the hi-hat and all that.
It's just that when you went into a Shea
Stadium—which The Beatles did—they
had the same amps! Jimi Hendrix is the
first guy that I heard that had mic's for
Mitchell's drums, and Jimi used to use a
big stack of amplifiers. The Who did that
as well, but Jimi was the first one I sat in an
audience and heard with big amps and
amplified drums. The only thing wrong
with that was that it was so new, it used to
break down after three numbers. Then
they'd fix it.
MW: Your drums sounded good the other
night.
CW: I can't hear if they sound good out
front or not.
MW: You don't know what it sounds like?
CW: No. Nobody can really. I don't
believe that you can actually, not while
you're playing.
MW: Not while you're playing. No. As
long as you can hear the snare drum I don't
care about anything else. I don't hit any¬
thing else!
SF: Who do you listen to onstage, Charlie?
CW: Keith. Keith and Mick.
SF: Keith is amazing.
CW: He's incredible. Keith is the start and
the finish. I have to hear Mick, but I can
follow Mick like lipsync almost if the mic'
goes out. It's not as much fun, but I can do
that. But, if I don't hear Keith, I get com¬
pletely lost in things.
SF: You don't lock in with Bill too much?
CW: No, because I've found that if you try
and get everybody in your monitor ... I
don't really need a monitor.
SF: The bass guitar's not coming through
continued on page 56
AN AMERICAN
VIC FIRTH
Quality* design
• craftsmanship
• service
A *
SB M nrt <
tfe/i to
**»*»£&
free
brochure ^-
VIC FIRTH
Box 10 Dover, Mass. 02030 U.S.A.
54
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
Up Your Drums!
Take control of your drum
sound with ATM micro¬
phones by Audio-Technica.
We have all the right
models to deliver the
sound that moves
your group and
your audience.
Our ATM11R,
for instance,
goes down to 30 Hz and is crisp
and smooth all the way up to
20 kHz. What you play is exactly
what they hear! Move in as
close as you wish without dis¬
tortion or overload.The ATM11R
can mike anything you play
except the kick drum (and we’ve
got a killer mike for that)!
The great sound and high
headroom (141 dB SPL) of the
ATM11R comes from our ad¬
vanced Fixed-Charge electret
element, remote-powered from
your mixer. It has an ultra-thin
diaphragm (just 4 microns thick)
to respond instantly and accu¬
rately to every sound you make.
And don't worry if you ac¬
cidentally hit an ATM micro¬
phone. They're all-metal and
really Road Tough. No fra¬
gile plastic to shatter like
so many others. And
very small to keep your kit
clean, uncluttered, and easy
to play.
Now about the kick drum...
the ATM21 Unidirectional Dy¬
namic will give you the crisp,
powerful beat you're looking
for. No distortion, even when
buried in your .hottest drum.
In fact, it’s a great all-around
dynamic for close-miking your
entire kit when remote power
isn't available.
To find out how ATM micro¬
phones can help your sound,
visit your nearest Audio-
Technica dealer. Or write for
our colorful catalog. We've got
everything you need to make
your drum sound the very best
part of the mix!
Model ATM11R Unidirectional
Remote-Powered Condenser
Microphone. Under $160.
your monitor?
CW: Yeah, I can hear it. But, I don't need
to hear Bill to go through a song. I need to
hear Keith to go through a song. I know
Bill will be playing what I'm playing any¬
way. I need to hear Keith because it's all
there: the time, the chord changes, and all
the licks you have to follow. Usually I can
hear the pianos, the saxophone, and usu¬
ally I can hear Ronnie. But, what you're
asking me is who do I really need to listen
to. It's Keith and Mick. The rest of the
band is sort of an embellishment to that.
SF: Are the arrangements such that the
band can stretch out if you want to?
CW: Usually, yeah. You memorize the
end, but the length is done on cue.
MW: Sometimes we play Bruce's songs too
fast or too slow . . .
CW: Yeah, well that happens with anyone
that plays the same songs all the time, I
think. You get fed up with it like that,
don't you? Also, people wake up at differ¬
ent tempos than when they went to bed.
Sometimes things are too slow and some¬
times things are too fast.
MW: Do you prefer playing the newer
songs or the older songs?
CW: I don't mind, really, which it is. It's
all new if you're playing it now. Sometimes
with the old stuff—especially with a reper¬
toire as old as ours—you can't do the songs
exactly like you did it originally, because
you don't even play it like that anymore. If
it changes for the better it's a new song.
But, to actually play exactly like that is
very difficult and sometimes you can be
right or wrong trying to change it.
It's a bit like when you hear Benny
Goodman's band. For example, his early
music is the most amazing sound when it's
going. But, later on, his music got
smoothed out a bit. That's not his fault;
that's just how it developed. To try to play
it like it was played with Gene Krupa and
Jess Stacy—even if they were still in the
band—I don't think it would be the same
because it changes. So, you don't really
hear the record you loved the same as the
band plays it, because the musicians are
different anyway.
MW: So, you don't go back and say, "I
like that lick. I think I'll try to ..."
CW: Yeah. You try to, but they don't
come out the same, do they? The grooves
are different sometime. We play things
different—not much—but they are a little
bit different to make them totally differ¬
ent. They are totally different to play, but
to listen to it, it's just a little bit different.
That's the thing.
I quite enjoy recording with this band.
It's a lot of fun. I quite enjoy playing with
other people though. But, I don't feel as
comfortable, obviously, with other people
as I do with this band.
MW: Do you record with other groups?
CW: A little bit. It's a lot of fun working
with other people, isn't it? But, I suppose
I'm most comfortable with this band. I
enjoy it more. I did a record with Pete
Townshend. I think it was his second solo
album. That was an awful lot of fun. Just
two days, and it was great. But, I would
hate to do what Jim Keltner used to do,
although I admire it an awful lot. I admire
the facility Jim has, but I'd hate to just sit
there and do that, and leave after three
hours. When The Rolling Stones go in the
studio it can be six hours or six days. You
just swap it around as you feel you want it
to. But, you don't have that kind of situa¬
tion as you would if you showed up, for
example, to a Joni Mitchell session. I think
she's very good, but that situation sort of
closes this thing on you.
MW: "Doit. Get it right, right now!"
CW: No, I couldn't do it. Keltner can do
that. I admire him an awful lot for that,
apart from admiring him personally. He's
a great player. I admire having that sort of
facility, but I don't think I can do that.
Mind you, I never had to ... luckily!
MW: That's really the way I feel. I like
being in a band, and I like playing with
other people, but I don't like that studio
pressure, although the people who do ses¬
sion work have their advantages.
CW: I suppose after a while you get used to
that, but it must be an awful thing to live.
MW: Jim was saying to me in Los Angeles,
"It's nice to be in a band. It must be nice to
be in a band where you play with the same
people for years and years."
CW: Yes, because I think you become
comfortable with people's greatness and
mistakes.
MW: It seems like you get in the studio and
it's . . .
CW: It's money, ain't it? I don't see any¬
thing wrong with that life. I would think if
you're doing it for a living ... I admire it
an awful lot, the same way I admire tech¬
nique. It's an admiration I wouldn't really
want for myself. It's too much on you.
SF: You feel the pressure must be high?
CW: Maybe it's only in your head. Maybe
it's because I've never done it. I read how
Steve Gadd doesn't even think about it.
You often find that a lot of the studio
musicians always play with the same guys
anyway! There are bands that are stylists,
so it's not like you're imagining it, really. I
imagine turning up and having to do an
Aretha Franklin session with a fourteen-
piece orchestra! But, really it's like The
Rolling Stones turning up and backing
Aretha, as far as the friendship of the stu¬
dio musicians go. It must be more com¬
fortable than you imagine. But, to be a real
outsider in it would scare ... oh, God! I
couldn't do that.
MW: I couldn't either. I don't have that
much confidence in my playing.
CW: Nor do I! I don't mind creeping into a
session ocassionally.
MW: Or, if I have a real bad night, it both¬
ers me that maybe I let someone down.
CW: I wonder how you cope with that if
you have a bad session?
continued on page 58
These drums hove the basic two features everyone is looking for in drums”
TOP QUALITY — LOWER PRfCE The model *50G0~a 5 piece set complete—Retail
fist $1095,00.
The hottest drum going today is our 8 M x 14' TOM CAT Snare Rugged, tough
and loud but purrs like a kitten when stroked softly Priced at only $197 95
^^Wrife for free catalog or ask your local dealer for a demonstration.
^ order Drum Co* 2607 Irian a Boulevard Huntsville, Alabama 35805
56
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
Four leading drummers, four different styles.
Four more reasons for playing Yamaha System Drums.
Because I've always been
very concerned with the
quality of sound in a drum-
I use the Recording Custom
Series drums, with these
beautiful all-birch shells
and a black piano finish.
They give me a very con¬
trolled resonance with a lot
of tone. They let me relax
with the music, so I can
adjust my touch to any vol¬
ume requirements, Yamaha
drums are very sensitive,
and there's always a reserve
of sound.
I've always tended to go
for simple equipment like
the Tour Series snare
drum with eight lugs, be¬
cause it's easier for me to
get the sound. Same thing
goes for my hardware, which
is why l like the 7 Series
hardware, t don't require
really heavy leg bracing so
the lightweight stands are
just fine; very quiet, too.
With some drums, there
isn't too much you can do
to alter the sound. Some
will give you a real deep
thud, and others are real
bright. With Yamaha, I can
get both sounds, they’re just
very versatile. Mostly I like
a deep round sound with
tight definition, since my
concept is that a drum is a
melodic instrument like
anything else. 1 can hear
drum pitches, and Yamaha
lets me achieve that without
a lot of constant re-tuning.
As far as their hardware,
the snare drum stand and
boom stands are very well
thought-out. They feel like
they were designed by a
drummer, and they're not
limited at all. The 9 Series
snare drum stand s ball till¬
er is fantastic; you can get
the perfect angle tor your
playing posture, Atid the
Doom stand tilter can double
as two stands because it
doesn’t have a long handle.
So the boom slides right In¬
side the rest of the stand if
you don’t need it. All in all.
Yamaha is the perfect set
of drums for tone quality,
sound, and ease of set-up.
I'd been playing the same
set of drums for ten years
when I met up with the
Yamaha people during a
tour of japan with Rainbow,
I told them that if they
could come up with a kit
1 hat was stronger, louder
and more playable than
what l had. I'd play it. So
they came up with this
incredible heavy rock kit
with eight ply birch shells,
heavy-duty machined hoops
and a pair of 26*' bass
drums that are like bloody
cannons, And since I'm a
very heavy player who
needs a lot of volume,
Yamahas are perfect for me.
And the sound just takes
off—the projection is fan¬
tastic so l can get a lot of
volume without straining.
There isn’t an electric
guitarist in the world who
can intimidate me, and I’ve
played with the loudest.
Yamaha drums just cut
through better, like a good
stiletto. They have the fat¬
test, warmest, most power¬
ful sound of any kit I’ve
played and they can really
take it. For my style,
Yamaha is the perfect all-
around rock kit.
Yamaha makes profes¬
sional equipment with the
professional player in mind.
They’re just amazing-
sounding drums, and the
fact that their shells are per¬
fectly in-round has a lot to
do with it. The head-to-hoop
alignment is consistent; the
nylon bushing inside the
lugs are quiet and stable so
Yamahas tune real easy and
stay in tune, too, 1 have a
5 Vz* snare and it’s good as
anything out there. It speaks
fast, with a really brilliant
sound and a lot of power.
When you hit it hard, the
drum just pops. And the
throw-off mechanism is
quick and agile, with good
snare adjustment—it's a
basic design that works.
And Yamaha hardware is
really ingenious, every hit
as good as the drums. 1 like
the 7 Se ries h a rd w a re be¬
cause it’s light ami strong,
especially the bass drum
pedal, which has a fast, nat¬
ural feel* What can 1 say?
F very thing in tin? Yamaha
drums system is so well
designed, you want for noth¬
ing, Once you hook up with
them, you’ll stay with them.
Yamaha Musical Products ■ A Division of Yamaha International Corporation * Box 7271. Cram! Rapids. MI 49510
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
57
Mel Bay Presents
THE
TERRY
GIBBS
METHOD
FOR VIBES,
XYLOPHONE,
& MARIMBA
A complete and
thorough study into
the Harmonic and
Technical require¬
ments for skilled per¬
formance on Mallet
Instruments. Con¬
tains over 300
pages. Spiral bound.
A must for the library
of any serious per¬
cussionist!
Retail Price—S15
Send check or money order to:
MEL BAY PUBLICATIONS
PACIFIC, MO. 63069
MW: Well, I listen to the records I've
made. Some tracks I don't like the way I
play.
CW: But they've been released haven't
they? The session doesn't matter does it?
It's strange.
MW: Is there something you've played on
that you listen to and don't like?
CW: There's songs I don't like. There are
songs that you think are great and songs
that you think . . .
MW: How about drum tracks where
maybe you could've played better?
CW: Well, I always think that. A lot of our
tracks have sounded a lot better than I
thought they would because of recording,
mixing, and because I probably didn't hear
it that way. I don't know. I'm not a song¬
writer.
SF: When you used to visit clubs did you
ever speak with Max, Elvin, or any of
those great drummers?
CW: Not usually. I met an extremely good
drummer, a very underrated guy, Mickey
Roker. He's very good. I sort of met Billy
Higgins. One of the biggest thrills of my
life was when Tony Williams came up to
me. He was playing with The Great Jazz
Trio years ago. I hadn't seen Tony since he
came to England when he was like eight¬
een.
SF: With Miles Davis?
CW: Yeah. As much as I love everybody
else, Tony Williams is who I'd love to look
like when I play, when he was with Miles.
One of the biggest thrills of my life—Tony
was playing at the Village Gate last year,
and he came up and said hello to me.
MW: Tony really loves rock drummers.
CW: He's such a great guy. Another guy
I've met and said hello to is Roy Haynes.
He's a drummer that has never stopped
growing in his mind. Shelly Manne's
another. He's twenty-two, a kid! I don't
mean a kid mentally— he's just such a
young man. He's fantastic. I got intro¬
duced to Shelly through Jim Keltner when
Shelly had Shelly's Manne-Hole. We used
to go down a lot when The Stones were
working and Jim was sessioning around.
Shelly Manne is charming. Did you hear
that stuff he used to do with the L.A. 4?
Everything he's done—obviously he's
going to say there are things he likes—but
to me, all of that is something else!
Joe Morello is the first guy I saw that
was the prettiest player I'd ever seen in my
life. I also loved Paul Desmond. I still do.
He's the woman of the saxophone and
that's not being detrimental. That's the
prettiest style of playing, and that's the
way Desmond played.
Joe Morello as a drummer—apart from
being quite brilliant—his style was some¬
thing else to look at. I used to sit and watch
him just to see his hands. Tony Williams
was the same. He had beautiful hands. I
mean, he's still got them, but to watch
Tony work was . . .
MW: I love to watch drummers' hands
because there are certain ways of holding a
drumstick. Buddy has a way of holding a
stick ... I can't figure it out; I don't
really want to figure it out, but, it floats!
You look at all the great drummers and
their sticks float.
CW: Yeah. Louie Bellson used brushes
so ...
MW: Smooth.
CW: Yeah, but it's an art that's lost in
drummers. One of the things that rock and
roll has ruined is that style. Rock and roll
has probably given more than it's taken,
but from purely a drummer's view, when
you sit and see the whole movement of
drummers that are playing the drumset,
and watch them play that smooth brush
playing, and that motion . . . that was a
style of playing as well, which Buddy Rich
knows.
I've never spoken to Buddy Rich, but
when you read interviews and people ask
him, "Who are your favorite drum¬
mers?" ... my favorite dream drummer
is someone like Dave Tough. I'd loved to
have lived at the time to see that guy. I
think he was amazing. As a person he
sounds amazing, but as a player! I'd love
to have seen Sid Catlett. But, Buddy said
that Chick Webb was the one to see. Can
you imagine that Buddy thought Chick
Webb was great? How good was Chick
Webb? Imagine how good he was, man, if
Buddy thought he was good!
MW: I know. It's mind-boggling.
CW: Staggering, isn't it really? I would
love to ask Benny Goodman about Dave
Tough, or Woody Herman's probably the
one to ask. I've spoken to Ahmet Ertegun
who knew Dave Tough. He used to hang
out at a lot of places when he was young.
He told me a few things about him. Ahmet
said that one of the funny things was that
Dave Tough was sort of a very well-read
skinny little bugger and he used to play so
loud! And yet, Big Sid Catlett was a big
man—and I don't mean that Sid Catlett
never played loud—but he used to play
really quiet compared to Tough. I thought
that was amazing because I thought it
would be the other way around.
MW: Max Kaminsky has a book where he
talks about how Dave Tough was so into
tuning his drums.
CW: Yeah, and that was in the days when
you used to have calf heads. Did you ever
play on those things? I used them when I
played with Alexis. It used to get so
crowded in that club and hot! You'd tune
the drums up and if you forgot to tune
them down again—tomorrow they'd be
completely ripped apart. They dry out.
Sweat used to drip off the walls and ceil¬
ings in that club, so the heads would get
really sloppy. It was areal art to tune those
things. I never really used them much. I
used them for about three years. They were
lovely for brushes. That's when you really
continued on page 63
58
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
Professional
features at
affordable
prices.
T he R-380 kit conies loaded
with a long list of features usu¬
ally found on higher priced drums.
All shells are 9-ply mahogany with
the most up-to-date heavy duty
hardware. Remo Ambassador
heads are standard equipment.
With the R-380 you have a
choice of finishes: black (189),
white (182) or wood grain (197).
The 380's heavy duty stands have
large molded rubber feet and
memory at each height adjust¬
ment point.
The R-380 kit: (#41-4100)
1 20-lug, 14x22 bass drum fea¬
tures telescoping spurs with
angle adjustment and retractable
steel spikes. (#41-4122)
2 Double tom tom holder has
• infinite adjustment capability
and memory.
3 Two 12-lug mounted toms
• (8x12 and 9x13), both with
built-in memory receiver and quick
release internal tone control.
(#41-4212, 41-4213)
4 Sturdy legs with strong draw-
• bolt type leg receivers support
this 16x16, 16-lug tom. (#41-4416)
5 All-steel, 10-lug, 5x14 snare
• drum has a constant tension,
parallel action snare release and
quick release internal tone control.
(#41-4514-006)
6 Ratchet tilt adjustment and
• double braced, multi-position
legs on your snare stand allow
exact snare placement. Gripper-
type basket with molded rubber
drum clamps keep the drum in
place. (#41-1318)
7 Cymbal stands have heavy
• duty, double braced legs. The
stand also has slip free filter and
die-cast leg braces. (#41-1328)
8 Die-cast tilt adjustment on the
• clamp of this counterbalanced
boom stand with memory feature
gives nearly unlimited adjustment
capabilities. (#41-1355)
9 Mi-hat is smooth and fast,
• thanks to fully enclosed expan¬
sion springs. It has an adjustable
clutch and bottom cymbal tilter.
Base has no-creep spurs and dou¬
ble braced legs. (#41-1338)
-gfv f ast anc * durable pedal has
-IaJ* a moveable, vertical stroke
adjustment arm and easy access
hoop clamp. Die-cast footboard
has adjustable toe stop.
(#41-1347)
-g O ptional throne is solid and
comfortable, it features dou¬
ble leg construction and threaded
height adjustment. (#41-1398)
••
Inexpensive drums with expensive features.
fw^he R-360 is a five piece set built
1 around 9-ply mahogany shells
finished in white (182) or black (189)
and comes equipped with Remo
Soundmaster heads. All the stands
have large rubber feet. Nylon bush¬
ings at height adjustment joints
make for smooth operation.
The R-360 kit: (#41-0100)
14x22 bass drum has extra
♦ strong steel counterhoops and
double tom tom mount with ratchet
adjustment and memory collars.
(#41-0122)
2 8x12 and 9xL3 toms with internal
• tone controls. (#41-0212,
41-0213)
16x16 floor tom. (#41-0416)
♦
4 5x14, ten-lug, all-steel snare has
♦ a positive action throw-off.
(#41-0514-006)
Snare stand features infinite tilt
• adjustment and grip-type basket.
{#41-1311)
Molded rubber feet keep this
• sturdy cymbal stand in place.
(#41-1321)
7 Smooth, quiet operation is what
iyou'll always get with this chain-
pull hi-hat. (#41-1331)
Bass pedal has smooth, double
• spring operation; stretch-proof
webbed strap; and double no-creep
spurs, (#41-1341)
O ptional throne features double
• braced legs. (#41-1392)
Professional features at afford¬
able prices. Ask your Rogers Drum
dealer about the new R-360 and
K-380 kits.
1300 E. Valencia, Fullerton, CA 92631
got that sound that's simulated now.
MW: Do you spend a lot of time tuning
your snare?
CW: Not really. If it's too tight for me I
can't really play on it.
MW: You like it loose?
CW: A little. That's why I like big drums. I
buy most of my stuff at S.I.R. They have a
lot of old stuff around back. You're losing
that as well now. Drum shops generally
don't have old stuff. To me, the second
hand stuff is part of the fun of drums. I
remember as a kid going in and you've got
a row of snare drums in a shop. In England
it took years to get Ludwig drums because
of the exchange. So, you'd have those
wrapped up in cellophane and then you'd
have old trade-ins. I had one of those little
three-inch snare drums. Just all down the
row you'd have a variation of drums. Even
when I'd come to America you had the
same thing. But now you go into a shop
and all the drums are new. You've got your
Tama and Yamaha stuff—it's all there and
it's all brand new. There's nothing wrong
with that, but there's no interest. You
don't have to look at it all because you
know. But they've gotten much much bet¬
ter than the old drums, really. Especially if
you're on the road. There's a quality about
the older drums that you don't have. That
natural kit that I use—that's an early
Gretsch kit with the round logo on it.
MW: That's a nice sounding drumset. The
bass drum is really punchy. Is that the
same set you record with?
CW: Yeah. When Ringo bought his
Ludwig kit in England, I got one about the
same time. The only other way you could
get them was from American drummers
that came over on boats and sold their
equipment.
SF: You couldn't buy American kits in
England?
CW: Not in 1960. A bit later you could.
You couldn't get them easily, and they
were so much better at that time.
SF: Were you playing Premier?
CW: I was playing a mixture of things.
Premier's been going for years and they
make good drums. Actually, Keith Moon
made Premier better, and Kenny Jones
made Premier's hardware much better.
That was what was wrong. It wasn't the
drum itself. The lugs were awful to travel
with as well.
MW: I remember Premier stands. They
always used to have that screw on the bot¬
tom.
CW: Yeah. Terrible! You'd hit the drum
too hard and it would tip over. But, Keith
and Kenny got them to make the Buck
Rogers sort of stuff. I used to have a snare
drum stand that would jump about. If you
were playing loud you had to hold the
drum with your knees!
MW: Rogers had the first Buck Rogers
stand with the legs coming up from the
side.
CW: I loved those. I still play with a Buck
Rogers, and I still use their hi-hat as well.
They're all rusty.
SF: Can you name the drummers that have
really influenced you over the years?
CW: There were a few drummers in my
life. Buddy Rich's style is in it's age, isn't it
really? I mean, he's got a longer view and a
much more perceptive view of the history
of drums than I have. But, just from my
little keyhole in a door that Buddy Rich
will go through; with the little bit I can see
there are a few people—not necessarily my
favorite players—who have actually
turned around and changed drumming. I
think Tony Williams is one of those peo¬
ple. He also happens to be one of my
favorite players. I think Billy Cobham did
that. Although Billy isn't one of my favor¬
ite favorites, he's a favorite of mine. There
really hasn't been anyone else since Billy,
and Tony before him. I don't know if I'm
right, but that's the way I see it. Just the
difference in playing. You didn't ride cym¬
bals before that the way Tony Williams
used to ride.
He came in with that stop time and you
just didn't do that before Tony. He did
that much to the drums. Billy Cobham
made those fifty-eight drums work. He
plays them all. It looks incredible, but he
plays every one of them. There are very
few guys that actually use half of it.
Tony would play quarter notes or half
notes on his ride cymbal. Now, see ...
Buddy Rich would say, "Yeah, but I saw a
guy do that back in ..." But, I've never
seen anyone do that until I saw Tony. Even
on In A Silent Way, where he just plays hi-
hat. Maybe that was Miles telling him what
to do. Miles Davis is one of the greatest
bandleaders. Philly Joe Jones was one of
the great drummers in the world and Miles
Davis had him in his band. Then he was
playing in his prime and he just stopped
and found Tony Williams—who was
seventeen—and played as well as Philly
Joe Jones under Miles' guidance.
Duke Ellington's another. I think Duke
Ellington and Miles Davis were probably
the greatest bandleaders in picking musi¬
cians ever! So far. Philly Joe on
Milestones—one of the classic, great
albums—I mean, for brush playing, "Billy
Boy" is unbelievable.
SF: Usually when people speak about
drummers, the great technicians come to
mind. But still, as Max was saying, there's
an art to simplicity. Nothing's worse than
hearing a drummer playing all over the
place when he should be laying down a
groove. Some drummers don't know when
to shut up. Connie Kay, Dave Tough, and
Mel Lewis are masters at that. Morello
refers to those kind of drummers as "team
players." They don't go on the bandstand
thinking, "Hey, I'm going to be Buddy
continued on next page
GET THIRSTY ?
GET SWEATY ?
For DRUMMERS, YOU
PLAY HARD .. .
the ORIGINAL ALL NEW!
PR© CADDY RAX™
2 -# i PATENT
m 1 accessory ! PENDING
Provides PRACTICAL CONVENIENCE,
and COMFORT*an ESSENTIAL LUXURY!
END SPILLING & MISPLACEMENT
W SECURELY HOLDS all size BEVERAGE
“T 1 CUPS, CANS & BOTTLES-Large to small.
W EASILY ATTACHES to any DRUM,
THI-HAT, CYMBAL or MIC stands FAST!
W TOWEL RAX is easily ADJUSTABLE
Tand REMOVEABLE. For ANY situation,
W CLASSY, ATTRACTIVE durable high-
^quality CHROME STEEL.
WROADTESTED & STUDIO used and
^designed by PROS . , .FOR PROS.
^ALWAYS within CLOSE EASY REACH -
^FAST! Use it every time you play.
FACTORY
DIRECT'
DEPEND ON IT ...
Only $9.95
(30-day money-back guarantee)
DEALER INQUIRES WELCOME
MECHANICAL MUSIC CORPORATION
622 Hickory Drive
Buffalo Grove, Illinois 60090
63
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
Rich tonight."
CW: But some guys can't help being that.
That's what I'm trying to say. Some guys
are that sort of person that just takes over.
Ginger's like that, and that's not to his det¬
riment. To me, that's his strength. He does
play with the band—he's not greedy like
that—but he's that strong a player in what¬
ever he does. He's got so much in him that
it takes over somehow. I love that. Those
guys are the exception. They're not neces-
JUST DRUMS
59 N. Main St.
Pittston, Pa
Box 526 18640
(lor information see classified)
sarily the greatest but they are the excep¬
tion to the rule.
Most of the records that I listen to and
love to play, don't involve incredible drum
technique. My favorite Buddy Rich
records are not Buddy Rich drum solos.
He did a fabulous record in the Fifties
where he got a big band with Jimmy
Rowles and did Basie music. Also the
music that Buddy played with Basie. Basie
doesn't need a drummer to play solos.
Some of the jam sessions that Buddy Rich
played on with Basie are just beautiful
drumming. Most of the great jazz records
that Buddy Rich played on, to me, aren't
drum solos and they are mostly with
Buddy playing brushes and keeping time.
He has the enormous ability to keep per¬
fect time. Outside of that, he's one of those
guys that you can suddenly say to: "You
take eighteen bars," and he plays eighteen
bars and at the end—after seventeen—
would come eighteen. I'd be lost after two!
But he's got a mind that I couldn't con¬
ceive of musically in the same terms.
SF: Would you agree that The Rolling
Stone's strength is as a band?
CW: Yeah, oh sure, I think so. I don't
know with everybody else, but it is to me
because I can't do anything else other than
play with a band like that.
SF: But how may bands are together as
long as The Stones, or Bruce Springsteen
and The E Street Band, or The Who? So
much good music has come out of bands
like The Rolling Stones because you were
( MP PROM Mtd)
LET 'EM UNO W yOt/E P ROMMtNt fC ALIVE
wrru EM~rot CFEtee Mtceo?ttOHEC
able to stay together for so many years.
There's something special that comes out
of that kind of a relationship.
CW: Yeah. It was like that with Duke
Ellington. To me Duke Ellington was a
"band" playing. He had the head on him,
but he chose when there was a saxophone
solo and he had probably the finest saxo¬
phone players alive then to do that little
spot.
Like Sonny Greer is the type of drum¬
mer that I know on records. I've never met
Earl Palmer, but I know the records I love
that he's played on, and they're some of
the finest. Sonny Greer's like that to me.
But, when you get into a song like "Skin
Deep" or something, that is one of the
best . . .
SF: But, "Skin Deep" is a drum feature.
CW: Yeah, and you're in a band with a
bandleader as talented or as much of a
genius as Duke Ellington, who could build
an orchestra around that and make it more
than just a drum solo.
SF: What do you think would happen if
Buddy Rich, Joe Morello, or Max Roach
sat in with The Rolling Stones?
CW: I have no idea! I'd quite like to see it.
I'm not sure. Maybe, with their enormous
technical facility they'd be bored just play¬
ing stock time. I don't necessarily think
that's true. I'm just saying, if there's some¬
thing that would bore them—maybe that's
what would bore them! I can't talk for
them, really. But, it wouldn't really bother
CALL US—
TOLL FREE!
1-800-323-1717
Operator #120
FOR A
SUBSCRIPTION TO
MODCRil *
DRummeR
Illinois residents
call:
800-942-8881
No Foreign Orders
64
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
Dean Markley Stix feel good.
Rolled and rubbed all by hand.
A natural finish (not lacquer)
gives Dean Markley Stix the
perfect feel.
If you can find them. Buy them. *
Once sold only to professionals,
now they can be yours.
Dean Markley Stix. Feel them.
You’ll never want to let go.
* Due lo iKe limited number of exclusive dealerships,
you may have trouble finding Dean Markley
Stix U so, call toll free 800*538-8330.
STIX
DEAN MARKLEY, INC. 3350 SCOTT BLVD,, #29, SANTA CLARA, CA
TELEXi TIVX 9103382CM6 MARKLEY 5IMTA
© DEAN MARKLEY, INC .. 19H2
by Eliot Zigmund
Basic Chart Reading
Chart reading is a very important tool of the working drummer's
trade. Whether it be jazz combo, rock jingle, show playing, or big
band, knowing how to read and interpret a chart is essential to
making a living as a drummer. Many young drummers know how
to read from exercise books but are baffled by what to do with a
drum chart in a playing situation. I'd like to look at some basic
concepts of chart reading that can easily be applied to different
reading situations that you might find yourself in.
Most drum charts are rhythmic skeletons of what's going on in
the music. They usually leave a lot of room for interpretation by
the drummer in the band. It is the drummer's job to play the writ¬
ten "figure" in the music and, if called for, to set up or "fill" the
figure for the rest of the band. From the outset it's important to
realize that there is no set way to write a drum chart. Each arranger
will probably have his own particular style. You will find that some
overwrite and clutter up your chart, and some underwrite, not giv¬
ing you enough. The majority are somewhere in between.
I'd like to look at eight different drum figures. Each figure is the
last bar of a four bar phrase.
v c 1
It K 1 K d d
y
s
*
_ I_a p . _
■il *
1
/ c 1
/•
Jr *
T m
- . .1 .. ,\
1
U\
a) Sing each phrase exactly as written.
b) Play on set exactly as written; play the written quarter notes with snare, bass, and ride cymbal.
Each phrase consists of three bars of time and a written phrase in
the fourth bar. All the written figures are quarter notes and each
phrase puts the quarter note in a different place. Examples 1-4 fall
on all the downbeats, and Examples 5-8 fall on all the upbeats. I'm
using jazz time but you can easily practice these exercises in Latin,
rock, etc.
The first way I recommend to practice these phrases is to sing
them. During the three bars of time sing a ride beat or count the
time. On the fourth bar sing the figure as if you were a trumpet or
saxophone player reading a chart. Make sure you hold the quarter
note for it's full value. Next, using the same concept, play the
phrases on the drums. Play three bars of time and in the fourth bar
play the quarter note (exactly as written) with bass drum, snare
drum, and ride cymbal. Leave the rest of the bar open. Repeat each
phrase several times before moving on to the next one.
The next way to practice the phrases is to start using some simple
fills to set up the written quarter notes. This is where students get
confused, so make sure the two methods in the above paragraph
are solid before you start to add fills. A rule of thumb in thinking
about filling figures is: play the written notes with the bass drum
66
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
and ride cymbal and play the fill with your hands on the snare and
toms. This is not a rule that holds in all cases, but it is a good way to
begin with figures as simple as these. The same eight phrases follow
with fills written in. Notice that for simplicity's sake I've used a
similar fill for each phrase. When playing the written notes with
bass drum and ride cymbal, try to get a long sound out of the
cymbal by catching it on the edge.
(Time-»)
i P i j) _
J " \ j (Time-*-)
3 3
if J #
IS
Fill
(t P J -“*)
is
*/
- -J
• » .■
A
m
1 t
(Time- 5 *)
4.
giti-H: j. ^ J
Fill
o* * i n
X
X
J (Time-*.)
5 3
l‘r-~ If. J •
Fill
(-
1 J* J)
X
=1
6 .
m
3 3
j a 7 .J J J 7 j 1
X
X
Fill
(i n 7 -)
.j. i i
i
(Time-*)
(Time-*)
continued on next page
Pearl’s SUPER HOOP.
They’re new, so you may
have to ask for them, but
they’re everything you
ever wanted in a die-
cast hoop without the
problem or the J
price! 2.3 mm of
solid pressed steel
gives you the same
head tension all
around the edge
from lug to lug. And •
SUPER HOOP’s
extra 5 mm of height
make rim shots a pleas
ure. Ask your dealer today
« V I * J» 1 , ■
Sold in the U.5. exclusively by the Gibson Division of Nor I in Industries
Sold in Canada exclusively by NUCG Musical Instruments, Ltd,, Mark bam, Ontario,
Available sizes:
Model HD 1410 B (14"
Batter, 10 Holes),
Model HD 1410 SG
(14" Snare with
* Guard, 10 Holes),
Model HD 1510 B
(15" Batter, 10
Holes for Pearl
Extender Snare
{ Drum), Model HD
1512 B and HD
1512 SG (15", 12
Holes for Parade
Drums).
A product of
Pearl International, Inc.
408 Harding Industrial Dr.
nville, Tennessee 37211
3
7,
44-
44=
Fit]
(i- J 3 i)
- -- T^= C:g
(Time-*)
^ J 3)
^_-~J^_J-jj (Time-*-)
Play each phrase with written "fill, "play "fill" with hands on the snare and toms, play written quarters with bass drum and ride cymbal.
Resume playing time as quickly as possible and keep musical flow going.
After each figure, get back to your basic feel as soon as possible
without interrupting the flow of the music.
Once you have mastered these three practice routines, start
experimenting with more complex fills. Keep using the basic con¬
cept of playing the fill with the hands and playing the written figure
with bass drum and ride cymbal. Use triplets, sixteenths, eighths,
and quarters to build your fills. Keep in mind that the purpose of
the fill is to set the figure up for the band. It's not to display your
technique. Sometimes, the simpler you play the better, especially
when sight reading a chart. Always keep context in mind. Some¬
thing that sounds great with a big band might be too much with a
combo. Something that sounds great with a combo might be com¬
pletely wrong in a show context.
Following are examples of different fills you might use with the
figures we've looked at.
(Time-*)
(Time-*)
Fill
* 1/1
-r FiT± ~
--— 1 > — ri
«/
'/ "
— _1_£_ll!
/ t ¥•
7*
A
%
m
__LB
(Time-*)
because
MANNYS has it all!
Why do you suppose so many professionals
come to MANNYS
for their percussion?
• Manny’s has the brands you want.
• Manny's gives you the
professional service you need,
• Manny’s gives you trade-ins on
your used percussion.
• Manny’s gives you the right prices.
• Manny’s ships all over the world.
MANNYS
the music store
156 West 48th Street, New York, N.Y. 10036
(212) PL-7-0576 • (212) PL-7-0577
MANNY& ..
the pros serving the professional musician.
no creeps, crawls or stresses
ROCK SOLID SUPPO
?n
Drum Workshop's new pedal PL A TE makes the original D. W.
bass drum pedal even betterI The PLA TE relieves stress from
both the radius rod and footboard hinge . Nine inches of non-
skid rubber padding keeps your pedal from creeping, plus two
heavy duty screw in spurs prevent those annoying pedal and
bass drum crawls .
Also new from D. W is the DAN MAR black shaft non-bend
beater bail and at no extra cost the optional split sprocket for
your chain drive pedals.
The superlative action
of the Drum
Workshop pedals
makes D, W. the
choice of these
outstanding
musicians: Jim
Ke finer, Steve
Smith, Keith KHudson,
Shelly Marine, Freddy White,
Nick Caroli, Brent Brace, Colin Bailey f and Jimmy Smith,
Remember, for Rock Solid support, the new bass drum pedal PLATE is easily
added to any of these Drum Workshop bass drum pedals:
5000 C chain and sprocket
5000 CX chain with half sprocket
5000 nylon strap
5001 C solid one-piece footboard with chain
5001 solid one-piece footboard with strap
Drum Workshop # 2697 Lavery Court Unit f6 # Newbury Park. CA 91320 USA # BOB 499-6863
Fill
(Time-*-)
ni| (Time-*')
Fill
6 .
E±
3
3 3
Fil
(J T J L 7 ... )
(Time-*)
(Time-*)
(Time-*)
As you move on to real drum charts with more complex figures, hands on the snare and toms, and using the bass drum and ride
you will find yourself playing some of the written notes with your cymbal to punctuate the most important notes in a phrase. [*
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
69
T
7] fi\
J
ii
i r
p
f —i
nn
nrr
}\
dJl\
n
jii
n
L J
Du
\ L
John
Hernandez
by Susan Alexander
Remember the Mystic Knights of the
Oingo Boingo? From bizarre costumes to
becoming the darlings of the L. A. New
Wave scene, the Boingos have been around
for many years.
Drummer John Hernandez reflects his
limitless energy in his playing style; fast
but with space to breathe. He looks as if he
could play effortlessly all night long at
breakneck speed.
Although the list of people he has per¬
formed with is quite long, he says, "I'm
not into credits. When you see me playing,
that's all that you should know. I always
hate it when a guy shows up on the band¬
stand and says, 'I've played with this and
I've played with this . . . ' Who cares? It's
gonna start at eight o'clock and who
cares?"
His effervescence is overflowing. The
man eats, sleeps and dreams drums. His
playing philosophy goes something like
this:
"Generally, the main rule of thumb is
just to make sure the music gets across. If
someone says, 'That drummer's really
great; that music's terrible,' that means
that I've outstepped my role. That's really
important to me because I like to orches¬
trate. So, if a particular voice gets in the
way of another voice, then I have to
change it. I don't think that people like to
hear drum solos in the middle of music."
Hernandez started playing when he was
four. A native of Los Angeles, he began
playing in his cousins' Latin band.
He studied with Bob McDonald and
then with the legendary Freddie Gruber.
Hernandez says of Gruber, "To me, he's
an incredible genius. He has yet to be given
all the recognition he needs to. His hand
position and his facility is so complete, it's
unbelievable! I studied with him for two
and a half years and I was doing things that
I didn't even understand I could do."
While all this studying was going on, the
eighteen year old Hernandez was playing
in all types of situations from swing and
dixieland to anything in the studio. "I was
starting to do the regular sessions and all
those things. I was really involved in my
craft. I was doing a lot of shows then
because I could read and enjoyed reading
and I could really kick a band in the back¬
end."
He then discovered the likes of Jack
DeJohnette and avant-garde music and
became tired of the studio scene.
Hernandez moved into a steady gig with
Helen Reddy's band. He recalls, "It was
my first experience of playing music with
people who didn't get together to do that.
It was work. It was a whole different thing
and I realized it once I went on the road.
You realize how much you really have to
rely on yourself."
Before he left on one of the many Helen
Reddy tours, he ran into the Mystic
Knights. They were dressed in dinosaur
outfits and played such rock classics as
"Flight of the Bumblebee." He recalls, "I
sat and watched the whole show and I was
on the floor."
After he left Helen Reddy, he worked
with dancer Toni Basil. He had more con¬
tact with the Boingos and worked with
some of them on a movie project. He
found out that they were looking for a
drummer. He remembers, "I just went
down and said, 'You're not going to
believe this, but when's rehearsal? I'll be
there.'
'T've been in the band for about four
years. When I first started playing, it was
just nuts. It was real out. Then we gradu¬
ally got more into rock and roll music so
the record companies would accept us.
This is an industry town and people are
extremely safe."
The Mystic Knights became just Oingo
Boingo to complement their new direction
in music. They play fast-paced music filled
with quick tempo changes. John says,
"The younger kids can really relate to that
youthfulness in the music.
"I could play a million notes, but it
really wouldn't matter in the context of
that band. There are eight people doing a
million things and there's just no room. I
have to make sure that the drum parts out¬
line what's going on."
Many musicians and fans of the simple
and direct approach to music think that it's
not important to play well. Hernandez
agrees that the attitude exists. "Yeah, but I
really don't care. So many people want to
hear somebody that says, 'I got up and
dropped the trash can. I couldn't believe
it! The lid was in tune to the song we were
doing. I brought it in and with every fourth
beat, I hit it and it drives me wild and it
drives people wild.'
"To me, that's much more inspirational
because I'm technical. I've practiced for
eight/ten hours a day.
"A guy will come over with a friend of
mine. He'll play a beat for me that is so off
the wall and it just shoots down my whole
day. You realize that during a whole day of
playing, you didn't play half of what this
guy's playing right now.
"If I quit learning, I'm as good as dead
to you. If you hear me a year from now and
I don't sound any different, you can come
up and throw something at me. That's sort
of my thing. You have to keep moving and
keep growing.
"You have to approach it that way. It's
like when somebody starts taking themsel¬
ves too seriously. It's good for them, I
guess. I don't think it's good for me."
Hernandez is playing DW drums and is
very pleased with them. "They're like a
heaven-sent thing," he says. "They're
incredible because they're the old Glad¬
stone design with the reinforcement.
They're wood, and they have those RIMS
on them."
His set at the present time consists of a
16 x 24 bass drum, 10", 12" and 14"
mounted toms and a floor tom. He says,
"I go between a 16" or an 18", depending
on how the set goes and how many tunes I
can cover on a particular drum."
"I'm really into synthesizers. The
sounds that they're putting out now are
really basic and can be duplicated acousti¬
cally. So, I have a 15" marching snare
drum over at the side tuned like a box with
loose wires. It sounds like an electronic
drum and it sounds great! To me, it's much
more fun than putting up Syndrums."
70
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
He continues, "My garage is like a drum
shop. I really love the instrument. I love to
take them apart and put them together. It's
my hobby. It's my joy.
"I'm a nut. I'd go in to Bob Yeager at
Pro Drum Shop and I'd say, 'Well, I took
it apart and this spring was broken." He's
looking at me and he goes, 'You jerk, what
are you doing? You don't take drums
apart, you play them! What's wrong with
you!'
"But, I do that. I have to know what it's
gonna do; how it's gonna react. The DW's
are so incredible. They were the first drum
I ever played that I could actually get
impact and sound out of the shell and not
the head. It was a beautiful thing to see a
shell and feel it react so quickly."
As far as cymbals go, John says,
"Depending on the job, I really love Zild-
jians, simply because they have a little
more harmonic content and they're just a
little fuller. There isn't much ride-cymbal
work in this kind of music. So, I've got a
20" kind of crash/ride. I've got a 19" and a
swish cymbal."
Some of Hernandez's influences are
familiar. John says, "If anybody influ¬
ences me, that's great, but Buddy Rich was
one of my first loves and I can still watch
him. I don't think there'll ever be anybody
like him because history can't repeat itself.
Nobody has been as intense. What it is, is
the thing that I've discovered with this
band: you can't stop. After two shows,
I'm warmed up. I know that I'm gonna be
playing till I'm eighty. I'm not going to
stop. I love to play. I am at home in back of
a set of drums."
After talking to John Hernandez and
seeing him play, it's easy to believe that he
will indeed be playing when he is eighty.
After many years of playing, he is still
totally immersed in every aspect of his
instrument. hr
Yes, I've missed some copies! Please send me the issues checked off below,
□ 12 □ 17 □ 19 □ 22 □ 24 □ 26 □ 28
□ 13 □ 18 □ 21 □ 23 □ 25 □ 27
My payment for $ is enclosed.
SEND TO: Name _
Address
City
State.
Mail To:
Modern Drummer, Back Issue Service, 1000 Clifton Avenue, Clifton. N.J*
_ TEAR OFF OR MAKE A PHOTOCOPY
07013.
#12 — AUGUST 1979
Billy Cob ham. Elvin Jones,
Jimmy Cobb. Don Lamond.
Repairing Snare Drums,
Gladstone Technique.
#13 — OCTOBER 1979
Gene Kmpa Tribute Issue
Ebia, discography, photos,
transcriptions) Michael
Shrieve. Syndrum. Van-
pitch.
#17-JUNE 1930
Carl Palmer, Derek Pelhcci,
Bill Goodwin. Great Jaz i
Dnammers-Part 1. Poll Re¬
sults.
#18 - AUGUST 1980
Chet McCracken & Keith
Knudsen iDnobie Bros.),
Joe Cocuzzo, Ed Greene. In¬
side Star Instruments. GJD:
Part 2,
#19 - OCTOBER 1980
Louie Belison, Mick Fleet-
wood, Roy Haynes, Gadd
Rock Rhythms. New Equip¬
ment Review jNAMM).
#21 - FEBRUARY 1981
Peter Criss. Rick Marotta.
John Bonham, Rod Mor-
genstein, George Marsh.
Care & Feeding of Drums.
#22 —APRIL 1981
Hal Blaine, Gil Moore, Don
Moye. Special Report on
R.LM.S,. Percussion Insti¬
tute of Technology Close-up,
#23 - MAY 1981
The Country Rock Scene:
Jaimoe Johansen-Butch
Trucks, Roger Hawkins,
Buddy Harman, Paul T.
Riddle, Inside Ludwig,
Drinking and Drumming.
#24 - JUNE 1981
Simon Phillips, Sieve
Smith. Collin Walcott,
Broadway Drummers
Roundtable. Hnw To Gel
Your Product On Hie Mar¬
ket. 'SI Poll Winners.
#25 — JULY 1981
Harvey Mason, Alan Grai-
zer, Susan Evans. Aches &
Pains of Drumming, Bass¬
ists: On Drummers.
#26 — AUGUST 1981
B% Kreuizmurm Mickey
Hart, James Bradley, Jr..
Casey Seheuerell. Tire Cuie
& Feeding of Cymbals
#27 — OCTOBER 1981
Shelly Manne, Tommy Al¬
dridge, Darrell Sweet. Jim
Chapin. Billy Gladstone
Tribute, Clubdate Miking.
Drums On Parade at
NAMM.
#28-NOVEMBER 1981
Jim Kellner, Terry Bozzio, Ed
Blackwell, Evolution of the
Drumset. Drumming &
Hearing.
All Back Issues, $3*50 per copy.
missed any MD’s?
a limited number
of back issues still
available!
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
71
JeW
nfpj
Ik
ra
k
nX
Bass Drum Pedals II
by Bob Saydlowski, Jr.
DRUM WORKSHOP 5000C
Drum Workshop acquired all the old
Cameo tools, dies, molds and machinery,
and is making a variety of drum pedals
available. The 5000C relies on a chain/
sprocket linkage. Drum shops have been
converting strap-linkage pedals to chain-
drive on their own, but DW is the first
company to market this type pedal to the
public.
The DW 5000C is a replica of the old
workhorse Cameo pedal, having twin
posts, a hinged-heel footboard of forged
steel, and a single expansion spring. The
spring is stretched downward and is
stuffed with padding to keep noise to a
minimum. Tension is adjusted near the
base of the framework by an elongated hex
nut. Stroke may be changed to any of four
different positions. A fat hexagonal steel
bar serves as the axle, on which, the beater
housing and the gear sprocket are fitted.
Both are movable for the length of the
axle; the beater housing tightened with a
hex bolt, the sprocket locked in place with
an included Allen wrench. The sprocket
has thirty "teeth" and runs a bicycle-type
chain which connects underneath the foot¬
board.
One advantage of the chain-drive is that
the linkage here is less prone to breakage
(and definitely will not stretch!) as com¬
pared to the regular strap types. It's best to
keep the chain greased as you would with a
bicycle to insure smooth, noise-free
action. The chain also allows the foot¬
board to follow a "track," keeping
motion constant.
The footboard connects to the chromed
frame via two rod arms coming from the
heel plate. The rods are straight for most
of their length, but then, angle upward to
fit into metal eyelets one-third of the way
up the frame. Hoop clamping is done with
the standard wing screw/plate system
found on many other pedals. A felt beater
is included, held in place by a T-screw.
The 5000C is a simplistic-looking pedal,
and very lightweight. The action is so easy,
it is like an extension of your foot. In fact,
its quickness and feather response can tend
to spoil you. Unlike today's assortment of
"monster" pedals, the 5000C retains the
idea of 'back-to-basics'—and here it defin¬
itely pays off. The 5000C also recently
became available with one-piece foot¬
boards, and half-sprockets. $119.00
PEARL 910
The 910 is the top-of-the-line Pearl
pedal. It first appeared on the market a few
years ago, but was withdrawn soon after.
Now, it has come back into view after
some changes were made.
The Pearl 970 has a sandblasted hinged-
heel footboard with an adjustable/remov¬
able toe stop. The footboard may be posi¬
tioned in any of three lengths away from
the framework via rod arms fitting into
holes at the base. There is a ribbed-rubber
piece on the underside of the heel plate to
help prevent skidding. Linkage is done by
a flexible strap: two pieces of leather with a
nylon layer in between. Encased at the top
right of the frame is a compression spring,
extending upward. The spring is adjusta¬
ble for tension by a knurled knob atop the
casing. An adjustment scale is cut into the
spring case to use as a reference point. Ten¬
sion adjustment is very easily done from
the playing position. At the base of the
frame are two knurled-knob sprung spurs.
The pedal clamps to the drum hoop
using a one-touch cam clamp lever. At the
left side of the base is a stick-shift type
lever with a black ball. When this lever is
pulled towards the player, the clamp plate
falls to the hoop, locking the pedal down.
To adjust for different hoop thicknesses,
the clamp plate has a knurled knob screw
that lowers a cast block inside the plate.
This "fattens up" the plate, setting the dis¬
tance between the plate and the hoop.
The 910 comes with a felt beater set in
height by a T-screw that matches the 900
Series stand screws. One minor problem is
that this height screw gets in the way of the
strap a bit, making it uncomfortable to
tighten.
Using a short throw, I couldn't really get
the beater angle to my own personal liking
without having the spring chamber almost
parallel with the batter head.
Anyway, the Pearl 910 looks strong and
positive, and does have a silent, efficient
action to it. The clamping system is one of
the best and is very easy to use. $125.00
ZALMER TWIN
For drummers who want to play double
bass, but don't want to go through the
pain of carting a second bass drum, the
Zalmer Twin may be the answer.
The Zalmer pedal allows double-bass-
drum patterns to be played on a single bass
drum. Two split-heel footboards with
frames are connected together. Each one
has a single expansion spring stretched
downward, and a metal strap linkage. (A
new model with a leather strap is forth¬
coming.) The right-hand pedal assembly
has two felt beaters moving independently.
The right beater is activated directly by the
right footboard, while the left beater is
activated by the left footboard via a fat
flexible cable attached to both pedal rock¬
ers. The two beaters are set to strike off-
center of the batter head. In addition to the
frame bases, the two pedals are connected
at the bottom by a two-piece metal bar
which can adjust pedal-to-pedal distance
(and, thus, the curve of the flex cable).
Both ends of the bar fit ratchet swivels
which adjust playing angles of the left
footboard.
The footboards are connected to their
respective frames by a hinged steel bar
which is actually part of the heel plate and
is riveted into a channel at the frame base.
The right footboard is set off to the right of
the hoop clamp, which is a slight variation
72
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
- <Sab
The OMNI
of Drum Technique
A most logically written drum set book which
could very well becomeTHE coordination
book for all drum set players. JohnBeck
Excellent for four way coord in at ron used in
today's fusion, funk and rock. JimChapin
Will help students improve technique, control,
time feel and soloingabriity, J. DiCiOCCiO
Inspiring...one of the all time drum books, a
very special book that should be in EVERY
drummer's library Max Roach
Develops phrasing lor the musical drummer,
allows for creativity mall styles Ed Saindon
(Sofuv >
TRAPS a
Rudimentary Approach
Ideal learning tool to develop modern playing
ability and reading skill through imdepth study
of the legitimate rudiments applied to the drum
set for all styles, Beginners will learn from
its systematic and direct approach to play ail
the modern sounds for the traps with the ru¬
diments Intermediate players will enthuse
over its innovative applications to the drum
set. Advanced players will appreciate its
professional conception. Excellent mstruo
tive guide for drum set Teachers.
SAL SOFIA* Clinician
■ Technique expert
Send m.o, or check in U.S, 839.95 for OMNI and 817.95 for
TRAPS to SAL SOFIA, 6 Avenue J, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11230
T-and sweat shirts: OMNI title and logo in gold on blk
navy are 87.00 and 814.00. Indicate size and color,
on the common wing-screw/plate-clamp
system.
Zalmer has placed the tension springs on
the inside of the frames—perhaps a bit
uncomfortable to adjust. Two felt beaters
are included.
Action of the Zalmer Twin is easy and
noise-free, and really duplicates having
two separate bass drums, with no distor¬
tion of tone. The Zalmer pedal is an inge¬
nious concept, placing the second foot¬
board right next to your hi-hat pedal,
keeping the left side of your set-up as tight
as you are used to.
If you play a totally left-handed set-up
(bass drum with left foot, hi-hat with
right), then, unfortunately, this pedal
won't work for you. Perhaps Zalmer
would consider a left-handed (or footed)
model. $200.00
ROGERS SUPREME/ROGERS
SWIVOMATIC
The Supreme pedal is Rogers' contribu¬
tion to the heavy-duty breed of drum ped¬
als. The footboard is cast aluminum with a
hinged heel, built-in toe stop, and is
extremely wide. Action relies on a single
expansion spring stretched upward on the
right side of the frame, and adjusted by a
wing nut on top. A synthetic strap linkage
is used. The length of the strap may be
adjusted by means of four different holes,
which in turn, change the playing angle of
the footboard. The entire height of the
beater and tension assembly may be
altered via a sliding post, locked with two
drum-key operated set screws. Beater tra¬
vel is adjustable, as is beater height.
A cam-activated clamp locks the pedal
to the hoop, using an L-bar at the bottom
left of the frame. The heel plate is con¬
nected to the frame by a steel rod, which in
turn, connects to a swivel. This allows the
footboard to be angled to the left or right
of the framework. (Rogers claims exclusiv¬
ity, but Premier's PD252 also has this
capability.) Metal spurs slide down both
sides of the frame, and are tightened by
square-head screws. Similar to razor blade
edges, their points can dig into any surface
and help prevent creep.
Rogers includes its Blackjack beater
with the Supreme: a double-sided beater;
one side with felt, the other a flattened syn¬
thetic (but lighter than wood). The sur¬
faces are reversible by simply pressing
down on the head and turning half-way. A
spring lock snaps the beater head back into
place.
The Supreme has somewhat of a heavy
action to it, but the pedal itself is very light¬
weight, thanks to the aluminum. I feel the
footboard is too wide and cannot allow for
good control. For my own tastes, the pedal
is too big. $105.50
The Rogers SwivOMatic is available in
either one-piece or split footboards. The
frame assemblies are exactly the same as
used on the Supreme; the only things dif¬
ferent are the footboards and strap widths.
Here, the linkage straps are not as wide,
and have three holes to enable different
footboard heights. The footboards are
also not as wide as the Supreme, and are
shorter.
The footboard on the one-piece SwivO¬
Matic can be lengthened. A drum-key
operated screw is set into the heel plate
and, when loosened, allows the footboard
to slide up and down from the heel plate,
giving a choice of distances from the
frame. (NOTE: Only American-made
drum keys fit the adjustment holes in the
plate.) The one-piece model also has an
adjustable toe-stop.
Blackjack beaters are included with
these pedals, but have smaller diameter
posts.
Both SwivOMatic models definitely
have better action than the Supreme, prob¬
ably due to their compacted footboards.
The SwivOMatics are efficient, light¬
weight and simple. Split footboard—
$74.75. One-piece adjustable—$91.25
%
CORRECTION
In the June issue of MD, the photo
of Mickey Curry on page 100 was in¬
correctly credited. The photogra¬
pher was Stacy Garbasz. Our
apologies. }
\ d
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
73
Mann continued from page 17
that I specialize on mallets, but do all the
others.
When I was in college, I would maybe go
two weeks heavy on mallets, and then two
weeks heavy on drum set. Meanwhile, I'd
keep doing the other ones at least a couple
of minutes a day, just to keep it there.
That's still kind of the way I do it. It's like
a rotational schedule—sometimes day to
day. I'll get up and I'll think, "Today, I
want to work on some hand drumming,"
and I'll just do that. It takes longer to
really become proficient at each one, but
you get immediate side benefits, because
you realize, "From doing that yesterday, I
feel a difference in this today." You
understand how it applies.
RM Has your set-up with Zappa remained
fairly consistent over the years?
EM: It has, but yet, it's always changing.
I'm always adding things to it and some¬
times, when I add, there's no more room,
so I have to subtract something. But it's
pretty standard. One advantage I have is
that I'm a one-man percussion section, so I
don't have to worry about tripping over
anybody else. In terms of the mallet set-up,
that remains the same, with the xylophone
right above the marimba and the glocken-
speil right above the vibraphone, so I can
play them both at once. I would say the set¬
up I have now will probably stay the same,
at least in terms of the mallets, the gongs,
and the Syndrums. It seems to work pretty
well. This year, I added some keyboards to
the set-up: a Wurlitzer piano and a Mini-
Moog, so that kind of changed things too.
RM: Do you have any background on
piano or does it all come from playing mal¬
lets?
EM When I was a kid, I could play Carole
King-type piano. I just sort of picked it up
by myself. Any harmonic knowledge I
gained was from playing mallets.
RM: When Zappa gives you a vibe part,
does he write out the voicings or does he
give you chord symbols?
EM: He'll usually write out the voicings.
There are some tunes where it starts as
chord symbols, and then the voicings are
decided on later, depending on what the
instrumentation is. One thing I've been
doing more and more is functioning har¬
monically by comping on the vibes or
marimba. I've come up with a lot of my
own voicings. Depending on what the key¬
boards and guitars are playing, the vibes
may function as a coloring instrument.
Instead of using a full four-note chord, I
might use just three voices, or two. When
we do something like that, it's up to my
discretion as to which voices in which
range will function best. Obviously, if you
had organ, synthesizer, and vibes playing
the same thing, it would sound different
than if you had the organ comping chords,
the synthesizer functioning as a brass sec¬
tion, and the vibes playing long sustains.
You'd get a different texture. That's pretty
much what it's all about.
RM: Tell me about the specific instru¬
ments you use.
EM I have a three-octave Deagan vibra¬
phone. They were making a four-octave
model, and I tried to get ahold of one, but
they told me it was out of production
because they are redesigning it.
RM: Did you ever try the Electravibe?
EM Yup. I didn't like it because of the
way the case comes out past the bars. I
don't like that because you can't bow any
of the bars with a cello bow. I love to do
that. It's one of the ways to get a truly dif¬
ferent sound out of the instrument.
The instrument I have now is a model
592 or 594. It's the same instrument
depending on if it has pick-ups. Mine has
pick-ups. Deagan has designed a new pick¬
up which is great. It doesn't require a pre¬
amp, which makes the signal real clean and
you get quite a bit of punch out of it.
The vibraphone and marimba are adja¬
cent to each other. They are the only mallet
instruments that stand on their own feet.
The glockenspiel is mounted above the
vibraphone at an angle, much like the way
a keyboard player might stack synthesiz¬
ers. That's so I can get from one to the
other quickly, as well as, play both of them
at the same time. The xylophone is
mounted the same way in relation to the
marimba—it's stacked right above it. The
marimba is a four-octave, the xylophone is
"As o rock drummer I need the power ro cur through rhe other
instruments in the bond. My cymbals have ro deliver when I wont
that power crash or cutting ping. My sticks have to be extensions
of my hands, strong, but aiso obsorbent for rhe punishment that
they re about to take. Drums are a key par of our music If I can't
be heard, there s no point in being there. That's why I use
Camber"
ALICE COOPER BAND
For further information and our FREE booklet "How To Choose A
Cymbal please fill our rhis coupon MD 8B2
Name_ _ _ ,_
Address . _ __________-_
City —
Srore .
_ . Zip .
My Mustc Stone Nome
CflfTBER CYITIBP15&5TICH5
101 Horton Ave., P.O. Box 607, Lynbrook, N Y. 11563
74
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
In the Big Apple
gOW£> !
Highest quality
instruments and
accessories at
lowest prices
WE SHIP ANYWHERE
Send us your name and address
for our mailing list
VfUtMM&U iV&M. iNc
New York's Percussion Headquarters
133 W 45th Street • NEW YORK, N.Y. 10036
Phone (212)-840-3057
Arizona's Exclusive Drum and Percussion Shop
* All major brand names—Gretsch, Slingerland, Premier,
Fibes, Zildjian, Sonor, Syndrum/Duraline Heads,
Tama, Ludwig
• Sales, Service, Custom Repair Work, Wood
Refinishing, Recovering
• Trade-ins and consignments
* Mail/Phone Orders
• Full Drum and Percussion Teaching Staff
• Complete Percussion Library
• T-Shirts S-M-L-XL $6.00
*Lay away
*Visa M/C
7117 3rd Avenue
Scottsdale, AZ 85251
(602) 941-2235
Hours:
Mon-Thurs 10-9
Fri-Sat 10-6
Sun 12-5
"A Percussion Shop That Really STICKS WITH IT "
three and a half, and the glockenspiel is
two and a half. The marimba and xylo¬
phone are both Musser Kelon. I use Kelon
because it's durable. They won't crack like
wood will, and they go out of tune less.
Both have Barcus-Berry Hot-Dots in
them, and they seem to blend better with
electric instruments than wood instru¬
ments do.
My chimes are also Musser. Chimes are
the only problem. We haven't found the
right way to get those direct. We tried Hot-
Dots, but they continue to ring even after
the pedal is let up. So they're being miked
at the moment.
I have two sets of Syndrums, which to
me, are the best electronic drums. You can
get a lot of textures out of them and a lot of
different variations if you have a hand free
to play with the controls while you're hit¬
ting them, which most drummers don't.
But as a percussionist, I don't have to sit
there and keep riding time. I'm constantly
changing the settings, but I pretty much
know how to get the sound I want right
away, because I've spent a lot of time with
them. I have two sets of Syndrums, simply
because my set-up is so large. If I need to
use them, I don't have to run across to the
other side—I've got a set on each side.
The pride and joy of my set-up is my
rack of Wuhan gongs. I own fifteen Opera
gongs, but I only use three, depending
upon the situation. Then there's a 20" tam¬
tam and a 20" wind gong, which looks like
a cymbal without a hole or a cup. It's a
great instrument. Also a 38" tam-tam.
They all are amazing. You couldn't get real
Chinese gongs for a long time, but thanks
to Bruce Howard at World Percussion,
they're available again.
Then there's a snare drum, castanets,
Chinese cymbals, antique cymbals, bird
calls, whistles, car horns, tambourines,
shakers, Latin-type percussion, a bell tree,
a Vibraslap, things like that. Most of my
things are mounted so that I can play them
with mallets. That way, I don't have to
worry too much about putting the mallets
down and picking something else up. So I
can get back and forth pretty quick.
Obviously, the reason for having all
these things is to get timbral variation.
Even though the lower end of the xylo¬
phone is in the same range as the upper end
of the marimba, the xylophone is tuned to
have a different sound than the marimba,
just by the way the bar is carved. The har¬
monic structure is different.
RM: When some people try to use a lot of
percussion, it can start to sound like a cir¬
cus, or a Spike Jones routine.
EM: That's the stereotypical problem that
any percussionist faces, but you're not lim¬
ited to that with these instruments. There
are a lot of things that can be done that
have not been brought to the front of peo¬
ple's consciousness. They're not used to
hearing the instruments do certain things.
For instance, a reggae comp on a marimba
is a truly wonderful thing. If you deaden
the two outer voices and let the two inner
ones ring, you get a whole different texture
than you're used to hearing on a marimba.
It's the same thing for any of the instru¬
ments. It's how you play it and when to use
it. I think a percussionist's job, more than
anybody else's in the band, is to pick and
choose—not only what to play and what
sound to use, but where not to play. If you
play all of the time as a percussionist,
you're going to destroy the effect of what
you're doing. Just two little notes on a
glockenspiel will bring a listener's ear out
to go, "Wow! What was that?" Whereas,
if you played the whole thing on the glock¬
enspiel, the listener's ear would get tired of
that. Percussion should be used to high¬
light the music. You can make a nice, high
melody come out more. You can make
something that is really hard-hitting come
out bigger by using bass drum and gongs.
By finding the right instrument for the
right part of the music, you don't end up
sounding like a circus effect. Bring some
character to the instruments and bring
some character to the music through the
instruments.
RM: I remember Ruth Underwood always
had tympani when she was with Zappa. I
was surprised that you didn't.
continued on next page
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
75
EM: We always had problems with the
tympani in that the heads are so sensitive
that they would start vibrating from all of
the sound coming from the stage. The
mic's would pick it up and it would start to
feed back. We almost used tympani again
on this tour. One of Frank's sound engi¬
neers has developed a magnetic drum pick¬
up. It uses some kind of element on the
drum head which functions basically as a
transducer. We tried those in some drums
and they worked beautifully. We were
going to put them in the tympani so we
wouldn't have the problem with miking,
but we didn't have time to do it before the
tour started. If there had been time, you
would have seen tympani. I like to use
them.
RM: Have you done much tympani play¬
ing over the years?
EM: When I was going to the Hartt School
of Music and studying with A1 Lepak, he
put me through a lot of tympani training,
which was invaluable. I love to play tym¬
pani, but the situation doesn't present
itself that often. Much of the studio work
that I do requires tympani playing, so
that's usually my only chance to play
them. It's not like playing the Bartok Con¬
certo, but it is tympani playing.
There are a lot of ways that tympani can
be used which have been unexplored. One
thing is to suspend metal discs over the
head, move the pedals, and use the tym¬
pani simply as a resonating chamber, let¬
ting the harmonic frequency sweep along
with it. It sounds electronic; it sounds like
a synthesizer. Another one we used to do
was to take a barbeque skewer, lay it across
the head, letting it extend out over the
edge, and then bow the skewer while mov¬
ing the pedal. It's the most outrageous
sound you've ever heard in your life. It
sounds like a $30,000 synthesizer, but it's
just a 59cents barbeque skewer on a tympani
head. A lot of these are techniques that
John Bergamo developed.
RM: You mentioned playing tympani in
the studio. How much studio work do you
do outside of your gig with Zappa?
EM I do as much as avails itself to me. It's
a real tough area to break into because the
people who have been doing it for years are
still doing it. So it often requires someone
who can't make a job saying, "Get this
guy." I do a moderate amount of it, but I
could certainly do more. It's the kind of
thing that grows. You get established, peo¬
ple start to realize that you're around, and
that aside from playing rock and roll
you're also able to read, and things like
that. Calls start to come in more and more.
Like I said, I can always do more, but it's
the kind of thing you can't rush because
you have a limited amount of control over
getting that sort of work. There's a lot of
politics involved.
RM: Do you get artistic fulfillment from
studio work?
EM: Yeah. It's not nearly as challenging as
playing Frank's music, but occasionally
you get a date that really requires you to
put out some effort. So yeah, for me, it's
artistically satisfying. You hear about peo¬
ple who don't care—they just go in and
kind of whip it off and they couldn't care
less. I don't run into too many people like
that. People like that do exist, but a lot of
times I think that point gets exaggerated. I
think most people who go in there, at least
most of the people that I've worked with,
do care about what they're doing and they
try to do the best job they can. That's what
makes it fulfilling: when you look at the
guy next to you and know that he's actu¬
ally concerned. Even though it may be just
a TV theme, there's not necessarily any¬
thing bad about that. It gets a bad name,
but there are composers who are capable
of writing good TV themes. If the music is
good, and you can make it sound good,
then that is its own artistic fulfillment. You
may not have had the chance to change the
course of musical history or anything, but
it's the chance to play music, which is what
we're all here to do.
RM: Some of the biggest complaints I've
read about studio musicians have been in
interviews with Zappa.
EM: Frank has had a lot of experience with
studio players because of these orchestral
things he's done. There are always going to
be a few who are more concerned with how
the clock is running or what the Union has
to say about it than they are about the
music. In a situation like Frank's, that
doesn't work too well because it's not a
typical date. Some extra effort has to go
RESONANT
Patented Drum Sticks
NOW! NO MORE blisters or need of
gloves. RESONANT hickory drum sticks
have a smooth gum rubber grip that sits
flush with the sticks, making these sticks
SO comfortable to hold. There are no
bumps or ridges, and yet you won t drop
them.
You will FEEL, SOUND & PLAY better
than you ever have before.
Available 2B, 5B, 5A. 7A, Jazz. Wood or
Nyton Tip. Also Rock & Roll Knockers with
grip.
S7.00 pr. plus $1.00 postage & handling.
(Dealers Write)
RESONANT DRUM STICKS
1022 West 210th Street
Torrance, CA 90502
76
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
ftovfuE
DRUMMERS
The NEXT STEP ^ ALREADY
in Bass Drum Technology HERE...
* Wht
» m-iTT itacurriofflliuj
■.IlfcL-TltllJ ■
ft ^ylfc.EKJ
the
sliding
me A toot
the a mazing A foot plate accessory for the bass pedal
don’t be left behind!
'Endorsed by leading professionals
■Used in the educational system write to
■VISA accepted soundconcepts
* Dealer enquiries invited tss Burgess Ave.
•Free literature kit available - Tor OT lo, Ont. Canada
M-sE 1X3
Telephone (416) 696-0430
into it. There's no way it will go off like an
ordinary TV or film date. It's a lot more
demanding. So when you run into a few
characters who try to take you for all
you're worth, and then don't give you a
decent performance of the music—you're
going to complain about it. But some peo¬
ple think that everyone who does studio
work is like that, which is basically not
true. Most studio musicians are still genu¬
inely concerned about music.
RM: Would you be happy just doing stu¬
dio work?
EM I seriously doubt it. I have a definite
urge to play in front of people. Again, it's
like, "Would you be happy just playing
drums?" I don't think I'd be happy just
doing live performance and not doing any
studio work. I really enjoy playing in the
studio.
Studio is a whole different kind of play¬
ing than live. You can do things that you
just couldn't do live—they wouldn't be
picked up. It's two totally different kinds
of work. I think that if tomorrow I just
started doing all studio work, after a cer¬
tain amount of time I'd have the itch to
play live. I know I would. When we've
taken four or six months off to do an
album, after that time it's like, "Come on,
let's start playing." I like band playing.
Studio playing is usually by yourself. I
think the comprehensive musician should
do both, if possible. It all adds up.
RM: For you, what is the difference
between recording with the whole group at
once, and overdubbing a part by yourself?
EM A lot of times it's easier when every¬
body's there. It depends on how you're set
up in the studio. If you can see the other
players, you can catch cues from each
other. You can pick up other people's
body rhythms as they're playing, which
sometimes makes the ensemble things a lit¬
tle tighter.
RM: What about inspiring each other?
EM: That's kind of what I'm getting at. A
lot of times, by having people playing
together, you can create more dynamics.
It's something that's being created
together, as opposed to having something
that's already on tape and you follow
along with it.
RM: What about the end result?
EM The end result is up to the producer.
What you end up hearing depends on how
they decide to mix it.
RM: Studio recordings may be perfect, but
there is a certain excitement on a live
recording.
EM: Interestingly enough, that's some¬
thing you hear sometimes about Frank's
music. However well the record is done in
the studio, the live performance is usually
much different. I think that's because of
the type of music it is. It's always popping
and there's always a lot of stuff going on
and there's a lot of energy. I mean, look:
Frank has been touring for sixteen years
and he's still doing it. There's something
about what happens live with his music
that is a whole other thing from what is
produced in the studio. That's why Frank
does so much live recording. I think that's
also why he can still tour successfully. Peo¬
ple will have the record, but they also want
to hear the thing live. Things are different
sometimes because Frank will change the
arrangement, or because you're dealing
with a different setting (like maybe playing
in a hockey rink), or because of the excite¬
ment of a live situtation—having an audi¬
ence right there. There's also the improvi-
sational factor. In all of the music, there's
a certain part of it that's going to be differ¬
ent every night. Not the chord changes or
the instruments it's being played on, but
just little things that may be added or
changed on the spot.
RM: How do electronic devices like the
drum computers fit into all of this?
EM: The good thing about a drum
machine is that it's obviously steady.
There's music out now that's got this inces¬
sant, non-dynamic drive to it, which kind
of creates its own energy. A drum machine
would be great for something like that
because it's hard to get drummers who will
play like that.
RM: Do you want drummers to play like
that?
EM: It depends on the context. I guess you
wouldn't want a drummer that's machine¬
like, although I get a tremendous kick out
of the drummer who plays with Devo,
because he sounds like a drum computer a
lot of times. But they couldn't use a
machine either because the thing that's
great is seeing the guy doing it. I think
drum computers are best used as an addi¬
tion rather than as a replacement,
although I'm sure that there are bands who
could use one as their drummer and still
have something good come off because of
their own energy. Again, the music would
have to be constructed around that kind of
playing.
RM In many ways, that would be like
playing along with a click track. Can musi¬
cians play with a click and still make it feel
good?
EM: I think it's totally possible. It might
not make sense for something like Elvin
Jones' thing, but for pop music, you could
have perfect time and still have a lot of
energy and drive to it.
RM: Getting back to the live perform¬
ances, Zappa has always included new
material in his concerts. How willing is the
public to listen to something new?
EM: For Frank's audience, that's what
they look for. A lot of times they don't
even know it's something new because it's
stuck in the middle of something they've
already heard. The audience will usually
accept it if it's organized and well-
rehearsed. A lot of times, you'll hear
bands try new things, but they haven't
really worked it out yet, so it comes off
continued on page 79
AUGUSTJSFPTFMBER 19R2
77
jviooeRn
DRL/mmeR Magazine. . .
where the PROS go
Why do thousands of amateur and pro¬
fessional drummers subscribe to MOD¬
ERN DRUMMER? Because they’re seri¬
ous players who realize that Mil is the
only magazine in the world dedicated
exclusively to drumming. It’s also the
only publication on the market offering
the kind of first-hand information that’s
required reading for #//drummers.
As a subscriber, you can depend on
exclusive, in-depth interviews with the
greatest drummers on the scene today.
Interviews that deal with music, equip¬
ment, styles, philosophies and goals.
Plus, you’ll get a behind the scenes glance
at some of the nation’s leading percus¬
sion manufacturers, and learn what’s
available at America’s top drum shops.
We’ll give you valuable advice on how to
improve your reading, your technique,
and your all-around playing skills; plus a
wealth of solid information on tuning
your drums, muffling, miking and main¬
tenance, You’ll read about the latest new
products, and learn how some items
compare with others, what to look for,
how to care for it after you’ve bought it,
and much, much more in every issue.
You can analyze your favorite solo in
Drum Soloist, ask a question through
Ask A Pro, or simply read up on what’s
new in MD’s Product Close-Up, In¬
dustry Happenings and Just Drums.
There’s also MD’s specialized de¬
partments designed to help you be the
best you want to be. Departments like
Rock Perspectives, Jazz Drummers
Workshop, Rock ’n’ Jazz Clinic, The
Club Scene, Staying In Tune, Show and
Studio, Concepts, Shop Talk and Strictly
Technique, lo name a few. Here’s your
opportunity to pick up first hand
information from the leading experts
in the field of drumming.
Whatever your age or aspirations in the
exciting world of drumming—we’ve got
something especially for YOU! Don’t
you think it’s time you started subscrib¬
ing to MD? if you consider yourself one
of the serious drummers of the world —
you really can’t afford to miss a single
issue. Simply fill in and mail the attached
card TODAY. Or Call Us— TOLL FREE
—for nine dynamic issues containing the
most valuable drumming information
available anywhereI
One Year Subscription:
$15.95
(Save $2.00 off ihe newsstand price}
Two Year Subscription:
$28.95
(Save $7.00 off the newsstand price)
Mail to:
MODERN DRUMMER
1000 Clifton Avenue Clifton, N.J. 07013 USA
or
Call TOLL FREE
24 Hours daily/7 days a week
1-800-323-1717
(Operator H 120)
Illinois Residents Dial
800-942-8118 ]
sloppy. It doesn't measure up to the rest of
the material they're performing. But if
you've rehearsed it enough so you know
what you're doing, then the audience gen¬
erally appreciates it. They're not just get¬
ting a band rehashing the same tunes
they've done for the last ten years; they're
getting something different. They're get¬
ting something new for what they've paid
for that concert ticket, and tickets aren't
cheap these days. I think it brings more
value to the experience they go to a concert
for.
RM: What about the need to have a certain
familiarity with a piece of music? You
can't always absorb a piece on the first
hearing.
EM: I agree. When you buy a record, you
listen to it once through, and then the sec¬
ond and third times you hear it, you start
to hear what went into making that piece
of music. Very rarely can you hear some¬
thing the first time and get everything the
composer had in mind. Maybe a sign of
good music is that you have to hear it a
bunch of times.
RM: What have you learned from being
with Zappa?
EM: With Frank's situation, you're
always pushed to the limit of your abilities,
which then becomes the standard, which
means you then have to go that much far¬
ther. I think I've learned to be a true multi¬
percussionist as a result of being a one-
man percussion section. I've had to cover a
lot of parts that would normally require
two or three players—not only in terms of
playing all at once, but also in terms of get¬
ting from one instrument to another
quickly. I've also developed a lot of mallet
chops. I didn't have the ability to play
what I can play now when I came into the
band. You either cut the parts or you don't
have the job.
I've also learned a lot about how a group
works. There was a summer where I was
what we call the "Clone Meister." I would
conduct the rehearsal for five hours and
then Frank would come in for three. From
that, I can't tell you how much I learned
about how to organize an ensemble, get¬
ting the best out of players, conducting,
reading scores, making sure everything
goes together right, and being an ensemble
director. And then I've learned about how
a tour works, and what goes on behind
producing an album and putting a show on
the road. I never stop learning because the
times keep changing and there are always
new things to learn in this kind of business.
So I see it as an ongoing experience.
RM: Are you involved in any projects of
your own?
EM I have been starting to write quite a bit
of music. I have a minor recording studio
at home, so I'm going to start recording it
to help develop my compositional abilities.
So I guess that's the main goal. I've
thought about a solo album, but you hear
so many solo albums where the main thrust
is just doing the album, not the music
itself. They get an album deal through con¬
nections or reputation or something like
that. There are a certain number of tunes,
and you hear a few good cuts, but the rest
seems to be filler—a bunch of solos or
something that was thrown together at the
last minute. And then, there's nothing to
follow it up with. I see myself right now as
being young enough to where I don't have
to be so worried about having a solo album
out as soon as possible. Right now, the
most important thing is writing, and spe¬
cifically, getting a direction. I go in a lot of
different directions, so it's important to
understand which things fall into which
categories. If you try to make an album
where there's a vocal tune, an instrumental
tune, an avant-garde percussion piece, you
know, just mix and match, you're not
doing anybody a favor. First of all, the
audience for that kind of album would be
small. It would have to be people who liked
to have a lot of different things on one
piece of plastic. I think it's better to have a
direction—this project is like this; that
project is like that. So that's what I'm
involved in now—just writing material and
seeing what fits where. When I do an
album, it will be done right, or at least as
right as I can get it.
Another project I'm involved in is teach¬
ing. When I'm not on the road I try to
maintain a regular teaching schedule.
Teaching is very challenging, but it is usu¬
ally equally rewarding.
RM: How do you view the role of a percus¬
sionist in the context of what is happening
currently in music?
EM The thing I always wonder about is
why more musical ensembles don't take
greater advantage of percussion. First of
all, there are so many percussionists
around, and most of them are unem¬
ployed. And there's so much you can do
with percussion in terms of augmenting
your sound. It's like I said before: any
direction anyone's going in, you can make
it lighter, harder, heavier, deeper, richer,
softer, or whatever, just by adding all these
different textures. Percussion has been
pigeon-holed, to a degree. People have an
idea of what a xylophone does, for
instance, and that's what it does and that's
it. Very few artists have taken advantage
of what can be gained from adding percus¬
sion to a band.
However, as I mentioned earlier, things
are changing. The 20th Century has been a
time of radical change for the percussion
family, and huge strides have been made in
terms of its influence on all forms of
music. Percussion is no longer limited to
supporting other instruments. Because of
the wide variety of possibilities, the percus¬
sion family is finally being recognized as a
self-supportive instrumental section which
is capable of delivering major themes and
statements. Overall, I'd say that these
advances, combined with new directions in
pop and rock music, will lead to a bright
future for percussion. (g
7)
Tl
rp
rn s
T
0 r
MfJJ] f
P
PI
p
01
I
n
i\J
P
llWLl
h
n
L .
h
Rudiments-
Inspiration For Innovators: Part II
by Sal Sofia
In Part I, the traditional rudiments, the Flam Accent and the
Swiss Flam Accent, were defined, developed and applied to the
drum set.
To apply the Flam Accent and the Swiss Flam Accent in a mod¬
ern musical context, I've written the following rhythms which keep
the time and create a stylized background.
SINGLE STROKE FLAM ACCENT PLAYED
IN AN AFRO STYLE:
A) R.H. plays on the Bell of Cym. and FI. Tom, while the L.H.
plays between the Sn. Dr. and Sm. Tom. At the same time, the
Bass Dr. and Hi-hat produce a pedal point shuffle. R.H.
3 3 3 y"
j 3 '3 3
B) R.H. plays on the Bell of Cym. (or other Cym. sources) and on
the FI. Tom. L.H. plays on the Sm. Tom, Sn. Dr.
The Bass Dr. keeps a pedal point shuffle. The Hi-hat played
with the L.F. keeps an eighth-note triplet feel.
3 3 3 3
^3 ^ =" 3 =* ^ 3 > > 3
C) L.H. plays on the Ride Cym. R.H. plays on a Cow-bell, Sn. Dr.
and FI. Tom. Bass Dr. is playing on every quarter note and the
Hi-hat plays in a polyrhythmic feel. (Cowbell plays in the same
way)-
3 3 ■ - 3 3
SIXTEENTH NOTE FLAM ACCENT PLAYED
IN A FUNK-LATIN STYLE:
A) L.H. plays on the Ride Cym. R.H. plays on the Cowbell, on
the second quarter note on the Sn. Dr. and on the third quarter
on the Sn. Dr. or FI. Tom. The Bass Dr. and Hi-hat plays on 1,
2, and 3.
B) R.H. plays on the Bell of Cym. and on the second quarter note
on the Sn. Dr. L.H. plays on the Sm. Tom, Sn. Dr. and F.
Tom. The Bass Dr. plays on 1,2, and 3 and the Hi-hat plays on
eighth notes.
C) This is a samba in three-four time. L.H. leads on the Hi-hat
while the R.H. plays among the FI. Tom, Cowbell, Sn. Dr. and
Sm. Tom (The right hand creates a good Latin background
because of its similarity to the Latin clave rhythm). The Bass
Dr. and the Hi-hat are playing in the samba feel.
a
D) This is a funk-Latin feel in four-four time. The R.H. plays on
the Bell of the Ride Cym. and Cowbell, and on the second and
fourth quarter notes on the Sn. Dr. L.H. plays on the Hi-hat,
Sm. Tom, Sn. Dr. and FL Tom. Note that even though the Hi-
hat is splashed on the a of 1 with the L.F., it is played with the
L.H. as well. Strive for a full, smooth sound.
RL L L-LHLfe
D.
Continue to displace the notes of this rudiment around your
drum set according to the style of music you wish to play. Keep a
song or melody in mind, and become familiar with the form of the
song as you practice. For instance, you might try "Green Dolphin
Street" (form ABC—the A is Latin, BC is swing), "Nica's
Dream" (form AAB A—the AA is Latin, Bis swing and A is Latin)
or the like, applying the above rhythms coresponding to its proper
form. Play them slowly at first until you achieve a clean, free-flow¬
ing sound. Then, innovate by breaking down the rudiment with
your own ideas creating a solid groove from which to build your
music.
To be a superior drummer, it's essential to be thoroughly profi¬
cient in keeping time. A key factor in time keeping is "tempo mod¬
ulation," or, varying the pulse rate at which the composition
moves within the time. To achieve this shift in tempo from four-
four to six-four time, the triple quarter notes are played without
emphasizing the triple feel. Think of them as six quarter notes
inside of four-four time. For instance, as indicated below, the flam
accent used thus far is played as in A. The Hi-hat is played in a
quarter note triple feel and the Bass Dr. is played on every quarter
note. Once you're comfortable with this and you hear the six
against the four, do not play the Bass Dr., and treat the Hi-hat as if-
it were the quarter note indicated in B. Here the triple flam accent is
played as single eighth notes, still retaining the form of the flam
accent with the right and left hands, resulting in a shift in tempo to
six-four time. (Please note the metronome markings.) In C, to
complete the rudiment, modulate the eighth-note flam accent into
a triple flam accent in six-four time.
BO
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
A.
4- 60
rrrr rr
i#4Si
C.
3 3 3 3 3 3
> > > >
A study suggestion would be to play B with a jazz interpretation
J~i = jT]
and by playing the Cym. part only, you obtain the six-four time to
be played on the Ride Cym.
> 3 „ > 3 ^
^i J i|
Keep four bars of four-four Jazz time, then play A. Keep four bars
of the above rhythm, then go to B. Keep four bars of the six-four
time (you can also use a six-four time from your own repertoire)
and then, go to C. Play C for four bars. This should facilitate
learning the time keeping concept.
To further increase your understanding of breaking down the
rudiment, I have written some flam accents in the six-four time
feel. These patterns can also be incorporated in the B part of tempo
modulation as explained above.
Pattern 1: based on a single stroke flam accent. In A and B, shift
from the Sn. Dr. to the Bass Dr. while keeping time with the Hi-hat
played with the L.F.
IMr-SUK
PI
fc a
lr f f 1
1 * * «
f=
In C and D, continue to shift from the Ride Cym. to the Hi-hat
played with the L.F.
Pattern 2: based on the Swissflam accent.
The shifting procedure does not differ from Pattern 1.
Pattern 3: a compound of the single stroke and the Swissflam
accent.
Part B is the inverted form of Part A for more dexterous playing.
To end this article I have written the two remaining variations of
the flam accent to be played and divided on the drum set as it has
been presented in the two parts of this article. This article was
written to inspire and cultivate the innovative ability that everyone
has. Be sure to be open to any new ideas that may evolve from these
exercises. Remember, the more you practice and write these ideas,
the more your natural ability will emerge.
The top line is the Single Stroke Flam Accent and the bottom line
is the variation of the Swiss Rudiment.
3 3 3 3
11*4 M
1F.I
«
g
13
\
M R
R
11*3 m
L R L
L R R
R L R
L R R
L R L
L R R
■ 1
R L 1
L R
I
1 4 RL R L R LRLRL
RL RRL RRL RR
3 3 J
»u J/jT] jTSI Jrj j ,
' 1
R L 1
L R
3
L
L R L
RRL
7TT«
L R L
R L R
RRL
tz jJi
R L R
L R L R L ’ *
R R L R R
^ HElI .i|
LRLRL "
LRRL RRLRRL RR
MD readers may write directly to: Sal Sofia, 6 Avenue J, Brook¬
lyn, New York 11230.
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
81
YT
T
o)
i u .
J i
d
MM-
m
b
T
k
by David Samuels
Voicings
There is a general lack of material written about chordal playing
on mallet instruments. There are, to be sure, a lot of pieces per¬
formed by mallet players that include chordal playing, but little is
understood in terms of how to create chords on the instrument.
Choosing a chord voicing is like choosing a note in an improvised
line. Choosing notes for a voicing is not only a matter of deciding
where the notes are to be played, but also realizing what effect and
impact that voicing will have on the music. Take, for example, a
major triad. The standard way of voicing a major triad is in a
closed root position—where the outer two notes are less than an
octave apart.
for Mallets
C
This voicing is perfectly acceptable, but should not be your only
choice for voicing a triad. An alternative to the closed-position
voicing would be to play an open-position voicing where the outer
two notes are more than an octave apart. The following piece is a
series of major triads in open position.
Now go back and play this same progression in closed position.
Be aware of the totally different effects between the open-position
voicing and the closed-position voicing.
You can also play this progression by arpeggiating the chords
either up or down.
fa ft ft ft ft ft ft ft ft i
Or try this variation on the same progression.
You can also take the open position chord voicing for the major
triad and apply it to the minor triad.
c-
y —o -
■y—rm-
*r — —
rr?
k
__
r v
xi
Now play the following progression.
82
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
C- A- D- E“ B-—
- I-
2*_
gi-
l ’ I 'J
s
*——
f
: "H
^-
O'
C|- Bb-
I have also included all the possible combinations of playing this
triad. As you play through these combinations, be aware of the
different kinds of effects that rearranging the notes has.
> T , U • j M r j
Make sure that as you play through these triads you're aware of
what chord you're playing, the sound quality of the chord, and the
visual shape of the chord.
The next piece combines both major and minor triads, along
with their inversions (an inversion of a chord is when any note
other than the root is played as the bass note). The standard nota¬
tion for an inversion is a slash mark — where the letter is above the
slash indicates the triad or chord and the letter below the slash
indicates the bass note (not the root of the chord). A chord symbol
like C/E means that you play a C triad wtih an E, or third, of the
chord in the bass. The symbol F-/Ab means that you play the F
minor triad with an A-flat in the bass. It is not unusual to see this
kind of chord symbol where the bass note is not a chord tone in the
triad above it i.e. Ab/G where an A flat major triad is played over a
G bass note or E/F where an E major triad is played over an F bass
note.
D-
D-
G-
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
83
mmm
"Louie Rides
Again"
transcribed by Skip Shaffer
From the album Louie Rides Again (Percussion Power 2310-715).
«i r-a n i mp =-
#
-M fjl a j? r^gj&q
{Si 1 - * J ~ J i 4
H ”. p ^ p ^ p p f r -
= r
V r “ r
h i '
TT
f — r
-J
,r-
rn-ri
V w V V flr V 0 x .0
■a "
t t r
"= -• f_r=f a
>
l—I
" 4
. I
1 Tr JK
ii * *
84
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
Photo by Paul Jonason
1
r
im
Mm M
^4
m.
w
|
I11|
■fw^iwp
j j w j
5
. J J J JJJJ J d si
a--- M
=*y 4 q
HZ
_
C l
K -
—
Tlriv:
-p—"■
HLRat---
-: - - 1
3 -
■hHd J J
L-? E_f L-T
continued on next page
85
J'J
si
* ^ am
Tf
H
' *
*= #
a—*
I
6 6
^ 3=
11
« # # 'i
j] m i » i:
f - 1
_»-” K-
3 =
3
2
3
> >* >
xn
3
* *
lL' LL' LIT lIT
-=5?
erase.
A
3"
n- j
n
i - - a
“_ : r
i -- -a— - a
'33 '
i - m
T"
—-3
d d sj si d d
si si si si
=±tz “
snr:
►-P~
-K-
* »
*; jl j j. # #- # jL
==i -f —J
■— ■#*
86
3
5
3
Every time these
talented musician*^
behind their drums
their creativity to the mmu—
they’re performers.
They are in
MUSIC Gl SOUND OUTPUT
It reflects their emotions,
their energy, their excitement and goals.
Each issue contains articles on internationally famous
artists, musicians, songwriters and producers.
It is the only magazine that devotes ten
special departments and columns such as
Business, Musicmaking, and even H.E.W.
- Health Education and Welfare - to you, the
gigging musician.
Music & Sound Output -the
musicians magazine —
is for you.
I
ENTER MY SUBSCRIPTION
Music and Sound Output, 220 Westbury Avenue, Carle Place NY 11514
□ 1 year [6 issues] of MUSIC & SOUND OUTPUT
for just $1 2.00 [$3.00 off the newsstand price]
2 years [12 issues] of MUSIC & SOUND OUTPUT for just $19.
[$11 .00 off the newsstand price]
□ Payment Enclosed
□ Bill My Credit Card HVisa □ Master Card
Card# _ Expiration
Signature
Name __
Address
City_
State
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
87
WORLD'S LARGEST DEALER
DRUMS-DRUMS-DRUMS
OVER 500 SETS IN STOCK
LUDWIG*SLINGERLAND* TAMA# NORTH • PEARL
PREM!EH*YAft1AHA*CAWICQ*ZILDJIAN*SYNARE
G R ETSCH«PAISTE* ROGERS • SYN DRUMS* EVANS
REMQ ROTOTOMS*GONSOPS*LATIN PERCUSSION
DRUM WORKSHOP* REMO* DURALINE « DANMAR
UF!P *TOSCO*CANASONIC *REGAL TlP#CAMBER
PROMARK* HANDS HICKOH Y* CAPE LLA* SAMSON
BUNKEN* VIC FIRTH • GOODMAN • POWEftTlP
CARROLL SOUND • CASES *COVERS
MALLET INSTRUMENTS
Deaga n # Muf$er * Dacat u*
FAMOUS LOW PRICES
Why wait? Call us now -wp probably have it in stock.
CALL TOLLFH£E
1800 - 645-3518
IK 4FW YORK ?.ZM, t£ 7 1 ? WT TTVt
rw:» 221 ' "ifllS ISAM rtBJH l-c HP
MUSIC STORES
IM FULTON AVENUE. HQJPSTrAO Ml w YOflK hkh
History of Rock Drumming continuedfrompage 21
"We all had rhythm charts that Jack Nitzche used to write for
everybody. He worked with Phil on it, but Phil would also hum
parts that he wanted or tell guys what to play. Phil was a guitarist;
the first guy to use four rhythm guitars at the same time! And two
basses. It was only one set of drums in those days, but we had ten
guys shaking shakers, noisemakers, jingle bells . . . anything! The
famous castanets started with Phil Spector. I pulled them out one
day, laid them down and I said to Frank Capp, ’Beat the heck out
of these.’ And I gave him two more castanets to play on them.
Everybody said, ’You’re nuts. You can’t do that.’ Phil said, ’What
is that? Leave it!’ It really became a very integral part of the Phil
Spector sound: castanets on a rock and roll record!"
Hal sent me a copy of his resume which devastated a big part of
my life in the ’60s. Bruce Gary summed it up best: "One of my
biggest disappointments in life was finding out that a dozen of my
favorite drummers were Hal Blaine." What the resume pointed
out, in effect, was that many, many of the groups that had big hits
were not even on their own records, particularly on the hit singles.
Groups like The Beach Boys, The Byrds, The Buckinghams, Gary
Puckett & The Union Gap, Paul Revere & The Raiders were almost
all done by studio musicians, and Hal Blaine played on a lot of
them.
"I don’t even think they mentioned me on any of the albums,"
Blaine said. "In those days they didn't do that. The shit hit the fan
with The Monkees. It was considered a scandal that The Monkees
didn't make their own records. It broke to the world in all the
trades and movie magazines that not only didn't The Monkees—
nobody did! We did everybody's records from pop to rock because
of superstition; because we had the hit sound. We were the hitmak-
ers. Some people called us 'The Wrecking Crew.’ We were the first
guys to come in to the studios wearing Levis, and smoke cigarettes
during the session and leave dirty ashtrays. Studios were never that
way. They were very, very 'Victorian,' if you will. We were an¬
other breed! Rock and roll had just started in the '50s. We were
sophisticating rock a little bit. People really started writing songs
and it changed. Studios were getting more efficient electronically.
More tracks were coming along and you could do more. The whole
thing evolved with the same gang of musicians as the technology
got better. It was myself, Carol Kaye, Tommy Tedesco, Glenn
Campbell, Bill Pittman, Steve Douglas, Ray Pullman, Billy
Strange, Lyle Ritz and Larry Knechtel. We used to call ourselves
’The Dirty Dozen.'
"That's when my big set of drums happened," Hal told Flans.
"My set of drums always had twelve drums, which no one had ever
heard of, and it really was a major change, which makes me very
proud. In those days, a drummer only used a small tom and a big
tom, and once in a while, two small toms and two big toms, but
never over four toms. I wanted a full, bigger spectrum of sound to
be able to do more with drums."
Ludwig still retains the Octaplus outfit. Hal's kit is and was a
blue-sparkle set with seven toms: 6", 8", 10", 12", 13", 14", and
16". The bass is 22" and he alternates between a 6" and a 5" metal
snare. His bass drum heads are calfskin and he uses Remo Diplo¬
mats on the toms.
Frank Capp was also involved with the Spector sessions and de¬
serves mention. Although he contributed to the "wall-of-sound,"
Capp more or less shrugged it all off. "I hate to say this," he said,
"but, I was sort of the rock and roll percussion player out here in
the '60s. I invented all kinds of strange sounds; effects that Phil
Spector would ask for. I never really got into playing rock drums
until I did Sonny & Cher's stuff. I did 'I Got You Babe' but I'm
primarily a jazz drummer. I'm not a rock drummer. I made the
transition out of necessity and out of a challenge just to do it. I was
like a studio rock percussion player: tympani, xylophone, but
mainly hand percussion.
"I was with Stan Kenton when I was nineteen. I'm fifty now.
I've done literally thousands of record dates but I can't remember
them. I may have saved 200 or 250 albums I've done that I particu¬
larly liked.
"The Spector dates could be anywhere from a minimum of two
to three hours, to a maximum of two weeks. I recall a date where
we went in for like six sessions over a two week period for one
song! Eighteen hours of recording. It was like the Chinese water
torture, but who can criticize it? Whether Phil knew what he was
doing or not is not the point. He made himself a fortune."
The sound of "surf music" continued in popularity and The
Beach Boys took the "surf" sound of bands like The Ventures and
added some group vocal harmonization they took from pop
groups like The Four Freshman and The Hi-Lo's. The first hit was
"Surfin* Safari" in 1962 followed by "Surfin' U.S.A." in '63,
"Surfer Girl" and then "Little Deuce Coupe." This song was the
first of many recordings about cars and racing. Dennis Wilson was
the official drummer for the band, but appeared very infrequently,
if at all, on any of The Beach Boys records—certainly not on very
many of their hits. This has been verified by Hal Blaine who played
on most of the hits, and by other studio musicians, like Carol
Kaye, who played guitar and bass on The Beach Boys' hits.
From '63 until '66, the hits just kept oncoming, like "Fun, Fun,
Fun," "I Get Around," "Little Honda," "Help Me, Rhonda,"
"California Girls," and "Barbara Ann." The drumming on most
of these records is pretty basic. There were no real major innova¬
tions in drumming. Much of the first Beach Boys records—"Sur¬
fin' Safari," for example—borrowed heavily from Chuck Berry,
rhythmically, lyrically, and chordally. Most of the drumming is
basic two and four backbeat drumming. The major change for the
group came in 1966 with "Good Vibrations." The song was totally
unique at the time and included drums that were used only to
accent parts of the tune, and used at other times to keep time. The
song went through a few time changes and mood swings. Studio
musician Carol Kaye said: " 'Good Vibrations' took twelve record
dates. It took us a long time to groove. But, everything on that
record came out of Brian's head." [Brian Wilson was the song¬
writer/arranger for The Beach Boys.] "Heroes and Villains" was
aa
AUGUST/SEPTEM8ER
their last hit in'67, similar in approach to "Good Vibrations," and
then the group was off the scene until the 70s. It's also important
to point out that, influenced by the Spector sound, Brian Wilson
would include odd percussion sounds, like sleigh bells and casta¬
nets, on his records, particularly toward the end of the '60s.
Around 1962 a group emerged, made up of all New York and
New Jersey musicians, called The Four Seasons. Their first hit was
"Sherry" followed by "Big Girls Don't Cry" and "Walk Like A
Man." The Four Seasons became one of the biggest groups of the
'60s and the drummer was Buddy Saltzman. The conga drums
were prominent in this music and Saltzman's drum parts were very
unique. His sound was very open, melodic and rock solid. His
introduction to "Walk Like a Man" sounds like a fill Max Roach
might play. The Four Seasons songs were also accompanied by
heavy handclapping that gave the music a subtle "march music"
effect. In 1964, the group hit with "Candy Girl" that featured
scrapers, Latin hand drums, strings, and a clave drum beat, plus
tympani. From '64 through '68 they had several hits: "Stay,"
"Rag Doll," "Dawn Go Away," "Let's Hang On," "Big Man In
Town," "Working My Way Back To You," "Tell It To The
Rain" and "C'Mon Marianne" among others.
Meanwhile, back on the West Coast, two singers named Jan &
Dean started cranking out hit after hit, backed by either Earl
Palmer or Hal Blaine on drums. "Linda" was the first hit in 1961,
and then "Surf City" really hit big in 1963.
All of Jan & Dean's records were involved with racing, surfing,
or skateboarding. The drumming was precise and right for the mu¬
sic, and the songs were hits.
The '60s was also a decade where black musicians were able to
cross over into the white market on a grand scale. For example,
James Brown from the mid-'50s to the '60s sold millions of records
in the U.S., but was almost unknown to white people. Brown used
several drummers throughout his career, often times using any¬
where from two to five drummers in concert. Attempts to correlate
specific drummers with specific songs proved unfruitful. But, the
drumming on James Brown's records was some of the most inno¬
vative in the '60s. David Garibaldi, who turned many heads with
his drumming for Tower of Power in the 70s, told me that his
conception of drumming did a complete turnaround when he saw
James Brown in 1965.
Brown took the rawest element of the blues, slicked it up with
horns that sounded like whip cracks they were so tight, and the
drummers would groove you into a frenzy. Listen to "Please,
Please, Please" from 1956. The critics complained of the "same¬
ness" in Brown's music—but it was the same kind of complaint
that could be leveled at Howlin' Wolf. What the critics missed was
that the sameness of the music, the repetition, the groove play¬
ing—all that was precisely the heart of Brown's songs. "Papa's
Got A Brand New Bag" was released in 1965. The drummer plays
backbeats with a rim click on the snare, the bass drum is locked in
tight with the bass player, and the hi-hat swish accents augment the
horns perfectly. Early tunes like "Mashed Potatoes" were a
strange blend ofjazz and r&b that became the inspiration for Miles
Davis Bitch's Brew album that turned the jazz world right around.
"Cold Sweat" came out in 1967, followed by "Lickin' Stick-
Lickin' Stick (Part 1)" in '68, and then "Say It Loud, I'm Black
andl'mProud." 1969 produced "Mother Popcorn," "Give It Up
or Turn It Loose," and Brown continued to groove well into the
70s.
Perhaps the most famous black-owned record company to
emerge in the '60s was Motown, out of Detroit. The drumming on
Motown records could be a major study in itself. I had quite a time
trying to put the pieces together on which drummers did what
songs for Motown, and after several weeks' worth of research, I
still haven't been able to put all the pieces together.
The premise of The History of Rock Drumming was to put the
spotlight on the drummers who were responsible for the evolution
of the music. In researching Motown I heard stories that not all of
the Motown music was recorded in Detroit. Some was recorded in
continued on next page
Lowest
Prices
^ All Major
Credit Cards
Accepted
We Ship Anywhere
Dedicated I
to the Art <
Drumming
All Major Brands
Available
Percussion .
Lessons &
Rentals
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
89
Don’t just get by,
get out front.
[PlTI
* J
Percussion Institute of Technology
6757Hollywood Hlvd.. Hnllywuod.CA9lX)2M
(213)462-1384
Financial aid nowavai lable!
Chicago, New York, and Los Angeles using musicians from each
of those areas. I think the best thing to do is present the different
stories and let the reader make up his or her own mind. This is not
to slight Motown or any of the players who may or may not have
performed on the recordings. In fairness to the musicians—in this
case specifically the drummers—I think it's important to know
who was responsible for creating the drumming on those classic
rock records.
Motown did begin in Detroit, founded by Berry Gordy, an ex¬
boxer who failed in the retail record business and went into making
his own records. Motown was the result. The writing team of Hol¬
land, Dozier, Holland was responsible for the great majority of
Motown hits. I spoke with Brian Holland at his office in L.A., and
he spoke about two drummers who recorded in Detroit for Mo¬
town: Richard Henry Allen (a.k.a. "Pistol"), and Benny Ben¬
jamin. I asked Mr. Holland if he could tell me who the drummers
were on the Motown records.
"There wasn't about but three main drummers that we used,"
he said. "Benny Benjamin was probably the most frequently used
on most of those songs, and a guy named ' Pistol' was another one.
'Pistol' was more of a 'shuffle' kind of drummer. He was best at
the 'shuffles.' Benny Benjamin was the best at the 4/4 and the 2/4
beat. We used a couple more but those are the premier drummers
we used back then.
"I don't know too much about Benny's background. He used to
play with a lot of big bands before he got with Motown. We kept
him on as a studio musician. He could read music, but you'd basi¬
cally not have a real drum chart per se. It was more or less just a
rhythm chart. The producer would basically tell him what he
wanted. Sometimes they'd write out a few drum parts on a few
breaks, but mainly they felt their way through most of that stuff.
Sometimes those guys would go out on the road with an act and
that's when we'd call the other three or four percent of the drum¬
mers. They were fantastic, believe me. We never really realized
90
how great those guys were back then. Looking back in retrospect,
it was really amazing and phenomenal how that stuff came out.
Benny was a great drummer. I could play some things back now
and listen to his pickups. The timing that he had was just unbeat¬
able. Really unbeatable. He always felt the music as he went along.
He would hum the music and sing along with the music just as
happy as he could be. And he would always say, 'Man, that's a
hit.' Most of the time he was right."
What was interesting to learn was the discipline involved with
the Motown musicians. For instance, the rhythm section were on
salary in a literal nine to five job as studio musicians at Motown.
One of the most difficult things about finding out who played on
what, was that the musicians never knew what songs they were
working on. Michael Carvin, a well respected drummer now living
in New York City, was a studio drummer at Motown in the later
years. He gave a great description of what it was like to be in that
position.
"Motown was a funny place. It was like working in a factory.
We had I.D. cards and they had heavy security and all that. I don't
know what records I played on because we cut rhythm tracks like
the guy whose job it is to put fenders on a car. I don't know what
color the cat is painting the car because it's painted further down
the line! We would just make the fenders. Then when they got the
fenders the way they wanted them to be ... then they would de¬
cide what car this fender would go on. It might be Marvin Gaye,
Diana Ross, Stevie Wonder . . . then they would put that fender
on that particular car. Now they would paint it. It might be a
thirty-two piece orchestra when it was finished. That's why they
always had a 'feeling.'
"I was there with Harvey Fuquar and Smokey Robinson. Har¬
vey was doing all the arranging then. We would go in at nine in the
morning. We'd come out about five-thirty or six o'clock. Harvey
would say, 'Okay, lay this groove down.' We would finally get it.
Then he'd say, 'Okay. Now lay this down.' It would be in layers.
This is going to be the bridge. Now, the name of the tune? We
don't know. Who is singing it? We don't know. We'd just do that
all day, man. It wasn't that they were keeping any secrets. It's just
that they didn't know. 'Heat Wave' wasn't written for Martha and
The Vandellas. It was written for Marvin Gaye but it was too high
for his range the way they were hearing it. It was the company,
man. That's why they were successful. There weren't any egos.
Harvey would listen to it and say, 'Man, this sounds like something
that The Four Tops would eat up. This sounds like their kind of
beat.' So that's who they would give it to.
"I remember when The Spinners used to rehearse everyday,
man, for two years on salary. Motown worked like this with an
artist: Until you get a rhythm section, you know you're not going
anywhere. Once you get a rhythm section you go upstairs to the
third or fourth floor ... I don't remember now. Then you could
say, 'Well, we'll be going out soon.' Then, once you get a rhythm
section and a choreographer, you know you're on your way. It was
business. That's why everytime you saw an act ... it was pol¬
ished.
"See, you could be a helluva reader and you couldn't play the
Motown music. It was a school within itself. It was a school about
putting the beat in the pocket and it was good experience for me
because it was nothing like you would encounter in Western music.
A lot of the cats can read all of the notes and all that—and that's
great—but that has nothing to do with playing Motown music.
Motown music messed up most drummers because it was written
with four-way coordination. What he wanted you to play on bass
drum was written. What he wanted you to play with your left hand
was written. What he wanted you to play with your right hand—it
was written. You had to coordinate that stuff and that's what
messed up most cats.
"Pistol and Benny Benjamin invented the sound. Then Harvey
Fuquar translated the sound. The standard was set when I showed.
I never met Pistol or Benny but I knew their names because I was
constantly reminded of them. Motown is the bebop of rock. Now
you have fusion and all of that. It came from Motown and bebop.
That's what fusion is. If you really listen to the bass drum of the
AUGUUT/SEPTLMBER
Motown drummers, it's playing the melody. That's why I call it the
bebop of rock, because the bebop drummers played the melody."
Brian Holland verified Michael Carvin's story that the rhythm
section never knew what songs they were playing. "That's what we
did 98% of the time," he said. "We'd go in and record the track
with maybe four or five pieces at most, and then go back and dub in
the lead and the group. Then you maybe, or maybe not, dub the
strings in. But, we did do the rhythm track first back then. Basi¬
cally, that's what they do now, but we were doing that then. That
was unusual at the time. They had no idea what songs they were
going to be playing on at all.
"And we never heard of a click track. There was no such thing
back then. Back then, there was just a few guys around and always
we found the best ones. That's the reason we just mainly used those
two or three guys. They were straight and they knew how to keep
the time and tempo right."
Tony Bongiovi, one of the owners of The Power Station Record¬
ing Studio in New York City, worked with the producers at Mo¬
town from 1967 until 1970. He remembered working with Benny
Benjamin, a drummer named Euriel Jones, and Pistol. "The
drummer who did the main stuff, most of The Supremes hits and
the records that they were famous for like "Reach Out," and
Smokey Robinson records, "Ooh Baby, Baby' and "Can't Hurry
Love" ... the guy's name was Benny Benjamin. He's dead. My
stay at Motown was rather brief because I was working mostly on
the production of the records. I didn't attend that many sessions.
But, I know there was Benny Benjamin, and then there was Euriel
Jones who played the stuff from the later '60s. We did "Love
Child" with Euriel, and a fellow named Pistol. He played on "Up¬
tight."
"When they played, they used the traditional grip. One thing
that was interesting about Benjamin ... if you listen to the re¬
cords, the drums have a pretty amazing sound, and it wasn't be¬
cause of the engineering at Motown. It was because of the way the
drummers played. If you walked about ten feet away from Benny
you couldn't hear him anymore. He played accents, and he knew
all of his rudiments. He applied all that knowledge and he could
read music. All of them could read music. All of them played with
the Detroit Symphony at some point. They all had an amazing feel
and Benjamin had an amazing foot. He was the best around. He
played sort of backwards. He was a right-handed drummer and
instead of leading with his right hand, he'd lead with his left hand.
That's why all the fills and stuff sound like they came in at weird
times. He didn't play very loud. None of them played real loud,
but they played with a certain snap. When they used to hit the
backbeat they would crack it in there. And they weren't loud.
None of them played overhand like today's guys do. They bounced
more. Today's guys, from what I've seen in the studio, they lay
into the beat more. They just whack it real hard. But, those guys
sort of snapped it in. You could tell the difference.
"Buddy Saltzman, who played all The Four Seasons records,
played the same way as the Motown drummers. They didn't have
the muffling like they do today, and the drummers controlled the
way it sounded. We just stuck the mic' right in front of the bass
drum and depending on how the drummer hit it, that's what gave it
that sound."
I asked Bongiovi about Motown sessions in L.A., New York,
and Chicago. He said, "All the records that were done, the major¬
ity of the hits, we know were all cut in Detroit. The musicians in
Detroit were on some kind of a retainer. Most of the hits like 'Mr.
Postman' and all those early records that were smashes were all cut
in Detroit, even 'Cool Jerk,' 'Agent Double-0 Soul' and the Plat¬
ters' record 'With This Ring.' What the California guys did were
special album projects like The Temptations' In A Mellow Mood. I
used to go into the tape library at Motown and pull the tapes and I
knew where the stuff was cut because it was written all over the
tape. It would say 'Universal Recordings. Detroit. Three Track'
right on the box. Sometimes it would be four track.
"I'd be very skeptical about what they tell you in California.
continued on next page
fTAKE IT FROM A PRO!
joe Curtis Modern Drum Shop is the plate
in N ew York City For d rummers who want the
best. That's because we're owned and oper¬
ated by drummers, for drummers,.,and now
that 11m Herrmann has joined our staff, we
can give you better service than ever before.
Whether you need to brush up your
chops, purchase a set. or repair that rattle
in your snare, stop by and check us out.
■rtEMODEfty
A hill line of custom
Timpani Heads In stock,
THE MODERN DRUM SHOP
167 West 46th Street
New York, NY 10036
(21Z) 575-8893
Monday-Friday 10:00 to 6:00 Saturday 10:00 to 4iG0
Repairs and custom made drums by Tim Herrmann
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
91
r
(DEALER IMaUlRIfS rNVlT.pDF *}
■ 136Q E AST^An ^111 VENTURA. CAUFOWNI4 930-63
! (150^) JEiW, J 4?
Even in New York for that matter, but New York, I would think,
would be a little more honest about it. There wasn't too much done
here that I remember other than The Supremes overdubbing in
New York, and we did a Gladys Knight and The Pips record in New
York live."
Earl Palmer was one of the drummers on the West Coast who
arguably played on many of the Motown hits of the early '60s. He
said, "I was doing a lot of it until we realized that they were doing
illegal tracks and sending them back to Detroit and putting The
Supremes, Marvin Gaye, and all these people on the things. It was
illegal to do tracks at that time, so they'd come into the studio with
a couple of girls, The Lewis sisters. We used to always say, 'Boy,
the Lewis sisters record a lot and never had an album out!' Then
we'd recognize that they were coming back with The Four Tops,
Marvin Gaye, The Supremes . . . then we started paying attention
and we started hearing all the music we were doing back there.
Eventually Motown paid us a lot of back money that the Union
had them pay because of all this illegal tracking. But, fortunately
for me, when they started doing it legally, I still was doing all of
their stuff out here. Then they started using different guys."
Frankie Capp is now a music contractor in California; he was
among the elite group of musicians who were on the Phil Spector
sessions. This is what Mr. Capp had to add: "I did a lot of early
Motown stuff like Marvin Gaye before Motown moved to L. A. We
used to record in Armin Steiner's garage apartment where he had a
lot of electronic recording gear. We used to do dates there that they
called 'two for thirty-five.' They were demo dates. For thirty-five
bucks you'd do two tracks within an hour and a half. Motown did
a lot of dates there. Earl Palmer was on a lot of those dates. There
were other drummers at that time like Sharkey Hall, Jesse
Sailes ... he did a lot of early Motown stuff for Gene Paige. I
played drums on some of the Motown stuff for Gene Paige. Some¬
how those demos would wind up being released. That was before
we had a union that really policed things. You can't get away with
that anymore. I can remember back in the mid-'60s, Marvin Gaye,
The Marvelettes, Diana Ross, The Temptations. A lot of times
you'd go in to do a date and you wouldn't be doing the date with
the singers. We'd just be making the track. Then they'd overdub
the voices.
"Armin Steiner was just the mix engineer. He didn't have any¬
thing to do with the bootlegging part of it. He just did what he was
being paid for: recording and sending the tapes."
Carol Kaye, a premier West Coast studio musician, told me
"We recorded in a studio above Armin Steiner's garage. We did an
awful lot of records there for about two or three years, and the first
drummer I worked with was Jesse Sailes. He told Motown about
me because I'd worked a few other kind of record dates with Jesse.
He'd done an awful lot of Motown. After that came Earl Palmer
and they used Paul Humphrey on a few tunes. It was mostly Jesse
Sailes first and then Earl Palmer. Earl played on some biggies like
'Love Child' and 'Bernadette.'
"The Lewis sisters were two white girls who couldn't really sing
and we spent a lot of time trying to get tracks for them. Come to
find out it was The Supremes, The Temptations and all that other
stuff.
"I met Stevie Wonder there when he was a kid because I played
on 'I Was Made To Love Her.' Jamie Jamerson was in contention
with that. [Jamerson was one of the salaried studio musicians—the
bassist—at Motown in Detroit.] So I listened to the record again
and said, 'No, that's me because I can remember the mistakes I was
making!'
"They did so many wrong things according to the Union back
then. They really kept it quiet about what they did. Nobody really
knew the inside workings on it. Benny Benjamin did the stuff back
in Detroit. I don't know anything about the Detroit gang. They
used all the best players. I worked for Motown from '62 through
'69 and played guitar on a lot of that stuff, like 'Come On Do The
Jerk.' I didn't play bass until the first of '64.1 played six string bass
on Martha and The Vandella's 'Dancing In The Street.' It was
either Sharkey Hall or Earl Palmer on that. Jesse Sailes played all
the stuff at the Steiner garage things. I think it was Jesse playing on
'I Was Made To Love Her.' I'm not trying to take away from the
guys in Detroit, but I don't think they knew about the West Coast
guys. Jesse Sailes was playing for Motown from about '62 to '64
and then they used Earl after that. Certain tunes like 'Bernadette,'
'I Second That Emotion,' 'Dancing In The Streets,' 'Can't Help
Myself,"Stop In The Name Of Love' . . . those were biggies that
I know were all West Coast."
Lee Young, Sr. used to work in the creative department at Mo¬
town. Prior to that he was one of the original drummers on the
Norman Granz Jazz At The Philharmonic tours. In checking out
the situation of Motown illegally releasing demos, I called Local
47, The American Federation of Musicians in Los Angeles. They
had no record of a settlement of that nature, although they did say
that they were always involved with Motown for something back
then. But, Lee Young made a lot of sense. "I can give you this
much information," he said. "The reason Motown got away with
something like that is because they were in Detroit. The same rules
didn't apply in Detroit as they did in New York or Los Angeles
because in a city like that, they're so glad to have people record.
They used to put musicians on salary and let them record all week
long. You're not allowed to do that, really, because you pay with
three-hour sessions. Three hours constitutes a session. You
couldn't do it in any other place, but Motown could do it in Detroit
because they were bringing something to Detroit. They were bring¬
ing employment to people, I guess. So, I think the Union looked
the other way.
"Each jurisdiction will let things go on in their area that, if the
National office ever found out about it, they'd come down on
them. But, nobody ever really found out about this until after they
became successful. Sure, many musicians have really squawked
about it, but they made the deal at the time because they didn't
have anything better to do. It was a steady gig. They were paying
them like $125.00 a week, but they would record every day. It was
92
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
great for them because they were getting this bread. But, see, you
wouldn't have been able to do that here, or New York, or Chicago.
So, I think it was like one hand washes the other. They were fortu¬
nate enough, because they would not have been able to get started,
really, if they had not been able to do that. They just stayed in the
studio around the clock, seven days a week. The musicians knew
what they were doing because they got their bread. Everybody
knew what they were doing. It wasn't a vicious thing."
The bottom line is that there's a lot of good drumming on Mo¬
town records. Brian Holland, in reminiscing about Benny Ben¬
jamin who died in the late '60s said, "There's no Benny Benjamin
around. The drummers played a premier, emotional part in the
creation of Motown's music. A couple of these guys like Benny
and Pistol always were emotionally into it; not like a mechanical
guy just up there playing drums. They were unique. These guys
today just want to get a paycheck.
"It's almost like the guy was saying on TV. He said, 'Are there
any more great baseball players?' No. You can't find no Joe Di-
Maggio no more; no Jackie Robinson, no Babe Ruth. All these
guys out there want to hit the ball for big paychecks. They're not
really in the game of baseball like the guys were back then. And I
can understand that, and I can relate to what he was saying. The
same thing goes for these musicians back then. Even the pro¬
ducers, like a Phil Spector, man. You don't find them kind of pro¬
ducers who, night and day, get into it. They are just not the same.
Believe me. Benny had to play at least 75°7o of the songs. He was a
great one, man, I'm telling you."
As for the recordings being done on the two coasts, Brian Hol¬
land said: "Well, very infrequent. Once in a while my music part¬
ner, Lamont Dozier, we would come out to cut a session. Most of
those things were basically mechanical type things. We might've
got a hit once or twice out of it, but we stayed in Detroit because
they didn't have the same kind of feelings back then like they did in
Detroit. New York was pretty good. But, we did a few things in
both places. True enough.
"It was almost like I'd say, 'Hey, let's go on a vacation. And
while we're on vacation . . . let's cut a few things.' That's basi¬
cally what it was."
I like Michael Carvin's description of Motown as the "bebop of
rock." There are some excellent albums available; anthologies of
people like The Supremes, The Four Tops, The Temptations, Mar¬
tha and The Vandellas, Smokey Robinson and The Miracles, Jr.
Walker and The All Stars, Stevie Wonder, and Marvin Gaye. I
suggest they be studied. Or, if you're budget conscious, go out and
buy The Temptations Greatest Hits. The drumming is incredible.
Like most of the Motown drumming, it's musical, inventive, crea¬
tive, the drums are tuned beautifully, and it serves as a model for
tasty rock drumming. In a world where so much of the drumming
is mechanized to the point where the listener doesn't know if it's a
human being or not—Motown drumming is like the end of the
rainbow.
I Wish It Would Rain Temptations
Signed, Sealed, Delivered Stevie Wonder
Mickey s Monkey Smokey Robinson and the
Miracles
In Part 4, we'll take a look at the British invasion, the Wood-
stock generation, more Soul music, and go all the way up to the
DUPLEX
WHAT’S BEHIND THIS TELEPHONE NUMBER?
There's a whole world of service behind the Sam Ash telephone
number
Like quick delivery We know that once you've made up your
mind on an item, you want it NOW. So we keep $5 million dollars
worth of merchandise on hand to insure that almost everything is
in stock .
Another plus: Sam Ash telephone sales people are all profes¬
sional musicians, They know what they re talking about and you can
trust their advice Even our packers are specialists in musical gear,
quality checking every shipment before it goes out. What a pleasure to
get service like this! Call the Sam Ash Hot Line-and enjoy
IN NEW YORK STATE CALL 212-347 7757
TWX 510-222-1630 SAM ASH HEMP
Since 1924 jf *
SCUKJTW,
MUSIC STORES
124 Fufion Avenue, Hempstead. New York 11550
RotoTomS ©YAMAHA Ityw/ts ©
DECATUR
nr it in ip j« iijm
DRUM STICKS
V Remo
Triplet!
CRfTlBtR
Ihrmhtr
CB70Q
DURAL IKE
KRUT
© SYNARE
Abh h ORANGE AYE ORLANDO FLA 32BGL
(IDS! *43-2025 PAUL 1AFFE V|r
pPC-ffiSlA
D'RLEOS if
DFfflLFflmlr
MACAZ
LARGEST AND MOST COMPLETE
DRUM AMD PERCUSSION SHOP
THE SOUTH
c Ms c PerC
i WE CARRY A, L VIA..OB BRANDS
• CALL AND COMPARE OUR PRif IS
• IMMEDIATE DELIVERY
• CASES and small parts
■ COMPLETE PERCUSS:ON LIBRARY
■ RENTALS
> VISA & MASTER CHARGE ACCEPTED
1TSONOR
Pe* -“Del
Ptauaftai
ywjiiWl
Son Bops of Cafrfbrrva GOOD VISES MALIETS
mcm ihiPORTs
ROSS MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS DUNO MUSICAL SUPtLKS
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
93
Congas
and
Caribbean Percussion
by John Amira
The conga drum is a greatly misunderstood and underrated
instrument. To begin with, the Cuban name "conga" is just one of
many names used for drums of this type throughout Western
Africa and the Caribbean. Since it was Cuba that introduced this
drum to us in various forms of Latin music, "conga" is the name
by which it is known.
There are two approaches to learning the conga drum: the mod¬
ern and the traditional. Using the modern approach, the percus¬
sionist—who may have no previous background in this instru¬
ment—learns two or three different sounds which can be produced
on the conga, and then proceeds to make up whatever rhythmic
patterns he feels may fit the music he's accompanying. The tradi¬
tional approach, however, involves learning at least five distinct
sounds plus variations on each of them, bringing the total up to
around fifteen. Furthermore, it involves learning possibly hun¬
dreds of rhythms which may be used individually or in various
combinations.
I would like to present the traditional approach because I believe
a solid understanding of fundamental concepts is necessary before
one should consider inventing rhythms. Many established rhythms
may fit perfectly in various modern applications.
The five basic sounds and the symbols for each sound are as
follows:
0 —An open tone, produced by striking the edge of the head
with the part of the hand stretching from the center of the
palm to the fingertips, including the thumb.
M — A muffled tone or a "muff," produced by striking the edge
of the head with the full length of the fingers, except the
thumb, and pressing them into the skin.
B — A bass tone, produced by striking the center of the head with
the full hand, including the thumb, in a cupped position.
S — A slap, produced by striking the edge of the head with the
full hand, excluding the thumb, in a cupped position.
R —A rim shot, produced by striking the edge of the head with
half of the index finger.
These symbols are necessary to distinguish one sound from
another in the written notation. I've found that standard notation
is too cumbersome and not exact enough for this type of drum¬
ming. I have developed a different form of notation which is more
suitable.
With my notation, graph paper is preferable to staff paper.
According to the time signature, each column is assigned a number
until one measure is complete. Then it repeats. Under each num¬
ber, a symbol or space may appear, depending on the rhythm.
Before each line of symbols, either R or L indicates which hand is
used. A simple 6/8 rhythm would be written as follows:
1
2h
4
5,
6
1
2J3
4
jj
[4
l
2
4
i)
|4
jL
2
x
4
il
Is
!
R
l:
13.
13
ii
jfl
l-
ft
n
rI
no
sl
i
o
s
O
Isl
o
s
The darker vertical lines are used to surround the downbeat. In
certain cases each number is separated by a dot to show a greater
number of notes per measure. A typical example of a 4/4 rhythm
would be:
1
*
2 k
itkj*
i
■
•Ji
i
a' *
ij>
4
*
i
m
2)*
}
•|*|*
L
11
BU|
L 1
10
H L
»]
ii
H
11
[ lb.
M
ot
FT U
a
hi
"tar
If it becomes necessary to show notes between the columns, they
are simply written on the vertical lines as illustrated:
3.
L
[l
.4
5
6
jj
2
3
i. t
o
n
J
0
rIo
o
S"
! )1
b
,i
S_ l J
B O
o
LAi
diK-
n
Olf
} ?
ot
') f
Once again, the downbeat is indicated with darker lines. The typi¬
cal way of counting the downbeat is twice per measure.
This description of notation is to graphically explain the clave
rhythm which is the most fundamental concept of all West African
and Caribbean music and precedes the study of the drum itself.
Clave is a Spanish word which means keystone. A keystone is the
central stone at the top of an arch which locks the other stones in
place. There are other names for this type of rhythm, but clave is
probably the best because its function is to hold all the accompany¬
ing rhythms locked in place.
There are several different forms of clave but they all conform to
the same specifications:
A. They are two measures long.
B. The first measure can be felt as dominant or positive in com¬
parison to the second measure which is subordinate or nega¬
tive.
C. The first measure must always have a note in the column
before the second downbeat, and the second measure must
always have a note in column number two. Below I've illus¬
trated the main forms of clave:
1
N
*
*
.1
Hi
4
i
4
2 *
3
■
A
1
'zi?
A
5
4l
1
2
3
A
J
!fr _
X
X
X
X'
X
X
X
\
\
>
X
X
X"
xi
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
i x
X
1
\
X
i
X
X
X
*
X
ud
“ •
X
■
X
’
■
x!
xr
V
XX
X
X
X
X
X
I
X
X
X
[x
ix
X
5
0 = open tone M = muff S = slap R = rim shot B = bass E = stick on edge T = touch
94
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
Because clave is the focal point of the music, it is placed either on a
bell, a couple of sticks, or clapped by hand so that the sound will be
sharp enough to stand out from the drums. Since it is a nondescript
sound, it will be represented by the letter X.
Once the principles of clave are understood, the various drum
patterns built around it can be studied. Most of these patterns are
made with three differently tuned drums always placed in a specific
position to the clave rhythm. Even the drum that's soloing does so
in a fixed relationship to the clave.
Let's examine the Cuban rhythm known as Guaguanco:
1
■
2
•
3
•
4
9
]
*
2
*
3
■
4
*
l
•
2
e
3
*
4
*
l
•
2
•
3
*
4
■
[
■
2
■
3
*
4
*
1
*
2
*
3
*
4
•
c
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
L
B
T
B
B
T
B
B
T
B
B
T
B
B
T
B
B
T
B
R
B
O
M
0
B
O
M
O
B
O
M
o
L
B
T
B
T
T
B
T
B
T
B
T
T
B
T
B
T
B
T
T
B
T
R
S
B
T
O
0
s
S
B
T
0
O
S
S
B
T
O
O
S
L
S
T
T
T
O
O
O
R
S
bl
0
5
b
b
0
S
s
O
5
O
ST
l
The clave pattern is at the top. Below it is the low drum. A new
symbol, T, is added to represent a tap played in the center of the
skin with the fingers. The next pattern is the middle drum. Notice
how both drums have a bass note coinciding with the second note
of the clave. This is one of the main accents of the Guaguanco
6
rhythm. The high drum which solos is at the bottom. Illustrated
are just a few of the many, many patterns used in soloing.
Some good recordings of this rhythm are on side B of
Guaguanco (Puchito MLP-565).
The Haitian Yanvalou rhythm will be our other example:
t
2
3
4
S
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
s
6
c
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
L
o
O
O
0
O
o
O
O
O
O
O
0
o
O
o
O
R
O
O
o
o
O
O
0
O
b
b
O
O
O
O
o
p
L
o
B
B 1
B
o
B
B
B
G
B
B
B
o
B
B
B
R
O
S
o
s
O
s
0
S
O
s
O
S
o
s
o
s
L
B
S
B
s
B
s
B
O
B
s
B
s
B
B
B
B
O
R
E
E
E
L
E
E
E
O
b
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
L,
b
o
At the top is another clave pattern. Below it is the high drum,
played with sticks instead of hands. Below that is the middle drum
played with hands. At the botton, the low drum is played with a
stick in the right hand only. The symbol E represents the stick hit
on the edge of the drum. Also the double 0° in column 4 represents
a flam. (All notation should be reversed for left-handed people.)
A good example of this rhythm can be heard on Vaudou en Haiti
i(Macaya 103) in the selection entitled "Logo."
The rhythms I have presented are just a small portion of what
can be played on conga drums. It is a lifetime study as is any other
instrument, but it's well worth it whether you're interested in mak¬
ing it your specialty or just looking to enhance another form of
percussion.
m
Sometimes, we buy them.
Sometimes, we sell them.
Sometimes, we trade them.
Sometimes, we repair them.
Sometimes, we refinish them.
But, ALWAYS, we love them.
DRUM? “BEST DEALS
SHOPP '
IN TOWN”
Send for our 1982
flyer:
“JACK”
1096 Boylston St.
Boston, Mass. 02215
( 617 ) 247-9117
MODERN DRUMMERS
4TH ANNUAL
READERS POLL WINNER
NO. 1
STUDIO DRUMMER
ALL-AROUND DRUMMER
Yamaha Musical Products
Division of Yamaha International Corn.
RO. Bent 7271
Grand flaplde, Ml 49510
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
95
PAT METHENY GROUP — Offramp.
ECM-1-1216. Pat Metheny: guitar synthe¬
sizer, guitar, synclavier guitar. Lyle Mays:
piano, synthesizer, autoharp, organ, syn¬
clavier. Steve Rodby: acoustic and electric
bass. Nana Vasconcelos: percussion,
voice, berimbau. Dan Gottlieb: drums.
Barcarole/Are You Going With Me/Au
Lait/Eighteen/Offramp/James/The Bat
part II.
In the two years since their last album,
the Metheny Group has changed bass play¬
ers, added a percussionist, and continued
to be influenced by anything and every¬
thing. The music ranges from the Ornette
Coleman inspired "Offramp" to the
James Taylor inspired "James." Gottlieb
and Vasconcelos work well together and
provide a constant rhythmic thrust.
WEATHER REPORT — Weather Report.
Arc-Columbia FC37616. Zawinul: electric
keyboards, percussion. Wayne Shorter:
tenor and soprano saxophones. Jaco Pas-
torius: bass guitar, percussion, voice. Pe¬
ter Erskine: drums, drum computer,
claves. Robert Thomas, Jr.: hand drums,
tambourines. Volcano For Hire/Current
Affairs/N. Y. C./Dara Factor One/When
It Was Now/Speechless/Dara Factor
Two.
Pastorius and Erskine were the tightest
rhythm section Weather Report ever had,
and this record shows it. Good variety of
tunes, and excellent playing throughout.
Check out Erskine's use of a drum com¬
puter on "When It Was Now."
KOYO TAYLOR—From The Heart of a
Woman. Alligator AL-4724. Koko Tay¬
lor: vocals. Vince Chappelle: drums. Criss
Johnson: guitar. Sammy Lawhorn: guitar.
Bill Heid: keyboards. Cornelius Boyson:
bass. Something Strange Is Going On/I'd
Rather Go Blind/Keep Your Hands Off
Him/Thanks, But No Thanks/If You Got
A Heartache/Never Trust A Man/Sure
Had A Wonderful Time Last Night/Blow
Top Blues/If Walls Could Talk/It Took A
Long Time.
Koko Taylor is a veteran blues singer
and Vince Chappelle is a relatively new-
name drummer. This album takes the best
of the blues, injected with what's happen¬
ing today, and the result is a very powerful
album. Chappelle plays great drums.
ART BLAKEY and THE JAZZ MES¬
SENGER — Straight Ahead. Concord CJ-
168. Art Blakey: drums. Charles Fam-
brough: bass. Wynton Marsalis: trumpet.
Bill Pierce: tenor sax. Bobby Watson: alto
sax. James Williams: piano. Falling In
Love With Love/My Romance AW ebb
City/How Deep Is The Ocean/E.T.A./
The Theme.
Blakey just gets better all the time. This
is a funny album. If you have ears it'll
make you laugh. The songs were recorded
live at The Keystone Korner and it burns
and swings from start to finish.
MIKE MAINIERI — Wanderlust. Warner
Bros. BSK3586. Mike Mainieri: vibes, ma¬
rimba. Mike Brecker: saxes. Warren
Bernhardt: piano, synthesizers. Peter
Erskine: drums. Don Grolnick: key¬
boards. Steve Khan: guitar. Marcus
Miller: bass. Tony Levin: bass. Jeremy
Steig: flutes. Kazumi Watanabe: guitar.
Manolo Badrena: percussion, berembau.
Sammy Figueroa: percussion. Roger
Souitero: percussion. Ed Walsh: program¬
mer. Bullet Train/Sara's Touch/Crossed
Wires/Flying Colours/L 'Image/Bam¬
boo/ Wanderlust.
A pleasant album from some of today's
top musicians. Erskine is given the chance
to show off some different sides of his play¬
ing.
LEVON HELM — Levon Helm. Capital/
Musciel Shoals ST-12201. Levon Helm,
Mickey Buckins, Owen Hale, Roger
Hawkins: drums & percussion. Duncan
Cameron, Pete Carr, Earl Gate, Jimmy
Johnson, Wayne Perkins: guitars. Barry
Beckett, Ernie Gate, Steve Nathan: key¬
boards. Jimmy "Doc" Simpson: clarinet.
Ronnie Eades: baritone sax. Robert
Harwell, Harvey Thompson: tenor sax.
Charles Rose: trombone. Ben Cauley,
Harrison Calloway: trumpet. Ava Al¬
dridge, Bonnie Bramlett, Robert Byrne,
Terry Cagle, Ron Eoff, Lenny LeBlanc,
Mac McAnally, Will McFarlane, Wayne
Perkins, Russell Smith, Richie Supa: vo¬
cals. Levon Helm: drums, mandolin, vo¬
cals. You Can't Win 'Em All/Lucrecia/
Even A Fool Would Let Go/I've Got A
Bet With Myself/Money/Get Out Your
Big Roll DaddyAWillie and The Hand
Jive/The Got Song/Give A Little Bit/God
Bless 'Em All.
This is Levon's fourth solo album and
his best since his lp with the RCO AllStars.
Helm is an amazing man. He sings great,
he plays great drums (even though he'd be
the first to say "no") and he plays the man¬
dolin great. This is a "good time" album
that crosses between rock, country, and
r&b.
GALLERY — Gallery. ECM-1-1206.
David Samuels: vibraharp, marimba. Mi¬
chael DiPasqua: drums, percussion. Paul
McCandless: soprano saxophone, oboe,
english horn. David Darling: cello. Ratzo
Harris: bass. Soaring/Prelude/A Lost
Game/Painting/Pale Sun/Egret/Night
Rain.
Vibes, woodwinds and cello combine to
give Gallery a truly unique sound. This al¬
bum shows off Samuels' composing as well
as his playing, and drummer DiPasqua
plays tastefully throughout.
96
AUGUSTi'SEPTEMBEft
ART ENSEMBLE OF CHICAGO— Ur¬
ban Bushmen. ECM-2-1211. Lester
Bowie: trumpet. Joseph Jarman: wood¬
winds, percussion. Roscoe Mitchell:
woodwinds, percussion. Malachi Favors
Maghostut: bass, percussion. Famoudou
Don Moye: "Sun Percussion." Prome¬
nade: Cote Bamako I/Bush Magic/Urban
Magic/Sun Percussion Two/Theme For
Sco/New York Is Full Of Lonely People/
Ancestral Meditation/Uncle/Peter and
Judith/Promenade: Cote Bamako III
Odwalla/Theme.
This record does an excellent job of cap¬
turing the excitement and diversity of the
Art Ensemble. Moye is a true virtuoso, and
his playing alone is worth the price of this
double album. But that is not to slight the
other members—the whole group is in¬
credible.
BUDDY GUY— Stone Crazy! Alligator
AL-4723. Buddy Guy: guitar and vocals.
Ray Allison: drums. Phil Guy: guitar.
J.W. Williams: bass. I Smell A Rat/Are
You Losing Your Mind?/You've Been
Gone Too Long/She's Out There Some¬
where/Outskirts of Town/When I Left
Home.
Buddy Guy is crazy, his music is crazy,
and his drummer is crazy. This was re¬
corded live in the studio with no overdubs
and the music will back you up against the
wall with intensity. This is a great album.
Anyone who thinks Led Zeppelin or Van
Halen play intense blues needs to listen to
this.
ARTIMUS PYLE BAND—A.P.5. MCA
Records MCA-5313. Artimus Pyle:
drums. Darryl! Otis Smith: vocals. John
Boerstler: guitars, slide, vocals. Steve Bre-
wington: bass. Steve Lockhart: guitars,
keyboards, vocals. Town To Town/Don't
Know Her Name/It Ain't The Whiskey/
She's My Baby/Maybellene/Makes More
Rock/My Whole World's Upside Down/
The Road Never Ends/Take A Look/
Rock & Roll Each Other.
Artimus Pyle was the drumming man
behind Lynyrd Skynyrd. He has put to¬
gether a rocking band that falls somewhere
between Chuck Berry and heavy metal.
"Maybellene" was recorded with only two
mic's and it sounds fantastic. Pick up the
album and watch for the band in your
area.
BILL MOLENHOY-Beach Street Years.
Mark mjs 57596. Bill Molenhof: vibes,
marimba, piano, vocals. Dewey Dellay:
bass. Tom Goldbach: drums. Peter Grant:
drums. Grandfather Time/All I Want To
Do/Beach Street Years/Soho Saturday
Night/Giving What You Need/Quiet Cel¬
ebration /Asylum.
Molenhof is equally gifted as a com¬
poser and as a musician. He has all of the
technique one could want, but the empha¬
sis here is on music rather than chops. |*j
NOW AVAILABLE FROM * , .
cIplko center publication?
21 $5.00
JAZZ-ROCK FUSION VOL I BY LESUE MERLE
1} $15.00
THE ART OF
MODERN |A7Z
DRUMMING BY
Lit JQHNETrE-PERRY
3) $5.00
JAZZ ROCK
FUSION VOE , U
BY LES DE MERLE
4) Just Released: Drum Set Duets by Pom Famularo—$5.00
I
| □ **■
gin -
!□-
J.
:
3.
El
□ -
7 *
1 Z
O ac
190 lbs. X 30 lbs
No Problem
The formulations of the
Milestone drums .. . and
the precise (to order only)
craftsmanship, are for
one reason. Musical
results second to none
But. . . Milestone also
has a few bonus items!!!
More sizes than anybody
... 80 appearance colors
. . . could care less about
temperature / humidity
... no plies to crack / no
seams to part /no glues to
fail. . . (etc!)
Milestone . . . built for
sound excellence, for a
long long time!
For complete technical data/component listings etc. Send $1.00 to Milestone
Percussion, 9771 Pinewell Crescent, Richmond, British Columbia, CANADA
V7A 2C7 Available from selected drum outlets, factory direct if none convenient.
N.B. Although bass shell survived our experiment
sledgehammerings . . . we did scratch the appearance
color.
P.S. (Blue or Grey) ‘T’ shirt . . . $6.95 4- .50® postage
. . . (state size)
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
97
MM
THE COMPLETE DRUM TUTOR
By Lloyd Ryan
Publ: Gerald Duckworth & Co. Ltd.
The Old Piano Factory
43 Gloucester Crescent
London NW1, England
Price: £4.95 (about $8.61)
The Complete Drum Tutor is a clean presentation of technical
essentials which an articulate teacher could find useful as an accel¬
erated course for teenagers and adults. Avoiding repetition, Ryan
binds in eighty pages the fundamentals of reading, rudiments,
drumset styles, handwritten charts, percussion ensemble, and odd
meter. A teacher who relies heavily on his own oral and handwrit¬
ten resources might welcome this compendium. The book is too
superficial, however, to serve as a self-teacher or as a course for
young beginners. Harold Howland
NEW WORKS FOR NEW TIMES
by Bill Molenhof
Publ: Kendor Music, Inc.
P.O.Box278
Delevan, NY 14042
Price: $5.50
New Works for New Times is a collection of six diverse, jazz-
oriented compositions for solo vibraphone. The selections, (all for
four mallets) are of moderate duration and cover a wide variety of
tempi and technical requirements at an advanced (Grade 6) level of
difficulty. Several selections, such as "(Almost) The Amazing Spi-
derman" offer segments for improvisation on an optional basis.
One of the compositions, "Beach Street Years," is available on a
recording of the same title on Mark Records by Bill Molenhof—an
added benefit for the purpose of style comparison, etc. This book
is a well thought out series of compositions for recital/
performance. Donald Knaack
LEARN TO PLAY THE DRUM SET
Book 2
by Peter Magadini
Publ: Hal Leonard Publishing Co.
960 East Mark St.
Winona, MN 55987
Price: $4.95
In the introduction, Peter Magadini states that this book will
provide maximum facility in the shortest amount of time. I think
this is true for the student, but a private instructor is mandatory in
order to accomplish this.
First of all, the book takes the student through a series of hand
exercises. Next, the student is shown how to play time on the ride
cymbal with eighth notes, jazz ride, and variations on the jazz ride.
The next short section shows the student how to play the jazz
cymbal ride on the open and closed hi-hat. From here, we go into
funk drumming, once again with open and closed hi-hat varia¬
tions. Magadini then starts explaining improvising around the
drum set using single and double stroke combinations.
Bass drum control is up next with patterns played against the
ride cymbal. There is a brief explanation on fusion playing and
Latin. In a small section near the end of the book, the student has a
chance to put all the different feels (mambo, swing jazz, and half¬
time rock) into one exercise.
There are a few examples of fills in the swing feel, rock feel, and
Latin feel. Towards the back of the book, there is a section on
flams. Personally, I think this section should have been in the front
of the book, since this is a basic rudiment.
The very end of the book deals with auditions, click tracks,
music terms, equipment selection, basic forms of twelve-bar blues
and standard tunes, brushes, buzz roll, polyrhythms, and reading
a drum chart. These explanations are very brief.
This book is definitely a crash course on how to play the set!
Although all explanations are good, they are very brief, and the
student will most assuredly need a private drum instructor.
Joe Buerger
STUDIES FOR THE CONTEMPORARY DRUMMER
by John Xepoleas & Warren Nunes
Publ: Hansen House
1860 West Avenue
Miami Beach, FL 33139
Price: $7.95
Even though this is a Warren Nunes method book, the drum
parts were written and played by John Xepoleas with help from
Vince Latiano, Bill Nawrocki, and John Rae on the recording. The
book is divided into three sections. Section one is a study on rock,
funk, 12/8, shuffle, and Reggae. Section two deals with jazz, 4/4
swing, and 3/4 swing jazz waltz. The third section is a study of
Latin rhythms, bossa nova, cha-cha, rhumba, samba, and
mambo.
The rock section deals with bass drum, snare drum, and cymbal
variations. This section also goes into open and closed hi-hat tech¬
nique and 16th-note patterns alternating hands. The variations are
also shown for bass drum, snare drum, and cymbal variations on
the shuffle beat.
In the brief Reggae section, there are some fine variations. I
found the recording very helpful for this section.
I found the recording to be most beneficial in the jazz section.
The writing of the cymbal patterns of different tempos and playing
with a "two" and "four" feel are done well, but hearing the record
makes them perfectly clear. Trading fours, twos, and eights is also
explained well, but once again, listening to the record is the key.
The things I like best about the Latin section are the examples of
using the bossa nova, samba, and mambo rhythms in the authen¬
tic, jazz, and rock context. Showing these rhythms in different
styles will be a definite advantage to the inexperienced player. Also
in this section there are examples of how to work with a conga
player. This is something I haven't seen in other method books.
There are three things that make this a good book—a suggested
listening section that shows recordings of each style explained, the
recording that comes with the book, and a price that is very reason¬
able. Joe Buerger
FUNDAMENTALS OF JAZZ DRUMMING
Volumes 1 & 2
by Rodman Andrew Sims
Publ: Centerstream Publications
Box 5052
Fullerton, CA 92635
Price: $5.95 each
What's in a name? Well, in the case of this two volume set, the
Fundamentals means a methodical, "easy-does-it" approach to
AUGUST,'SEPTEMBER
coordinated independence, Chapin-style. But don't be misled.
This is not a rehash or a copy. On the contrary, here are two of the
most well-written books to come down the pike in a long time.
Rodman Sims has taken a treacherous subject and meticulously
stripped it down to the bare elements: left hand quarters, dotted
eighths, triplets and sixteenths vie against the time beat in Part 1 of
the first book. Part 2 follows in similar notational order, though
now, it's the right foot being challenged. Book 2 is remarkably
consistent, taking the reader to even greater heights by placing him
knee-deep in some demanding hand and foot combinations. And
yet, thanks to the maturity and restraint of our author, it all
remains well within our grasp.
Instructors who dread teaching this phase, particularly to slower
students, might find this series a God-send. Sims has devoted over
120 logically ordered pages to the subject, without ever once side¬
tracking us.
The Fundamentals of Jazz Drumming is basic. It's the meat and
potatoes of jazz drumming, and though it doesn't necessarily
trailblaze, it does do an above average job with a subject that's not
so easy to teach. Even those of us brought up on Chapin may con¬
sider it a likely alternative, and a good one at that.
Mark Hurley
STUDIO FUNK DRUMMING
by Roy Burns & Joey Farris
Publ: Rhythmic Publications
P.O. Box 3535
Fullerton, CA 92634
Price: $12.95
One of the most important things about this book is the text,
which informs the drummer what to expect in the studio. The click
track is explained, as well as, how to stay with it. The book then
goes on to explain metronome markings and how to use them for
practice. The text continues with information on funk snare drum
technique, accents, importance of the back beat, tuning the set for
funk, splash accents on the hi-hat and practice tips.
The notation part of the book starts with basic funk rhythms
with hi-hat variations, and then with alternate sticking patterns.
The book then goes into commercial funk and funk samba
rhythms.
The New Orleans Rhythms section is something I found very
interesting. Many of the southern funk groups use the traditional
New Orleans rhythms. These rhythms are explained as "second
line" rhythms, dating back to the traditional New Orleans funeral
ceremony. The next section deals with authentic Reggae rhythms,
followed by funk Reggae. Next is a difficult section on fusion
funk, and the book concludes with funk rhythms in unusual time
signatures.
The most important function of this book is to give drummers a
working knowledge of funk rhythms. The rhythms in this book are
all proven. Joe Buerger
ADVANCED ROCK
by A1 Humphreys
Publ: Drum Book Music
Box 63
N. White Plains, NY 10603
Price: $5.95
This is an independence book divided up for cymbal/snare,
cymbal/bass drum, and cymbal/snare/bass drum. The cymbal
pattern used throughout the book is straight eighths, but pages
throughout the book give many other ideas for cymbal, as well as,
bass drum and hi-hat patterns.
The independence patterns used in each section are practically
identical to each other, but there are some very challenging lines.
The last four pages of the book deal with what the author calls
"Para-Rock"—playing paradiddles broken up between the snare
and bass drum.
Even though the cover says this book can be used from beginner
through advanced, it's doubtful that a beginning player could read
T
99
NEW PRODUCTS NOW AVAILABLE FROM
CASINO
PERCUSSION
PRODUCTS
SONIC BOOM
BASS DRUM BEATER
PLEXIGLASS TOP WITH
STEEL SHAFT. REATF-R
IS BALANCED FOR
FAST LIVE ACTION
SHAFT IS DESIGNED
SO LESS EFFORT
IS USED. WHILE
GAINING SPEED
& CONTROL,
MAILING INSTRUCTIONS
liC. r VISA, AM. £LXIV. CHECK Pttfc PAID OK C.O.U.
ALL ORDERS PLUS SHIPPING & HANDLING
CANADA & OVERSEAS USE U.S. FUNDS
TO EXPEDITE ORDER
DEALER INQUIRIES INVITED
CASINO PERCUSSION PRODUCTS
P,0. BOX 372. PLAIN VIEW, NY 11803
the book unless he has a knowledge of sixteenth notes and dotted
notes, which this book makes extensive use of.
Advanced Rock can be a useful study book for hand and foot
independence, to enable a drummer more freedom on the drum
set. Bob Saydlowski , Jr.
THE TERRY GIBBS METHOD
VIBES, XYLOPHONE AND MARIMBA
by Terry Gibbs
Publ: Mel Bay Publications
Pacific, MO 63069
Price: $15.00
This is not a "method." This is an encyclopedia of scales and
chords. On the more positive side, it is a very good collection of
scales and chords. Specifically, it covers major scales, major
chords, minor chords, major and minor 6th chords, major and
minor 7th chords, dominant 7th chords, diminished chords, aug¬
mented scales and chords, natural, harmonic and melodic minor
scales and chords, and the chromatic scale. The exercises consist of
scales and arpeggios, with only three of the 336 pages being
devoted to melodic material.
The material is well explained. Scales are described by showing
the positions of whole and half steps, and the key signature is
shown. Chords are explained in relation to their corresponding
scales. Throughout the book, diagrams of the keyboard are given,
with the appropriate notes darkened, so that one gets a visual pic¬
ture of where these scales and chords fall on the instrument.
Although the material in the book is useful, I question whether
there is enough of it to justify the number of pages used and the
price. More interesting musical examples could certainly have been
utilized. One final note: Terry Gibbs is pictured on the cover hold¬
ing four mallets. There is not one word in this book about four-
mallet playing.
Richard Egart
AUGUST^SEPTEMBER 1982
Getting The "Noise" Out
by James E. Murphy
Many recording studios and engineers
insist that a drummer use the equipment
that is provided by the studio. While this is
sometimes not a problem, some drummers
feel more comfortable behind their own
set, using their own pedals, stands, and
cymbals. Though it is often easier to use
the equipment provided because of time,
transportation or special requirements,
this article is geared toward the drummer
who wants to use his own set in the studio
more often, as well as, the drummer who
needs to record or mike his set-up himself.
First, let's deal with the "why" of this
subject. After several sessions where I was
not permitted to use even my own pedals or
cymbals, I stayed late and talked to the
engineer and asked him why personal
equipment was not permitted. He stated
simply from his experience, most drumsets
he tried to mike and record were not prop¬
erly prepared and cared for, and it showed
on the recording. This is not to say that the
drummer alone is at fault, since a lot of
drumsets and hardware comes from the
factory with noises and flaws that will be
picked up by microphones if not corrected.
The engineer went on to state that
microphones used to record drums and
cymbals have a sensitivity range from 45-
5000 Hertz up to and including 14,000
Hertz. With such a wide range of sound
pickup, a buzz, squeak, hum, or rattle is
sure to be included in this spectrum, and
will be picked up if a mic' is placed close to
the offending noise. Remember that engi¬
neers may seem especially picky about
The com piste
music store
in your
mail box
Send at 00
Far calaloy
applied to
lirsi ardei
DRUMS and more
Fm&- Stage Effects* D-sco Lights* Fog
Machines* Stage Lighting designed for
musicians 1440**11 hiiifw
mn < 1 i mi w 117*7
these noises; they are trained to listen to
and deal with sounds.
After some serious thought, I proceeded
to give my drumset a thorough going over.
The problems I encountered, as well as my
solutions, are listed below. While this is
merely a guideline, it should cover the
basic problems most drummers will have.
You may have to experiment and probe to
find all the noises, and it may take time.
Have patience and work at your own pace.
STANDS AND HARDWARE
Make sure all stands are rubber tipped.
If tips are missing—replace them. All
stand-leg rivets, hardware rivets and fas¬
teners should be tight. Loose or worn riv¬
ets cause vibration and buzz. Rivets can be
tightened by placing the flared end of the
rivet on a hard surface, such as a metal
work bench or on a bench vise, and lightly
tapping the head of the rivet with a ham¬
mer. Warning: Too tight and the stand
won't close up freely; too loose and the
buzz is still there. A little light machine oil
on the rivet areas will help take the stiff¬
ness out after tightening. Also, all wing
nuts, bolts, clamps etc. should be sturdy
and stay tight, and the snare stand basket
area should have rubber sleeves to avoid
vibration between the snare rim and the
stand. Rubber hose, such as the kind used
for automobile heater hose, works fine for
this and can be purchased at most discount
and hardware stores.
CYMBAL STANDS
After rivets have been checked and
tightened as mentioned previously, check
all cymbal stand tilters and mount areas.
Listen for buzz and rattle while playing
each cymbal on its stand at various vol¬
umes and tempos. Each stand should have
a leather or thin rubber washer under the
steel cup washer, and a thick felt under and
on top of the cymbal. All stands should
also have thick plastic cymbal sleeves to
protect the cymbal from the threads of the
tilter, and avoid metal on metal contact.
To avoid loose and flying wing nuts on
the tilter, try the popular T-Tops or Zild-
jian cymbal snaps and applying them with
liquid thread lock. Since the cymbal can be
placed on the tilter without removing the
T-Top or snaps, the thread lock won't
harm anything and does not lock the parts
together permanently. Thread lock can
also be purchased at hardware and dis¬
count stores for approximately $2.00 per
tube.
PEDALS
It seems useless to sweat over a bass
drum, or a good pair of hi-hat cymbals
only to hook them up to noisy, squeaky
pedals. To avoid this problem, start by
selecting and maintaining a good bass
drum pedal or hi-hat stand. By this I don't
necessarily mean a high-priced one. Just a
strong, sturdy piece of equipment. If your
pedals are a good quality and still squeak
and rattle, it could be one or all of the fol¬
lowing: Tension springs, heel-plate hinge
area, swivel points, etc.— solution: lubri¬
cate with light oil. Also make sure all
swivel and hinge points are tight and that
the action is smooth. Strap contact
points— solution: grease lightly. Check the
bass drum beater ball. If it's loose in the
beater shaft, you'll get a metalic click when
playing the bass drum— solution: tighten,
if possible, or replace.
Hi-hat stands require the same as above
in the pedal area. You may get a scrape or
loud click from inside the stand. When this
occurs, the internal spring is rubbing
against the upper tube area, and should
uorlJ Ififi.
N WOODWARD AYE
Birmingham mi 4&dn
Afirhfetm s ttcwm most < 01 nftfrtr
[wn ussMii fiwifity
ItfGturmx ri full tibfari of p&i'ttaian music
(313)644-6636
Norm Fickcti SumTundu
100
AUGUST/StPTEMBER
CONTOURING* * *
Of Your Set
have a plastic or rubber sleeve placed
around it and taped into position to avoid
slipping. The internal tube and spring can
also be sprayed with teflon coating spray
(available at discount and paint stores at
around $3.50 for a large spray can). Ade¬
quate felts should also be supplied in the
cymbal mounting area.
The hi-hat clutch should be sturdy and
have rubber or felt washers on each side of
the top cymbal. The clutch should not be
so loose that it causes annoying rattles dur¬
ing playing. It is also advisable to play with
soft-sole shoes when playing in the studio,
since shoes give off noises of their own on a
pedal.
LUGS
Tension lugs with internal springs
should be removed from the drum shell
and packed with cotton or foam rubber
around both sides of the spring. To further
keep the spring from buzzing, a thick piece
of felt should be placed under the end of
each spring where it touches the back of
the lug. Compacted, worn-out cymbal
felts, cut to proper size, are excellent for
this and cost nothing.
While the shell is striped of its lugs, it is a
good time to clean and polish the shells, as
well as the hardware. Clean the rims,
drum-head hoops, and the head surface
too. Stick chips, grit, splinters, dust and
the like can become lodged in these areas
and cause unwanted noise and head dam¬
age.
Replace the rims and heads, using bee's
wax or sealing wax to lubricate the bearing
edge where it comes in contact with the
head. Replace all lugs and hardware to the
shell, and tighten it. Care must be taken
when you remove and replace tension lugs,
and other shell-mount hardware, since
they are easily stripped or broken.
by Byron Tipping
Original tunes covering popular styles 1
played by small and large band®. Ptey
everything from t»-bop to bosses, jaz J
Latin, short fills, swop 4<s & Q's,^
etc, with both sticks and brushes. Each _
tune te played twice, once withftflbend
and then without drums. $9.95 plus $1jOO
shipping, tfo cod b,
TiPPWO PRODUCTIONS
8131 Southwestern, #1-202, X
The new sensation in
DRUM SOUNDS for both
NEW & USED DRUMS.
INTERNAL MUFFLERS
Though some are sturdy and can be kept
relatively noise free by tightening and
lubricating, my feelings are that most
internal mufflers will always create a cer¬
tain amount of unwanted noise when the
drum is played. To me, the best solution to
a noisy muffler is to remove it altogether.
After removal, an external muffler can be
purchased and mounted on the rim. These
units tend to be less noisy and can be
removed when not in use.
SERVICE* * *
TOTAL RECONDITIONING,
RECOVERING REPAIRS for
USED & ANTIQUE DRUMS
by EXPERT TECHNICIANS.
DETAILS* * *
THRONES
Thrones should be checked like all the
other stands and hardware listed, and
should also be checked at the pivot point.
When you pivot, the throne should not
squeak or groan. Nothing could be more
embarassing than getting a perfect take on
a quiet tune, all except the last bar where
the drummer pivoted on his throne to close
the song with a cymbal crash, and instead,
a horrible squeaking groan is commited to
tape. A light coat of heavy grease where
the seat connects to the stand should take
care of this problem.
This then, is a general run down of rela¬
tively inexpensive things you can do to pre¬
pare your drums for recording and miking.
This is not by any means all that can be
done, but these are the main offenders and
will give you a place to start in correcting
them. Every set will have special problems
that will need correcting. Common sense,
logic, and patience, all play important
parts in dealing with annoying noises, and
the same characteristics apply in dealing
with an engineer or sound man. Good
“■ ■
Ralph Pace says:
YOU CAN LEAD DRUMMERS 10
PRACTICE PAD SETS BUT
YOU CAN T MAKE THEM BUY
The following have come to talk for me:
joe morello
JIM CHAPIN
MEL LEWIS
CARMINE APPICE
CHUCK F LORES
BUTCH MILES
JAMES BRADLEY, JR.
RALPH PACE. JR.
TED REED
SAM ULANO
JOEL ROTHMAN
AL MILLER
4S models available — FREE CATALOG
"Set-tli* Pace" PEDAL PRACTICE PADS
flg/ph C Pace
lax 63, RCP, North White Pktei, N Y. 10603
DRUMS
107 NOBLE AVENUE
Pittsburgh, Pa. 15205
(412) 922-1086
LUG LOCK’
MUMMERS!!
** Don’t lose that sound it took
you so long to find.
** Stop retuning between
songs,
** Avoid delays in your show.
New LUG LOCK™ will stop
those troublesome lugs from
loosening. This patent pending
device is simple to install and
remove, and requires no
tools—not even a drum key! Just
press it on. Fits all makes, (exc.
Premier)
Send $2.95 and S.A.S.E. for a set
of fourto:
L.T. LUG LOCK Inc.
122 Dexter St.
Tonawanda, N.Y. 14150
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
101
Protect '
Your
MD’s
Back issues of Modern
Drummer are fast be*
coming collectors
items. Protect your in*
vestment with these
new, deluxe magazine
files. A great, inexpen¬
sive way to keep your
valuable issues neat,
clean, and readily avail*
able for easy reference!
Each file holdb issues, looks
like leather, and comes in vivid
blue with MD's impTinted logo
type and trademark in rich
gold.
f4u*t $5.85 each, postpaid^
or, if you order throe or
more just $ 5.30 each, post¬
paid.
Please send me file cas¬
es. My renal ttance is enclosed-
Name _
Address_
City _
State Zip-
Mail to:
The High smith Company
PO Box 25-MD
Fort Atkinson, Wl 53538
Dix continued from page 29
come off good. But, if you play great then
they're going to be more aware of that. If
you play bad—they're going to assume
that's the norm and that it's really good. If
you play great you jump to another level.
A lot of people subscribe to the theory
that it doesn't matter what you do or how
well you do it, because your audience
doesn't know the difference anyway. I
can't buy that. Most musicians want to be
respected by their peers. If a famous drum¬
mer came to hear me—even if he wasn't
particularly fond of rock and roll—I'd still
like him to walk away thinking he heard
someone who was proficient; that he heard
a good player doing the best he could
within the framework he had to work with,
rather than being just another hacker. I
want to be a respected musician.
Confidence is half of it, too. It took me a
while to develop that. I went straight out of
playing clubs to playing this. When I met
the band we set up the drums, ran over a
few tunes, and went out to do the show
that night. I faked the rest of it. There was
no really intense concentrated rehearsal.
A lot of the live album is real disappoint¬
ing. I can't stand to listen to it now because
it's so loose.
SF: How long had you been with The Out¬
laws when that album was recorded?
DD: About four months. There's a couple
of things on that album that I'm real
pleased with, but for the most part it's so
sloppy that I listen to it now and think,
"Damn!" It just takes a while. We were all
green then.
SF: What do you feel is the band's respon¬
sibility to its audience?
DD: With any kind of a rock crowd, if you
just go out there and play your tunes and
expect them to sit down and listen to you—
that ain't going to happen. What you play
has to be presented. Instead of just tune
after tune there's got to be some interesting
segues. Otherwise, it's like you're back to
playing in a bar again. You're up there say¬
ing, "Oh, here's one that our bass player
wrote. Oh, here's one that our guitar
player wrote." It really needs to be pre¬
sented in a show fashion.
SF: Do you plan the concert sets?
DD: Generally we've got a set and we don't
deviate from it too much except to shorten
it. Our show is usually an hour and a half.
There are certain songs that are always
going to be in the set that we group
together, back to back, to go with the flow.
SF: I have a quote from The Rolling Stone
Illustrated History of Rock And Roll. It's
written that the plane crash of the Lynyrd
DRUMMERS’ DRUM RECOVERING KITS
AVAILABLE QSf&t 25 ChaiCHS* Ql Pearls.
Spares. Satin E;g.rr>&s and VYoodg^ains
S^nd- $1 DD Itir Pull n formal son and a^mples
^reiundaoifi on Ilf si orderf. PRECISION
OHUM COMPANY; 151 California Road:
Yorktown He>'ghE 3 . li Y
Skynyrd band "marked the virtual end of
Southern rock as a vital source of new
music, even though many of its early expo¬
nents continue performing." Do you con¬
sider The Outlaws a Southern rock group,
and how do you feel about that statement?
DD: We do consider ourselves Southern
rock, but a more apt description would be
"rock and roll from the South." A lot of
the material we do has a very Southern
tone to it, but at the same time, there's
material that we do, particularly on Los
Homhres Malo, that's in a much harder
rock and roll vein. The phrase "Southern
rock" has been overused and abused. If
you're a band from Los Angeles they don't
call you "Western rock." Or, if you're
from New York they don't call you
"Northeastern rock." You're a rock and
roll band! But, if you come from the
South, all of a sudden you're a "Southern
rock and roll band." That's not to say
there's anything wrong with that. The Out¬
laws are not trying to disassociate themsel¬
ves from that, but at the same time, we
don't want to be known for that alone. We
feel we've got a lot more going for us.
SF: Did you have friends in high school
who were musicians?
DD: Yes and no. In high school we were
always working weekends. It was great but
it was a little strange because you didn't go
to football games and all that crap. So, you
were sort of an outsider. If you had long
hair in those days it was all you could do to
keep from getting kicked out of school.
Growing up a musician was definitely dif¬
ferent than being just a regular kid.
SF: Were there drummers in your peer
group who played better than you that
have since quit playing music?
DD: There were a couple of guys like that.
SF: Why do you think you went on to
become a successful player and they
didn't?
DD: Probably it was just timing. I proba¬
bly had a better opportunity than they did.
There was a guy that used to play drums
with Blues Image named Manuel Berti-
matti, from Tampa, Florida who was just
a monster! Now he's in L.A. or something
working for one of the movie studios. He
gave up playing completely. I used to sit
and watch him and think, "Man! That's
how good I want to be." All of a sudden, a
few years go by and you find yourself play¬
ing with a well-known band, touring, and
then you hear about this guy who's given it
all up. You wonder about it and think,
"Damn. As good as he was, he gave it up.
Where does that leave me?" It must be a
question of the right place at the right time.
NEW JERSEY SCHOOL OF PERCUSSION
Glenn Weber—DirrcCor
Audio and Video Taping used m Jr struollon.
14 Ngrl Wield A'/g.
W«$l Orcunge, N„! 07052
taoi J 73$-3t13
102
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
SF: Why did you hang in there? Was there
ever a time when you felt like throwing in
the towel?
DD: Yeah, there's been a couple of times.
Particularly before I was with The Out¬
laws. I was practicing a lot because I
always had in the back of my head, "If you
practice and realize that what you're doing
is to make a living, and that you're trying
to step up, and if you keep that in perspec¬
tive, then you'll do okay." But, there's
times when you become so depressed
about what you're doing because all you're
doing is making a living. There was a lot of
times when I thought, "Maybe I ought to
just go sell shoes or something."
SF: What kept you going?
DD: Ultimately what kept me going was
that I got with The Outlaws. I was twenty-
five at the time and that's really when you
start to grow up. Had I had my choice
about what I wanted to play, I'd be out
playing with a funk band in the vein of
Tower of Power, Stuff, or Spyro Gyra.
But, none of that ever came my way. This
is what came my way so I'm going to do
this. Even if you're at least a part of some¬
thing that's successful—even if it's not
exactly what you hoped for—at least
you're not playing in a copy band some¬
place in a bar playing five sets a night. I can
pretty much do my own thing with The
Outlaws.
SF: How important to your career is it to
have a supportive family?
DD: It makes me take everything a little bit
more seriously. If you want to achieve any
lasting success, then you've got to take it
seriously, whatever you're doing. Having
a family makes me think less about having
a good time and more about accomplish¬
ing something.
SF: There's a myth that you can't have a
successful career and a successful mar¬
riage.
DD: Well, it's hard. I used to wonder
about that myself. Then I found myself in
that position and I just had to learn to deal
with it on a daily basis. It comes with the
job. What's the alternative? The alterna¬
tive is to stay home and work locally. In the
end that's going to grow old. Doing some¬
thing like this you are away a lot and it puts
a stress and strain on your home life, but at
least there's a chance of a payoff for you.
SF: What can you tell me about your cur¬
rent drumset?
DD: I've been using Yamaha drums for
close to three years. I don't have an
endorsement with them. I'm not really
interested in having an endorsement. I
want to play a good set of drums. I figure
they'll come to me one of these days.
Before that I was using a combination of
Rogers and Pearl. A Rogers bass drum,
rack toms, and floor tom, some Pearl con¬
cert toms, and a Pearl snare drum. I finally
stopped using the concert toms because I
wanted to go for a more rock power type
setup. I went to bigger drums. I'm using
two 24" bass drums, 9X13 and 10 X 14
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1932
rack toms, and an 18" floor tom. I'm using
a Tama snare drum that's 6 1/2", I think,
standard wood. I do have an endorsement
with Zildjian. When I got that it really
meant something to me. I'm using a 22"
Deep Ride and four crash cymbals. One is
a 16" and the rest are 18". The hi-hats are
Quick-Beat 14". And I've got an Earth
Ride and a Swish. At one time I was using
two ride cymbals and the Swish with the
crashes, but I've just modified it.
I've been using muffling inside the bass
drums. When I was playing clubs I
wouldn't put anything in them at all. I'd
just muffle the head itself with felt strips,
tape, or both. If you get the head muffled
down enough with that you don't have to
put anything inside the drum and it really
kicks! When you take a 24" bass drum and
put something inside—you don't have a
24" drum anymore. The main reason I'm
still using stuff inside my bass drums is
because of the soundmen. It's easier for
them to get a sound with a heavily muffled
drum. That's the same set-up I use in the
studio, too.
SF: Is it helpful to be in a band with people
you can communicate with?
DD: It helps a lot. For instance, the band
was passing demo tapes around amongst
themselves, stuff they'd done on vacation
that they were submitting for Los Hom-
hres Malo. I'd get a tape and listen and
maybe get an idea for one of the tunes. I
could call them up and say, "You know
that tape you gave me? Well, you ought to
try this, maybe." When you've got that
kind of a relationship, that's much nicer
than when you're just a member of a band
and you don't really give a shit. It's a much
better feeling, and it's a lot more fun to be
a part of a team than just a member.
The drummer is basically the quarter¬
back. You control the intensity a lot of
times. It's really the most unique instru¬
ment in the band. A drummer who can do
more than just play time—a guy who can
play at different levels of intensity and
with a real good sense of dynamics—can
make all the difference in the world to a
band. There are subtleties that come out
while you're playing, and you really don't
discuss things like that—at least with this
band. There's a lot of spontaneity. You're
playing, and when you're excited about
something and say, "Okay, I'll take it
here" . . . when you've got guys that can
respond to that—that's my ideal situation.
SF: Do you ever think about what you're
going to do when you're sixty years old?
DD: Yeah. I'd like to be playing drums
when I'm sixty. That's probably the true
mark of any musician—his longevity.
P.M.I. as
MUSICAL INSTRUMENT
catalog
. £ - Mi-*
viy' America’s most cam pi am saurtfl
cl malm brand Inururnsms and
an n exsa rii£* St I Ovtf tow pr i ces, n<] £3 J, S,,
$4 i&r-afcgn dp fir&i pur-cheae! 1 tc
PM i l SeoV. MO, P.G. 0OX B27, Union
Cnv, New -Ic-gpy QJOS7 _„
OVER too PAGES!
Muiical inilruTinlr. ■ Siu'uo Co-rponoris
* d Muhi-Trach r-Toducifi
III ql COMPETITIVE PflFCSS
FQH CATALOG DIAL TOLL FREE <
800-624 3498
th , 4 The Music MaP
Huntingtqn, WV
Have a problem? A question? Ask MD. Address all
questions to: Modern Drummer, c/o It's Question¬
able, 1000 Clifton Ave., Clifton, NJ 07013. Ques¬
tions cannot be answered personally.
Q. I need advice on tuning a 12" x 15" 1958 WFL parade snare
drum for funk/rock. I want a crisp, sensitive sound. I've been
using a medium Canasonic weave-type batter head, and an Am¬
bassador snare head. Regular white coated Ambassadors sound
beautiful on top but I break them in one night.
D.M.
Q. What drummer played Animal on the Muppet Show during the
drum battle with Buddy Rich? Does the same drummer play all of
the drum tracks on the Muppet Show!
S.V.
Chattanooga, Tn
Ann Arbor, Mi
A. Your challenge seems to be twofold. First, it's going to be hard
to obtain a "sensitive'' sound out of a drum if you're playing it so
hard that you break a head a night! Secondly, if someone asked for
a drum that wouldproduce a "crisp "sound—probably one of the
last suggestions would be a 12" x 15" parade snare. We ready our
letter to David Garibaldi, one of the best funk/rock drummers. He
said, "I don't know if this'll help, but I've been using recently a
6 1/2 x 14 Rogers metal snare drum. I've been using a Duraline
concert head on top, and a Duraline snare head on the bottom. The
sound is incredible. It has that higher quality that the reader is
asking about and it still retains a low sound. You don't have to use
a lot of external muffling. It's going to be impossible to get the
sound out of that (parade drum) that you can get out of a regular
5" metal drum."
A. Animal is actually Ronnie Verell. According to Zildjian's
Cymbal Set-Ups of Famous Drummers, "Ronnie spent about fif¬
teen years with the Ted Heath Orchestra, and appears frequently
with the Jack Parnell Orchestra at the London Palladium backing
up top performers. " To our knowledge, Ronnie played the drum
battle with Buddy Rich.
Q. I keep reading articles about great unique drummers like Steve
Gadd and Tony Williams, who talk about doing nothing all day
long except playing and practicing since they were kids. As I grew
up I've had to work day gigs, go to school, or gig at night in limit¬
ing commercial bands to pay rent. I feel that I'm developing a style
and sound, but having to put so much emphasis on making money
is stifling my creativity and inhibiting my practice. Any suggestions
on what to do or where to go?
J.C.
Miami, FI
partners
fcigreatness
ro lywoode pongo _
The look ond Of wood
wllh Digger ioun<J ond
ftror*g*i ihelli
COft&A - 5 h* 1 H orm
rtronger bvv Sound «
betl com bln oil on of volume
□nd wgrmfri
Trust the leader " 1
LATIN 1'imiSSIOV
DEPT, MD • 160 BELMONT AVENUE ■ GARFIELD, NEW JERSEY 07026
104
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
A. Drummers who have nothing to do all day except play and
practice are few and far between. We're sure if you asked Tony or
Steve, they've had some pretty dismal work experiences along the
way. We think what they're saying is that they spent all their free
time practicing andplaying. Drumming was the number-one prior¬
ity in their lives. Your having to work may be taking some time
from "woodshedding, " but it sounds like you have an excellent
opportunity to learn to communicate with all different types of
people. Learning to deal with people is crucial to a successful ca¬
reer, and many times the drummers who spend all of their time
isolating themselves in practice are hampered in the real world by
an inability to deal with people. Take advantage of your situation,
keep your eyes and ears alert for opportunity, and one day you'll
findyourself with more time to play and practice.
Q. I am interested in the use of brushes at the basic level. Any
advice on records or books to learn from would be appreciated.
M.D.
Ontario, Canada
A. A few classic brush players on records are: Papa Jo Jones with
Basie, Joe Morello with The Dave Brubeck Quartet, Vernell Four¬
nier with Ahmad Jamal, Ed Thigpen with The Oscar Peterson
Trio, Paul Motion and Marty Morrell with The Bill Evans Trio,
Max Roach, and Philly Joe Jones with Miles Davis. Elvin Jones
plays some excellent brushwork on his trio albums with Joe Farrell
and Jimmy Garrison, and also with the John Coltrane Quartet.
Philly Joe has an excellent book on brushes published by The
Premier Drum Company; Ed Thigpen has a book/cassette pack¬
age calledThe Sound of Brushes; and Willis Kirk has a good brush
book called Brushfire.
Q. I've recently decided to further my studies. I play a left-handed
kit. Would it be worth my while to learn to play both left and right
handed kits?
R.B.
Hatfore, Pa
A. You don't say how longyou've been playing, but it sounds as if
you've only been playing a short while. First, there is nothing
wrong with playing a left-handed kit. We'd suggest working on
becoming proficient on the left-handed kit (assuming that's most
comfortable for you); once you've accomplished that, then you
can begin working on ambidexterity andfour-way independence.
Too much too soon could really kill your enthusiasm.
Q. I own a set of Leedy drums. It has Shelly Manne's name on the
hi-hat stand and bass drum pedal. The sizes are a 14" snare, 13"
small tom, 17" floor tom, and a 21" bass. They were made in No¬
vember '65 and are in excellent shape. I bought them for $150.
How much are they worth?
D.M.
Tyler, Tx
A. According to Charlie Donnelly, the drumset was madejust be¬
fore Leedy sold out to Slingerland. The set is worth between $450
and $500.
Q. Could you tell me if a 26" bass drum is a waste of inches in
comparison to the 24"? I'm purchasing another bass drum. I own a
20" bass drum and I can just about hear it. I put a pillow in it
because I like the "thud" sound of Phil Rudd in AC/DC.
M.M.
East Haven, Ct
A. Obviously there will be a difference in sound between a 24" bass
drum and a 26"—how much difference is hard to say. If you're
looking for volume plus a good sound—get rid of the pillow. When
you hear Phil Rudd on records or in concert, it's important to
realize that he has mic's on his bass drums which can compensate
for a heavily padded drum. The kind of drum heads you use and
learning how to tune a bass drum properly will give you the sound
you want and the volume. You can have the biggest bass drum in
the world, but if it's stuffed full of pillows, it's going to sound like a
box. Find a teacher or a drummer in your area who can show you
how to tune your bass drum.
Regal Tip,
Magadini
(j chops.
it'll
take his
and moke
yours.
rip
froaie*
Sei
by
Calato.
Standard
or
cusiom s*cj.
Reversible
oddl.
AUGUST/SEPTEMflER 1982
105
STUDY MATERIALS
LEARN TO "SIGHT-READ'" CHARTS. . .
"THRU THE MAIL." FOR FREE INFORMA¬
TION. WRITE: DAVE JOHNSON. THE
NEWTOWN SCHOOL OF MUSIC, P.Q.
BOX 145. NEWTOWN. PA 10940. £215) 960-
2333 . <ai5>
A VOLUME OF INSTRUCTION FOR THE
DRUM SET is an advanced method. Five
dJMurenl formais ici challenge your Imagi¬
nation and coordination. Send $5.55 to
STEVE FAULKNER, 1565 Robb St, Uk£-
wo<?d h CO 30215 Dealers buy through
Ones br® Music.
COORDINATE AND STRENGTHEN YOUR
WEAK HAND IN NO TIME! Spaed up V our
practicing pace f Watch Ihe amazing pre¬
ens! Step-by-step, p^ven ex&mi&es by
COORDINATION CONCEPTS will show
you howl Send S4.&3 to: C. CONCEPTS,
SuHe 150,3655T.O BNO .Box5030, Weil¬
ls Village,CA91362.
HOCK DRUMS OFF THE RECORD. (TONY
GASELLI, NORTHWESTERN UNIVER¬
SITY STAFF) 95 pag-es and 3-hour lape
cassette Uar>scrrbe<i funk beats-soios,.
Learn Cob ham, Gadd, Oadbaldi, Guerin,
Mason, others Complete S26.45 t Book
alone S&.50. JOBBING-DATE HANDBOOK
w\ sn 2 -n our ca ssettes 11 learn to earn" pi ay
all styles Jazz-Latin-dlsco-Greek, etc.
Com plate Si 6. DU. Book alone S6.0®
’"Boss" Boeas Novi hundreds of Brush-
stick patterns bed inner to pro £5.00.
FUNKTIGNAL ROCK VOLUMES I AND II
thousands gr Hock Pal terns £5.00 each,
19.00botn. Optional tape cassettes $13.00
Volume i. Postpaid- Tony Casein Publica¬
tions, 79 EL Wildwood Drive, Barring ion, IL
60010. [3121 526-5123.
HOW DO YOU EXPLAIN SOMETHING
THAT'S NEVER EXISTED BEFORE? .. ..
Presenting ji breakthrough rhylhmic for
muls tor ALL musical time ........ . ..
No more doubt, now you'll KNOW. GUAR¬
ANTEED. 57.00 Oxford House. 240f>M6
Grlndley Park., Dearborn. Mich. 48124
Pock a Billy ■ I would like to thank every¬
one for the overwhelming success and
positive letters received throughout the
world. Rock a Billy Drumming VoL I will im¬
prove speed, power, and endurance.
Study polyrhythm, super imposition,
counterpoint, and odd meter pa Hern 5 .
Now i it its second printing, it's truly an un¬
usual drumming experience. For Immedi¬
ate delivery mail 510 0u check or money
order to: Paul Kalinas. O.T. Publishing,
P.O. Box A 57, Falrview, New Jersey 07022
COUNTRY DRUM MING—A Complete
Method. Includes all essentials plus.
£4.00 postpaid U.S. Only. THOMAS FRE¬
DERICK, 1740 Joy Awe.. Ashland, Oregon
9752a
Anyi hlng 10 Sfli 1Q r i mete? booking 10 buy? A mrme 10 oO&d? Atfvemie n
In DRUM MARKET, by drummers r.ationu-ide -^ate—sue per
wOtti fOd wa'dc iniwinAiim Faymipnl nsual accornpany mdri Mali your
ad with rgmj 11 a i r-c 0 lo MD. eft Drum Ma 'fret. HOOP Clltiun Avfj. Cllffon,
H J 0701-3
MONSTER POWER PACKAGE-by Denny
Klnrae.Contains (5) books which caver Lh-e
entire ROCK field. Solos, Spaed endur¬
ance studies lor hands A feel. Disco, Jazz.
Latin plus a study in Commercial Elhnie
rhythms. Total value SI4 M^YQUR
ARfCE *10.00- Ssnd Check or M O, to
DENNY KINNE. Dept. M-B, 2 Cl? Auburn
Ave.. Staten Island NY 1Q314.
DRUMMERS! "Technique is only a means
So an end." BUT IT CANT HURT! Improve
YOUR technique with "FAST HANDS for
DRUMMERS in 3D Minute? 3 Day” Send
check or M.O. for $5.50 la JOHN HOOK
DRUM STlJDlO, Hillview Place,
N.Y.1Q523
LOUrE BELLSGN SAYS: “A great book! m
buy the Nr$t copy and wood shod it. Get
your copy of "DOUBLEDRUM 11 A DOUBLE
BASS DRUM TEXT by Bill Meligarl' Try
this original method and improve your co¬
ordination whether or not you play dcuole
hasel For beginners to advanced. Send
$e^0 to Bill Meligarl. 16 Railroad Ave. r
Wayne. NJ 07470.
-The 25 Rudiments of Drumming"
To a!d the stud net and leechar, these nec¬
essary basics ere now available with easy
instruction on cassaUa. Each kit comes
complete with easy to understand rudi¬
ment sheet, cassette, and weatherproof
path. This method hos proven itself in
leaching all students !he?e necessary
fundamentals, and is a Nretime educa¬
tional value for all drummers and teach¬
ers. Send 3I D ,00 poslage pgJd for each kll
lo: Michael Welch Publication, P.Q Bo*
3G25, Orlando, Florida 32B02,
WELCOME TO ODD TIMES " * * Acompra-
hanslve approach to playing In ODD ME¬
TERS for the drum seE. Easy to read. 1 The
most uselul book currently available
which deals with odd times in tho- context
ol rock and fusion music." PERCUSSIVE
NOTES Send check or M.O. For 16.00 (Out¬
side aS-A. 17,501 to; MICHAEL LAUREN.
324 W 341 h SI. New York, NY
Gel the drum sound of your choice with
ANALYTIC DRUM TUNING —the com¬
plete book on drum tuning, Send §7.95 10 :
STEVEN WALKER, Box 26051 r Indianapo¬
lis IN46226
You can learn to read and play Rock's
most frequently used drum rhythms using
the BASICS OF ROCK DRUMMING Cas¬
sette and Book. Spools! Featura-Tha Cas¬
sette comains 72-rhylhm section play
a«ong tracks, minus drummer, designed
for you to read and play the rhythms con-
fainad In the book. Send $11.50 pigs £ 1 .^:i
passage (OutsidoU.S.A. pg&tag*4&50) 10:
Chel Dobos T 427 Unlondale Avenue, On-
I on dale, NY 11553.
THE FUNK DRUMMING WORKBQOK-
Funk out w,m Irinas and r.dnpepts of to¬
day's leaning fusion artistsi Currently
used at North Texas Siaie and Drummers
Collective in Manhattan. Send £7 plus 75s
postage (Outside USA poalage- 12.50)
Ip; Chel Dob-oe. 427 Union dale Avenue,
Uniondaie. NY 11553. Send for FREE 1982
catalog.
"Ouadragnp fnr DrumseE"
Revolutionary d'umsel technique oE the
60's. This Innovative 4 drumstick method
wMI expand the facility and sound of all
drummers playing all styles of music,
Ouadragrip gnmes w 1h cassette inSlruC'
tion. photographs and exercises. Each
book also Includes a tree Quadragrip T-
Shlrl, sj>ectfy S. M, L, XL. Send $15.00
p-nslagp paid, Michaet Wetch Publication.
P G. Box 3625. Orlando, Florida 32302.
FOR SALE
SATIN PANTS, etc for enlerlalners. etc.
Wrile/call for catalog; enclose SLOG re¬
fundable with order. SATIN SALES, Dept.
22, ? South 5th Streei. Minneapolis. MN
5S4Q2 (61SH 333-SCK5
VINTAGE SNARE DRUMS FOR SALES.
1925 GEORGE B STONE "MASTER
MODEL", 1972 LUDWIG “'SUPER SENSI¬
TIVE", AND APPROX. 1945
SLINGERLAND "RADIO KING" ALL IN
EXCELLENT CONDITION CALL (212-666-
.3927) PETER HAMMER. LEAVE MES¬
SAGE.
LUDWIG DRUMS - 7 piece Blue Vistalife.
Can between 4:30 - 9:00 p.m. < 212 ) 671-
2237.
PROTECT YOUR drums again,SI dirt,
dust and scralches. Now avail able from
“ HARDCA3E PRODUCTS” the Baqg’it’L
one of the mosl inexpensive ways tg pro-
led your drum's finish. We also offer one
of the most durable stand cases on to¬
day's markei. Write to* iT&g brochure.
Dealers welcome. M HARDOASE PROD¬
UCTS", 2020 Valieyvrew Ave. B salt Lake
City, Utah 94117._
MAIL ORDER DRUM AND GUITAR CATA¬
LOG. SEND FOR FREE MAILING, 6762
FOLSOM BLVD.. SACRAMENTO. CA
95693.
DRUMMERS! NOW NEW AMAZING
’ TWIRLERS" DRUMSTICKS WITH BUILT-
IN REVOLVING DRUMSTICK CONTROL
FINGER RINGS. THE ONLY STICKS IN
THE WORLD THAT GIVE BETTER CON
THOL ALLOWS YOU TO PERFORM
TWIRLING ACTS AND SAFEGUARDS
FROM DROPPING STICKS WITH THIS
AMAZING BUILT-IN INVENTION. ME¬
DIUM 3A FOR ROCK OR NITECLUB
DRUMMERS. ONE PASR "TWIRLERS 1 "
COMPLETE WITH INSTRUCTIONS SI3.95
FPn TWIRL A ST1K, P.O Sox 5126. PO¬
LAND, OHIO 44514
106
AUGUSTVSEPTEMBLfl
E AM ES HAM D-MADE M ASTERTQ N E
DRUM SHELLS—Two complete lines of
p ly she I Is—one of 9 p ly flfa') for t be I <g h ter
acousticplaying and one of 12 ply(Va - ) for
heavy powe r projec I loo.
EAMES MASTER MODEL SNARE DRUM
■SHELL—a 15 ply hand-ciafted instrument
const meted for the maximum projection
and! durability In a Wood Snare Shell, Afl
She I la are ave 11 ab I e un li rush ad, or I n N atu¬
ral Wood Glosaos or Oils. Eemes Drum
Co.. 229 Hamilton St.. Saugus., Maas.
01906 {617)233-140-i.
ACCURATE TRANSCRIPTIONS ■ De
Johnette. H&ynes. Gadd.many others, so-
te& and “time,” Information 50t- TRAN¬
SCRIPTIONS., 1731 Coventry, Cleveland
Hts.n Ohio 44111
Goidor Drum Co. has bought out the Fiibes
Drum Co. Many parts available. Drums
covered. 6and 8 ply* maple shells ter dqrt t-
yflurselfersp completed drum sets, and
marching corps drums, New patented CD-
5A and CD-5B sticks, Write for free cata¬
log. COPPER DRUM CO., Z807 Triana
Blvd., S.W., Huntsville. AL 3&80&. t206)
334-0406. See our ad in this issue about
drumsticks!
Rock Drum Charts! Over 503 song selec¬
tions ■ Benalar to Zeppelin Mail |1 for or¬
der list and samples to George Walden, 77
Friendly Rd-. Hlckwill*. NY n«H
DRUMMERS? ANYONE CAN TWIRL
DRUMSTICKS WITH THE PATENTED
DRUMSTICK CONTROL RING. AMAZING
FOUR-1 NONE TOOL. FOUR CONTROL
Rl NGS COMPLETE WITH INSTRUCTIONS
$7.95 PPD, TWIRI-A-STIK INC-, P.O. BOK
Si26, POLAND, OHIO 44514
All REMC, LUDWIG. & EVANS Drumheads
at a huge savings! M All ZILDJIAN -Si
PAESTE Cymbals at lowest prices! Huge
Drumstick Savings on the teliowlng: ALL
Promark, Fibes, Sunken&, Pearl. & Regal
Tip, and we Roll temUH Amazing low
prices on all drums & accessories. Bizarre
Guitar, 2077 Qddie Blvdr, Hen*. Nevada
BE351Z. {702-331-10D1J PEuS, No Sa'QS Tax
on out of Stale Sales!
Drummers? The South's most complete
music center oh era the most comp I ale
Drum Shop ever! All name brands, Always
fantastic Specials on set purchases.
Palate Sound Center. All other cymbals.
Hardware - parss a problem? NO! tor us!
TOLL FREE 1-800-241-6889, Music Mart -
Atlanta.
RECOVER YOUR DRUM8 In classic black
or white- A five-piece sat coats loos than
$50. Send 25c ter samples, information
and prices. PERCUSSION SERVICES,
2487 Ferguson Road, Cincinnati, Chid
45238.
PRODUCE YOUR OWN 12 ¥ ALBUM! Pay
At You Sell P3en! 12* records Rom your
Tapes, album covers of your OWN DE¬
SIGN! Call JSR RECORD MANUFACTUR¬
ING SERVICE - Toll Free BIKI-631-2292. In
New Jersey (&01) 6702&43-
T-SHtttTS Ludwig, Tama, ZNdjtan, Remo,
JU51 Drums, Slingerland, Synere, imln
Percussion- $S, & or 2 for$ 15. Just Drums,
59 N. Main St.. Pi Melon Pa 18640 Box 536
PARTS thousands In slock. Recovaring,
black, while, iwaods, more. Shells, rims,
lugs Etc. LUDWIG 6 TAMA parts cata¬
log ues $2.25(ft.-. Just Drums, 50 N. Main
Si., Box 526, Prttslon, Pa. 16640.
"I'VE GOT RHYTHM" T-Shirts. S-M-L-XL
SB.50 (includes postage^. DRUM HEAD-
QUARTERS. 141S-C South Big Rend, Si.
Louis. MO 63117.___
LUDWIG TOUR JACKET, Blue satin, lined,
embroidered kll. $69.96. JERSEY, White,
blue sleeves. $9.98. T-SHIRT, Tan with
drum hit. $6. BASEBALL CAP, Blue with
emblem, mesh back. 67.95. DRUM STICK
INK PENS, Solid maple, brass tip $4.95
pair. CIGARETTE LIGHTER. Bic. $3.49,
DRUM TOWELS,. White with blue letters.
$3.49. ALL HAVE LUDWIG LOGO. Please
add SI .25 ship. JUST DRUMS, 59 N, Main
SL, P.O. Box 526, PI listen PA 16640
DRUM-SET WRIST WATCH! UNIQUE!
Write: Custom Creation, P.O. Sox 659,
D&pl. i-D. Goldenfod, FL32733.
Drum Shop Franchises available for East¬
ern Seaboard only, Good invesinrrenl Op¬
portunity Prospectus by mail only. Con-
iac< ms. Palermo. 1473 Midlan Si..
Merrick. N.Y. 1156$.
JOE MORE LEO'S UNIQUE BIG BAND RE-
CORDING OUT OF PRINT. BEST OFFER.
LUCIGNANI. 69 ROGINHOOD FID., CLIF¬
TON, NJ 07013
PH ILLY JQF JONES AND ELViN JONES
TOGETHER. MILESTONE OUT OF PRINT
LP. BEST OFFER. LUCIGNANI, 69 RO-
BIN HOOD ROAD, CLIFTON. NJ070H.
VIDEO CASSETTES—Drummers Cal tec-
live m NYC Is offering a video tape series
of Master Drummers. Available In an up-
close virfeofclimc of R&B drummer-
Bemard purdie See him play the peats
used on albums Irom Aretha in Steely
Dan. AE&o available is & tape of Jazz Mas¬
ter Ed Thigpen. See him demonstrata has
renowned Brush technique as well a& an
upclosa took al his playing. Tapes are
$69.95. Specify Be|a m VMS. Drummers
Collective, 130 W. 42nd St., Suite 943, NYC
19636.
INSTRUCTION
□HUM INSTRUCTION! Beginners, Inter¬
mediate, Advanced— ail styles. Fully
equipped siudip, convenient Mar ha* Ian
local ten, A compreheruirvety applied pro-
gram designed to develop all aspects of
drum technique. CHARLES 0 AVI OMAN
(21^242-0465._
SCHOOL FOP MUSICAL PERFORM
ANCE .Specializing in Dr unset and Mallet
Inslrumenl Studies. Private inslruction on
all instrument. Voica, theory and
songwrlting Jazz ar-d Rock Ensemble
Workshops.—Rehearsal Space Avail¬
able.—Musical Director. Davrd K0viU£ r
8.A.. M.A.. M.S.M., 910 Kings Highway.
Brooklyn, NY 11223. (212) 339-4969.
□ RUMMERS: Learn ALL styles of drum¬
ming on ALL the percussion Inslrumerts,
Including mallets- Can for appointment.
JOHN BOCK DRUM STUDIO, 914-592^
9563.__
CHEECH IERO DRUM LESSONS ON
VIDEO. All slyleS of drumming. Beginning
to advanced. Emphasis on siuoio session
playing, reading, improvisation, con¬
structing & 0 I 0 &, and the creative develop¬
ment ol Ideas. 3 convenient local tens!
New York, North and Central Jersey. In¬
structions available on Video Cassette
(VHS). Call 201 759-4545.
In lhaS-F. Say Area JOHN XEPOLEASau-
thor of STUDIES FOR THE CONTEMPO¬
RARY DRUMMER will flCcep! SeriOUS
drum students, Develop ail the needed
skills for todays drumming, Gall (415)631-
5432
JOE BUERGER'S SCHOOL OF DRUM¬
MING In S'. Louis. A Comprehensive
Study of Concert, Jazz and Jazz-Rock
Drum-Sal Technique, (3i4:- 429-6249. Ree-
□ mm ended by Roy Burns._
NEW JERSEY SCHOOL OF PERCUS¬
SION Fail Semester R eg i si rat I on now
open, Workshops on c&sgfclle with exer¬
cise sheels now available. Obtain Infor¬
mation from Glenn Weber. 14 Non h Me Id
Ave H Wesl Orange, NJ 07062 (201) 736-
3113._
BOSTON AREA including Quincy,
Marshfield, Waltfiam—John Hcrrtgan
School of Drumming—Beginners 10 Pro^
fessional. 472-6672.__
ARM AND SANTA RELU V^ILL WAKE UP
TH E MUSIC A L GEN I US IN YOU. Lea r n th e
art and science of drumming (an phases).
Become AWARE I! Stimulate your Imagi¬
nation and creative powers to your own
image. 4 Han tic Chy 639 822-95 7 7
JOE MORELLO DRUM SEMINAR -Eames
Drum Co proudly presents the 2nd annual
Joe Myrelte 5 - Day Drum Seminar (Boston
Ed It Ion j Mon. Oct. 16 ■ Frk Oct 22. 1982.
Limited enrolSmenl lor Intensive study
with (he world reknowned Jazz Artist - Joe
Moretlo. For addillonsl information and
registration - contact Eames Drum Co,,
229 Hamilton S(., Saugus. Mass, 01906
(617} 233-1404. _
ATTENTION DRUMMERS’!' Specialised
studies on Prooressive Fusion and Rock
DTjmmin^. Covering complete methods
and theme develop™ante 01 Cobham.
White, Williams, Palfner, Bruford, Peart,
Bozzlo, Ph blips. Rich, Hon ham, . Studies
covering: Devatopin-g ideas creatively: un¬
derstand^ theme potential; motifs: con¬
structing strong solos: funk approaches,
odd time; polyfhytftms; Mnge-r technique,
Gladstone technique: record t ran scrip-
lions My material will establish strong
technique and give you many Ideas, Jefl
5T6^fl1-9556._ _
JAZZ STUDIES DEGREE PROGRAM-
Drummlng Instructor: Andy SleH. Former
Student of Eivln Jones, Bob Moses, Alan
Dawgon. Gatsicg/lnformallon' Webster
College, Jazz Studies. St. Louie r MO
63119.
{VfllinMfft pa$e /0Q
AUGUST/SEFTEMBER 1982
107
JOHN PANOZZO
STYX
Q. What cymbal set-up did you use
when Cornerstone was recorded?
Steven Ferraro
Bricktown, NJ
A. I used different set-ups for differ¬
ent songs, although I did use the
same ride cymbal for the whole al¬
bum. Ride cymbals can be somewhat
of a problem because of their size;
sometimes they have a tendency to
build a lot of overtones. But I finally
found one that I'm real happy with: a
Zildjian Rock 21 . I can get a good ping
and minimize the overtones without
putting a lot of tape on it. So I used
that ride cymbal on all of the tunes,
and for hi-hats, I alternated between
14" and 15" Quick- Beats.
I use different crash cymbals be¬
cause we have a lot of different styles
of music. Basically it's the decay time
I'm concerned wtih because I don't
want to step on the vocals. On some
of our lighter fare, I like to use a thin
crash with sort of a quick decay. If I
need to be real bombastic, I'll use
something like an 18" medium. On
"Borrowed Time," I used some
heavier cymbals: an 18" Rock crash,
a 20" medium crash, and a 16" thin
crash. On "Lights," "Why Me,"
"Babe" and "Never Say Never" I used
a 16" thin crash, an 18" crash, which
was sort of heavy, and a 17" thin. On
"Eddie" I had 16" thin and an 18" me¬
dium. For "Love In The Midnight" I
used an 18" thin, a 17" medium, and
an 18" Rock crash.
KRUT TH€ CYMML
A NEW HIGH IN
CYMBALS
When a powerful
force meets an
irrestistible object
.... you’ll know that
you have met
KRUT, one of the
brightest names
in cymbals.
A NEW HIGH NOTE
IN YOUR LIFE.
Knit Cymbals are hand
crafted in England, forged
from a special alloy con¬
taining precious nickel
silver, the product of
decades of skill. They
sparkle, they shimmer, they
project, and they 'speak" in
their own distinctive way.
You couldn't have a better
start at a lower cost.
Ask your dealer for a KRUT
demonstration or write to:
DELTEX MUSIC CORP-
exclusive importer
POB 168/Monsey, NY 10952
Tel: 914/356-2098
/Idbise fifeoler's rujtne and address,
JOPA Is Taking
The Gloves Offl
Because your
hands
shouldn’t
have to play
an
instrument
made by
machine
After you've tried all the rest, you’re ready lor
fopa. Try one of these fine hand-crafted
instruments and you’ll hear the difference.
Each and every Jopa instrument is designed
and meticulously hand-tooled by foe "Papo"
Daddiego. Says Papo: "There’s a very special
sound that you gel from a handmade instrument
that you just can’t get from Dne that’s
mass-produced by machine. Sure, il lakes a little
longer to make them, but it's worth il. Being a
musician first and then a craftsman, I have
dedicated ]opa to giving other musicians an
instrument that delivers the best sound
possible.”
)opa instruments are made today the way they
are still made in primitive areas of Brazil, Cuba
and Angola. They are made from the finest
natural materials of the Earth. Rare woods, brass,
steel and the finest iron ore. Still made today the
way native craftsmen have made them since the
beginning of time.
Among Jopa instruments you'll find the finest in: Berim-
bau, Tamborim, Cuica, Cowbells (B models to choose
from), Ganza, Caxixi, Reco Reco, Guiro, Afuche, Surdo,
Chocalhos, Shekere, Agogo Z-3-4-7, and many others made
to order.
Pick up a jopa. You’ll be playing the finest.
JOPA
Made by hand
For your hands
available from: CASINO PERCUSSION PRODUCTS
P.O. Box 372 Plainview. NY 11803
108
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
GINA SCHOCK
GO-GO'S
Q. Do you have any advice for an ama¬
teur drummer who wants to become a
professional?
Gina Frazier
Saginaw, Mi.
A. The best advice I can give you is to
practice; all the time, as much as you
can. It's really true: practice makes
perfect. If you're not in a band right
now, play along with records. Playing
with records is a lot of fun, you don't
get bored quickly, and it's good for
your timing.
Also, don't worry about playing dif¬
ficult drum beats. Most of the time,
the simplest beats are the best. It re¬
ally boils down to team work. True pro¬
fessionals play what is required to
make the song great—not necessarily
the fanciest beats they know.
Above all, keep believing in yourself
and work hard. If you believe you can
do it—you will!
TONY WILLIAMS
Drum Market continued from page 107
WANTED
MUSICIANS * GET WITH IT!
Why wait for the right group
or right musicians to find you? You can
find them! Call us - the music industry’s
largest nationwide referral & get things
rolling now.
Professional Musicians' Referral,
Toll Free 800-328-8660
Or East Coast Ofc. 609-547-7096
Or West Coast Ofc. 714-527-5611,
$100 Per Week Part Time at Home, Web¬
ster, America's popular dictionary com¬
pany needs home workers to update local
mailing lists. All ages. Experience unnec¬
essary. Call 716-842-6000 Ext 7282
WANTED: LUDWIG 14* x 22*, 24* Of 26*
VISTALITE BASS DRUM CLEAR
SHELi_RtCK BERESFORD, 2360 BON¬
NER RD., APT. #703, MISSISSAUGA, ON¬
TARIO, CANADA L5J-2C7.
Q. What would maKe you intention¬
ally play on top of the beat?
Randy Stiles
Bethany, CT
A. There are a few reasons. Two of
them would be; first, if I was playing
with a bass player who seemed to lag.
Second would be to lend excitement
to the music at a particular time.
SANDY SLAVIN
RIOT
Q. How did your group get to tour
with Rush?
Donald Zilnack
Red Bank, NJ
A. That was done through our book¬
ing agent. We found out that Rush had
heard our album and liked it, and they
heard we were good live. So it was like
a request. They felt we would round
out the bill. m
Does anybody remember WwKie Usher?
“Woozie Fisher? Yeah, 1 remember Woozie Fisher. Played the
big bands behind Fats Walrus. 1 '
“Naw, he was with that other fella, what’s his name?”
“Duke Wellington."
“Yep, sure played a mean saxophone, ole Woozie!”
“You’re nutty as a fruitcake! Woozie was a drummer if there
ever was one!”
“Oh yeah! Played hard and sweated a lot, 1 remember the
night his sticks slipped out of his sweaty hands and cleared the
dance floor!”
“Yeah! And after that he swore he’d figger a way to hang on
to his sticks.”
“Ain’t he still at it, sandin' the shafts of red hickory drumsticks
so other drummers can hold on to 'em?”
“Can't say as I remember,”
HfonaeFisfier
-O H UMSTiC K S*
The hand-sanded drumsticks you’ll hang onto.
Distributed by Coast Wholesale Music Co. of San Francisco.
P.O. Box 1168, San Carlos. CA 94070
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
109
The xt ODenn
DRummeR
I Ml 'I'Ik 1 Woi M You're A Drum men
And Frond Ofli . . .
With A ii Mi n- MAruvn Power' T-SIiir i
And Rehearsal Cap
lO0°/o col km, machine washable T-Shirts,
in blue and while. Mulching caps are
completely adjustable (one size fils all).
For The Drummer On The Move
XfD Drum Kit ‘ID TAGS
Safeguard your drums and trapease with Mil’s
lew, distinctive!) designed Identification
l ags. Your name, address and phone number
>n one side. Mil’s striking, blue & while logo
>n the other side of this sturdy plastic tag. Can
dso he used us an attractive kevchain.
/viooeRfi
DRummeR
MAGAZINE
■Sold in sets of 5. Order Your Set
rODAY!
DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
COST
TOTAL
MD ID TAGS SET OF FIVE
$5.95
E (PLEASE PRINT)
REHEARSAL CAPS
$6.00
MD T-SHIRTS check size
SMD MEDO LCD X-LCO
$7.00
HESS
GRAND
MAY
PPED
VTELY
i
ENCLOSE CHECK ALLOW 4-6 TOTAL
MAIL TO: MODERN DRUMMER «« WEEKS
PRODUCTS DIVISION M ?nxAi°f£™,^ R FOR
1000 CLIFTON AVE. CLIFTON, NJ 07013 USA (NO CASH) ^ DELIVERY BE^SHI
SEPAIU
ALL CHECKS PAYABLE IN U.S. FUND)
COLLECTION
Clifton, Ml mmk J
GRAND
TOTAL
[OBERN DRUMMER’S FIRST YEAR, MOW
DU CAN HAVE THE ENTIRE vQLUft lE
NE IN A HANDY, SPECIAL ROUND
EPRTNTI FEATURING:
BUDDY RICH ED SHAl) GHNESSY
CARMINE AT PICE LOUIE BELLSON
BILLY COBH A M A LAN DA WSON
LENNY WHITE ED SOPH
ROY H A YNES JOE MORELLO
CUSTOM DESIGNING TOUR SET
A STUDY IN ROCK STYLES
3? R A ZI l .1A N D RUIV1 ft 11N G
UN D ERST A N DIN G RM VT1 Ift1
MAX ROACH SOLO TRANSCRIPTIONS . . .
A ND ft 1UCH. M UCl I MORE! J
i ^ooeR/i
gRiinm eyrii
THE EDITORS OF MD
PROUDLY INTRODUCE
THE BEST OF
MODERN DRUMMER:
We’ve selected more than 75 of the most
informative and helpful articles from our
ten most popular columns, written by
some of our most popular authors!
Here's the very best of MD in a jam-packed, 124
page volume that's overflowing with invaluable
drumming information. Information you'll want
to refer to again and again. Information you
won’t find anywhere else.
This book represents the must reading segment of
MD’s six years, it's one hook that should be in
every serious drummer’s library*
^cJegj
1 S„ pIl ^
Ma a4dfioi
fi* Bailey
h Van Horn
DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
COST
TOTAL
THE FIRST YEAR
$7.50
THE MD TREASURY
$9.95
ENCLOSE CHECK
OR
MONEYORDER
FOR
TOTAL AMOUNT
(NO CASH)
ALLOW 4-6 WEEKS
FOR DELIVERY
ITEMS MAY BE
SHIPPED SEPARATELY
STATE 71
MAIL TO: MODERN DRUMMER
BOOK DIVISION
1000 CLIFTON AYE. CLIFTON, NJ 07013 USA
ALL CHECKS PAYABLE IN U.S. FUNDS
by Robyn Flans
Jeff Porcaro, whose first priority has al¬
ways been his own band, Toto, is pleased
that he is immersed in that these days.
With Toto IV doing well, Toto plans to be
on the road throughout the summer, off
and on. How does the band affect his stu¬
dio commitments?
"I remember when Toto first started,
which was kind of when I first started do¬
ing sessions. If you left town, there was al¬
ways a guy behind you. If the contractor
and the artist call you a few times and
you're not there, they have to go to the
next guy. If you're gone for a while, they
might even decide they like him better than
you. So you're always risking the chance
that, when you come home, your accounts
don't call you anymore. In some instances,
I've found that has happened and I find it
to be more true when there are contractors
involved as opposed to the artist just call¬
ing. But Toto never stays out on the road
more than a few weeks at a time."
When Toto is recording in L.A., how¬
ever, Jeff continues to do sessions. "We
did this album over a period of six months.
When we're working on a Toto album, we
maybe work five days a week, usually in
the nights from 7:00 on. So as long as I
don't stay up too late, I can usually work
during the days." But Toto has been the
dream Jeff has been working towards, so
he manages to juggle his responsibilities.
"There was a point where, for two years, I
actually did everything I could, even if I
didn't feel like playing, just to save up
money so I could take two years off and
give the group a try. I think anybody
would be happy if he were given the privi¬
lege to have a group that's his. You get to
go into the studio and money is given to
you to make the kind of music you want to
make. You're the boss and it's your baby.
That's incredible! I think that's anybody's
ultimate goal if they're into doing their
own thing themselves, or with five other
comrades. With Toto, it's a little more
free. The way we work in the studio—the
way we record our instruments and the
way we arrange our tunes and produce
ourselves—it's for ourselves instead of as
sidemen who are there to satisfy the needs
of the producer and artist you're working
for. That's fun too, and sometimes that's
even a relief from being in a group, but it's
nice to be involved with all aspects of the
production."
He has even become more involved with
writing these days, having had a sprinkling
of co-written tunes on previous albums.
Jeff co-wrote three tunes on the current al¬
bum and plans to become more and more
involved in that area.
Recently, Jeffs brother Mike joined the
line-up on bass, after David Hungate ex¬
ited to spend more time in Nashville. This
brings a total of three Porcaros in the
band, which already included Steve on
keyboards.
"It's great playing with Mike again. It's
like the old days when Mike was in the
original high school band with Paich, Lu-
kather, Steve and myself. Mike also played
live with us with Boz Scaggs."
On the studio front, Porcaro has added
a couple of exciting firsts to his list, having
recently worked with Paul McCartney for
the first time on the McCartney/Michael
Jackson collaboration. "I also recently
worked with Bruce Springsteen for Donna
Summer's album. He sang and also played
on the tracks. That was great."
There have also been lots of new exciting
and inspirational experiences for Danny
Gottlieb these days. Due for a September
release is an album he collaborated on with
bassist Mark Egan.
"It's something I've really been working
towards," Gottlieb said. "I'm looking
forward to the day when I can do an album
as leader, but this is definitely the first step
towards that since this is a co-leadership
between me and Mark. This is the first time
I was able to go into the studio with a cer¬
tain amount of control over my sound and
the material we chose and what we played.
We had talked about doing a project to¬
gether for a long time. When I finished an
extensive tour with Metheny last Decem¬
ber, and he was taking a break until June,
Mark and I got together and decided to go
into the studio and see what we could come
up with. Originally we were just going to
make it a duo project with bass and drums.
I overdubbed three different tracks of cym¬
bals, three different tracks of drums and
Mark put three or four different bass
tracks. Towards the end, though, we de¬
cided it would be nice to add some different
instruments. So we asked our friend Clif¬
ford Carter, a keyboard player who is a
well-known studio musician in New York,
and Bill Evans, a saxophone player who
plays with Miles Davis currently. Before
we knew it, we came up with a finished
product. The record is called Elements,
which is the name of the band, because we
combine man-made instruments with nat¬
ural ocean sounds, wind sounds and rain
sounds. We've decided to go with a small
company in Vermont called Philo Re¬
cords. They really flipped out over the re¬
cord, and if you look at the back of every
Philo record, there is a message that says,
'Philo artists have complete artistic con¬
trol of their own project.' That's a really
noble thing to say on the back of a record
and we liked the feeling there, so we de¬
cided to go with them."
Also, because of the long breaks
Metheny takes, Danny was able to play
with Airto last March on a short tour with
Airto and his wife, Flora Purim. "Airto
and I hit it off immediately. I realized that
he was a much greater influence on my mu¬
sical career and my playing in general than
I had ever realized. When Chick Corea's
Light as a Feather came out, Airto was the
drummer, even though he's not listed in
the credits, and I remember listening to
that record almost constantly. If I had to
pick a drummer whose style or sound I
come close to, he's really the only one I can
think of. People know Airto as a percus¬
sionist, but he's an incredible drummer as
well. So I took it as a challenge to learn as
many of the tunes they performed, authen¬
tically, so it would give Airto the opportu¬
nity to switch back and forth between the
drums and percussion. It also gave me the
opportunity to study percussion with him
so I could play percussion while he was on
drums."
When the first leg of Metheny's current
tour concludes, Danny will reunite with
Airto and his group in August for gigs in
Seattle and Portland as well as the Tellu-
ride Jazz Festival. He then resumes with
Metheny towards the end of September on
a college tour across the U.S., supporting
the latest ECM Metheny release, Offramp.
Studio drummer Michael Botts recently
in the studio with new Capitol group, Ava¬
lon, as well as with Glenn Shorrock and
Warren Zevon. Vinnie Colaiuta also
played tracks for Avalon, and Zevon's al¬
bum will also feature Jeff Pocaro, Rick
Marotta and Russ Kunkel. Linda Ronstadt
is also using Kunkel on her upcoming re¬
lease, as well as Rick Shlosser. Jeff Porcaro
is also featured on America's new album.
Gary Mallaber working with Steve Miller.
Ian Wallace working with David Lindley.
Craig Kramps featured on Kim Carne's
current project.
Michael Derosier is no longer with
Heart, and sitting at Heart's drums now is
Denny Carmassi, formerly with the L.A.
based Gamma.
Aynsley Dunbar has been keeping busy
recording the Starship album due out this
month as well as Paul Kantner's solo al¬
bum which will not be released until '83
since he has been recording around Star-
ship activities. Starship is on the road pres¬
ently. (*■,
112
AUG U ST/5 EPTEM8EH
Slingerland introduces the revolutionary
Slingerland has virtually re-invented the snare drum with
the creation of the Slapshot strainer. Now you can tune
your snare drum precisely—and have it stay precisely
tuned* no matter how many times you throw the strainer
off and on.
No sympathetic vibrations or sound distortions* Slap¬
shot's expertly engineered throw-off mechanism keeps
the snares perfectly taut, even when they're not lying
against the drum head. So there's
niij i nmf m ft no sympathetic vibration. And the
^ . IIHUMJIU simplified design is free of any
f r \ "I internal mechanisms that can
V \\V p) [ hamper or distort your sound.
Precision tuning. Slapshot pro-
.| vides both horizontal and vertical
■ \ snare adjustment. You can find the
\ K ^y \ n* exact sound you want, then lock
onto it,
Smooth operation. Slapshot's throw-ofT handle works
smoothly* fluidly . *. more easily than any other strainer
handle.
Greater versatility For the professional musician, Slap¬
shot means that the precision of your performance will
always be matched by the precision of your snare drum
*, * through the ups and downs of a live concert, through
the stops and starts of a recording session*
Slingerland has it. Nobody else. We've sent the compe¬
tition to the drawing boards with our new Slapshot
strainer. Meanwhile, we’ll send you into a new era in
snare drums. Play it once. You 11 never be
satisfied with anything less,
^ ™ » The new
6633 N Milwaukee Ave
Niles. Illinois 60648
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
113
Photo by Paul Jonason
LES DEMERLE CLINIC
by Susan Alexander
Drummers milled around in¬
side the dark, intimate setting
of Carmelo's Jazz Club in Van
Nuys, California, waiting for
the beginning of Les DeMerle's
drum clinic. Les had flown in
early that morning from one of
his many engagements to do the
clinic and concert.
DeMerle started the after¬
noon clinic off with some dem¬
onstrations and useful tips. He
demonstrated various combi¬
nations of playing with sticks
and mallets in the same tune
and covered such topics as odd¬
time playing, tuning, brush,
mallet and stick control, solo¬
ing, and Latin, jazz and funk
playing.
Les also included an audi¬
ence participation number; a 7/
4 funk with the audience clap¬
ping on 5, 6, and 7 and Les
doing the rest. DeMerle de¬
lighted the gathering of drum¬
mers with his rendition of Max
Roach's "For Big Sid."
At the end of the clinic por¬
tion of the program, a snare
drum, cymbal, two snare
stands and two sets of Fi-
berskyn 2 drum heads were
given away. These prizes were
donated by the sponsors of the
clinic/concert: Slingerland,
Zildjian, Remo and Profes¬
sional Drum Shop of Holly¬
wood.
The second portion of the
program consisted of the Les
DeMerle Sextet playing music
from Les's new album, On Fire
on Palo Alto Jazz. The Sextet
consisted of such fine players as
Don Menza on tenor saxo¬
phone, Ron Stout on trumpet
and flugelhorn, Lanny Morgan
on alto and soprano sax and
flute, Tad Weed on piano, Rex
Robertson on bass and Eric
McKath, percussionist for the
TV show, Fame.
Slingerland's Phil Hulsey
emceed the program. He up¬
dated the audience on the new
Slingerland Magnum heavy-
duty hardware as well as the
new Remo pre-tuned drum
heads.
Les played some of the exer¬
cises from his new book, Jazz/
Rock Fusion Volume II, plus
some exercises he plans to in¬
corporate into his next book.
He also spent time answering
questions and offered to write
down anything people wanted
at the end of the clinic. All to¬
gether, the audience had a thor¬
oughly enjoyable time.
KUSTOM /
GRETSCH
ACQUIRED
BY
ROY
Mr. Dick Harrison, presi¬
dent of Baldwin Piano & Organ
Company, announced the sale
of the Kustom/Gretsch divi¬
sion to its general manager,
Charlie Roy. Mr. Harrison ex¬
pressed his confidence in the ac¬
quisition by Roy.
Commenting on the acquisi¬
tion, Roy stated, "My experi¬
ence and association with Mr.
Harrison and Baldwin have
and I've enjoyed the relation¬
ship. I am excited about the op¬
portunity and challenges repre¬
sented by the purchase of
Kustom/Gretsch. Continuity
of operations is critical to our
dealer network and I assure our
dealers that this aspect will be
of paramount importance to
us. As always, our goal will be
to produce a quality, saleable
product that will provide musi¬
cians the vehicle to express their
been extremely valuable to me musical talents."
LONG ISLAND DRUM CENTER
VISA-M.C.-AM. EX.
ALL MAJOR BRANDS
MAIL ORDERS ANSWERED PROMPTLY
LESSONS AVAILABLE WITH JIM CHAPIN (JAZZ DRUMMING)
AND DOM FAMULARO (CONTEMPORARY STYLES)
WHEN ON LONG ISLAND VISIT THE DRUM CENTER S NIGHT CLUB 'ON BROADWAY",
FEATURING THE BEST IN CONTEMPORARY JAZZ. FUSION, ROCK, SOUL S FUNK.
NASSAU SUFFOLK QUEENS
2204 JERUSALEM AVE 223 COMM AC K RD. 252-03 NORTHERN BLVD
MERRICK, NY 11566 COMMACK, NY 11725 LITTLE NECK. NY 11363
(516) 781-0777 (516) 493-0455 (2121 428-0500
For further information con¬
tact: Mr. Charlie Roy, Kus¬
tom/Gretsch, 908 West Chest¬
nut, Chanute, KS 66720.
continued on page 116
HAND CRAFTED DRUMSTICKS
5 MODELS
Made With the Finest Persimmon Wood
Sticks recommended by
FRED BEGUN, MAX ROACH and JIM CHAPIN
Send lor Free Brochure: John Crockan, J.C.’s
Drum Shop, 7510 Be lair Rd.» Baltimore, MD 21236
114
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
I'm ready to blow,
my drum gloves by
■Jm
DRUMMER'S GLOVES by RUG CADDY
• No more $ora hands or ugly callouses.
• Designed and manufactured by drummers for drummers.
• Leather palm, thin enough to be touch sensitive. Actually
Increases your grip.
• No more sweaty hands, fully ventilated knit back for
cool comfortable fit. Allows your hand to breathe.
m Extremely lightweight with Velcro closure and
elastic band for total adjustment
• Stretch sides with elastic cuff. One size fits all
• Available colors: Red, Slack and Brown.
CYMBAL "SHOCK ABSORBERS" by RUG CADDY
Cymbal "SHOCK ABSORBERS" or© made ot a new advanced rubber
compound which lasts many times longer than any other existing
cymbal sleeve. "SHOCK ABSORBERS” protect the cymbal from Impact.
Here's How:
The outside diameter ot the "SHOCK ABSORBER” Is the same size as the
hole of the cymbal. As the cymbal sways, the "SHOCK ABSORBER"
gives with the movement of the cymbal In the same way that shock
absorbers on a car provide a smooth ride, cymbal "SHOCK ABSOR¬
BERS" provide a smooth crash. If more control of cymbal tilt and sway
Is desired, tightening the wing nut uniformly expands the "SHOCK AB¬
SORBERS” Increasing the degree ot grip on the cymbal from the hole
of the cymbal.
"SHOCK ABSORBERS" provide for more cymbal control, with better
sound and a longer life, for less money.
Available at PROFESSIONAL DRUM SHOP HOLLYWOOD
CALIFORNIA or selected dealers throughout the country.
For additional Information: RUG CADDY, P.O. Box 726, Wilmington, Ca. 90748. (213 ) 775-1513
I rid li st ry H up pen i n)*s am limwd jrom puge 114
The Pro-Mark
Promise
We Promise . . , to send you one pair of our
new, Texas-made Pro-Mark Hickory wood-tip
drumsticks for just $2 - regular retail price of
$6,50, (Either model 5A or Rock-747)
You Promise * . . to tell your local
music dealer how great our new Hickory
sticks feel, sound and play.
That's simple, isn't it? Send in the
coupon with $2 and say "Howdy" to
the best little Hickory drumsticks in
Texas ,,. and the world!
Here's my $2 It Pro-Mark H ickory drumsticks are
rfS good as you say they are, I promise to tell my
local dealer all about them
ppemank
A Pliuicinn rtf Pprrwl tnr
A Division of Remo. Inc,
10706 Craighead Houston. Texas 7702b
713 666*2525
City/ State
ZIP,
ppo-rospk
md
Ofler good in United Slaies ooiy Expires 1 2/31/82
Joe English carries some pretty heavy credentials.
He also carries the Riff Rite original graphite
drumstick.
Joes credentials: Paul
McCartney and Wings, Sea
Level. The Jam Factory, and
now a successful solo career
qualifies him to say this about
Riff Rite unique drumsticks:
' Graphite gives me a clean
biting edge that I could not get
with a wood stick or plastic tip.
The balance and playability are
given first class treatment. Their
cork grips give me the feel and
control I need. The playing life
goes way beyond its wood
predecessor/'
Joe has gone on record as
saying Riff Rite drumsticks are
the best he has ever used. Hear
Joe and Riff Rite on Refuge
Records. Snare a pair for
yourself, Riff Rite graphite
msticks.
£
Riff Rite lnc. T 6525 Morgan Avenue South, Richfield, Minnesota 55423 (612) 866-2305
BERKLEE SCHOLAR¬
SHIP WINNER
Talented percussionist Linda
Malouf (right) eclipsed her
mostly male counterparts and
walked away with top honors in
the finals of Berklee College of
Music’s 14th Annual High
School Jazz Ensemble Festival
in Boston. A member of the
Marshfield High School En¬
semble, which under the direc¬
tion of Steve Benson was Run¬
ner-up in the Class 1 category,
the gifted Ms. Malouf was pre¬
sented a Musicianship Award
Plaque and the First Prize tui¬
tion Scholarship of $2,500 for
her outstanding performance.
Conferring the honors is Larry
Bethune, Awards Chairman
and Dean of Students at
Berklee.
ED THIGPEN CLINIC
Drummers Collective re¬
cently held another in a series of
"Clinics By The Masters" fea¬
turing Ed Thigpen. It was the
first time Mr. Thigpen had been
in the U.S. in years. He is most
noted for his long association
with Oscar Peterson. The four-
hour program covered jazz
drumming from A to Z, samba
drumming, and tips on brush
playing. He discussed his two
fine new books, Rhythm Analy¬
sis and Basic Co-ordination
and The Sound of Brushes. The
clinic was video taped and is
available through the Drum¬
mers Collective Video Series.
For information, contact:
Rhythm Section Lab, 130 W.
42nd St., Suite 948, New York,
116
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
The new Pearl X-l
I never leave home without it
Mark Stevens
As one of the most
m _/> sought after drummers
in the L.A. recording
studios, Mark Stevens has performed with the
best. From Bacharach to Streisand to Zappa.
He needs the best equipment he can get...and
he’s got it! Pearl.
The Pearl X-l Snare gives Mark more snare
control than ever before. Eight plys of select
maple, properly vented shell, and action that’s
smooth, even, quiet, and precise. A total package
of super snare power. Not only can you change
snare tension, you can actually adjust the way
the snares lie against the snare bed. Because
the snares evenly cover the surface of the
head and are completely adjustable, any
extra “buzz" is eliminated. You get just
the amount of snare sound you need.
Pearl’s new X-l Snare.
We’ll take care of the action underneath
You take care of the action on top.
A PRODUCT OF
PEARL INTERNATIONAL INC
408 HARDING INDUSTRIAL DR.
NASHVILLE. TENNESSEE 37211
Sold in ihp U S, GxCJustvefy by (be Gibbon Division of NorJin Industries
Sold in Canada exclusively by NUCO Musical Instruments. Ltd . Markham, Ontario
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER 1982
117
THUNDER DRUMS
Nuco Musical Instruments
Ltd., Markham, Ontario, is
pleased to introduce Thunder
Drums from Pearl, the first
high quality drum outfit specifi¬
cally sized for the pre-teen mar¬
ket. The 5-piece kits are good
professional quality yet will re¬
tail in the $350 range.
Thunder Drums feature a
five and a three-piece kit. The
five-piece outfit includes one
10" x 16" bass drum, one 6 1/2"
x 8" and one 6 1/2" x 10"
tenor tom, one 10" x 12" floor
tom, and one 6-lug snare drum.
All drums feature multi-lami¬
nated shells and are fully tune¬
able. The kit is also fully adjust¬
able to grow with the young
drummer.
Included with the set is one
hi-hat stand, one cymbal stand,
one snare stand and a bass
drum pedal. All hardware is
manufactured from high qual¬
ity steel. To complete the set,
one pair of 12" hi-hat cymbals,
one 14" crash cymbal and a pair
of hardwood sticks are in¬
cluded.
ThunderDrums are available
in three finishes: Jet Black,
Pure White, and Red Flash.
ThunderDrums are endorsed
by Peter Magadini, well-known
teacher and professional drum¬
mer. Each kit includes a volume
of his best-selling instructional
booklet— Learn to Play The
Drum Set.
For further information con¬
tact:
Nuco Musical Instruments
Limited,
161 Alden Road,
MARKHAM, Ontario,
L3R 3W7.
"For Your Drum and Percussion Needs'
[NE WJERSE Y PER CUSSIO N]
All Major
Brands/
Drums
All Major
Brands/
Percussion
SAVE
$500
S ’ 1
WE
PURCHASE MAINTAIN
STOCK REPAIR
! SELL TRADE j
QUALITY INSTRUMENTS
MAIL ORDERS SEND FOR
AVAILABLE MONTHLY SPECIALS
50 W. Main St, Rockaway, NJ 07866 (201) 625-8134
k___/
ELVIN JONES VIDEO AVAILABLE
The widely acclaimed docu¬
mentary, A Different Drum¬
mer: Elvin Jones, is now avail¬
able for purchase or rental in
various video formats.
The twenty-eight minute film
features Elvin's original com¬
position, "Three Card Molly."
Elvin recalls how it was com¬
posed, demonstrates how he
uses its melody to arrange a
drum solo, and performs the
piece with his quartet. Elvin il¬
lustrates his concepts of the
shape and color of drum
sounds and clarifies the com¬
plexity of his polyrhythmic ap¬
proach.
In addition, the film de¬
scribes his family, his roots in
black church music, and the be¬
ginnings of his career in De¬
troit. Elvin recalls his experi¬
ences working with Miles
Davis, Charles Mingus, and
Bud Powell. He is also seen in a
film clip playing with the leg¬
endary John Coltrane Quartet.
For further information,
contact: Edward Gray Film Li¬
brary, P.O. Box 315, Franklin
Lakes, NJ 07417.
THE CAMBER
QUINTET BELL
BLOCK SET
The Quintet by Camber rep¬
resents a unique system com¬
prised of five maximum tone
chambers. The Quintet boasts
the increased volume and mul¬
tiple tonality that today's music
demands.
Conceived and created for
the professional percussionist,
the Quintet offers a combina¬
tion of volume and tonal range.
Each block is precision made of
choice mahogany, oak and ma¬
ple and hand rubbed to a lus¬
trous oil finish. And th eQuintet
is ready to be played since it fits
any conventional accessory or
cymbal stand.
For more information, write:
Camber U.S.A.,
P.O. Box 807,
Lynbrook, NY 11563.
er
4
4
118
continued on next page
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
WHETHER IT ’S
ON THE SKINS, IN THE STUDIO,
OR OUT ON THE ROAD
SIMON PHILLIPS GETS
Simon Phillips is nil over the place these days.
On the road with A! Di Meoia. in the_stadio
with Jeff Beck, on video with Pete Townsend
... another tour „ _ another session. With
scheduling like that, ir's easy to see why Simon
does his getting around on the strongest name
in drums —TAMA!
Tama drums deliver the kind of top notch,
dependable quality, pros tike Simon demand
from (heir equipment, no matter how tough the
going gets.
So. when you find your musical needs
demanding the most, demand the best —
TAMA.
i f FI
m i
J
IJ
BmnL hr
The Strongest Name in Drums
For a full color catalog send 52,00 to: TAMA DcjZ. MD P.G, Box 886, Bensalem. Pa. 19020 J%27 Broadway, Idaho Falls. ID. 83401
17421 B.E, Gale Ave*, City of industry, CA 91748 * tn Canada, 6355 Park AveJMontreal P.Q. H2V4H5
Just Drums continued from page UR
ROADRUNNER CASES
According to Howard Chatt,
President of Cases Inc.,
"Roadrunner cases are built to
last and differ greatly from
other cases by the use of extra
touches: Roadrunner glues and
staples all seams, uses expen¬
sive fiberglass, a one-piece va¬
lance, solid steel split rivets,
plastic caps to cover raw edges
of plywood partitions, special
steel stacking type corners, and
uses only Douglas fir plywood
to manufacture long lasting
Roadrunner A.T. A. cases.
For more information: Cases
Inc., 1745 W. 134th St., Gar¬
dena, CA 90249.
IBANEZ ANNOUNCES NEW MICROPHONES
Ibanez has announced the
addition of five new micro¬
phones to their ever expanding
line. The IM- 70, super cardioid
dynamic mic', utilizes a light¬
weight cartridge diaphragm for
miking drums, particularly the
snare and mounted toms. The
IM-76 percussion microphone
is suited for low frequency
drums like bass drums and floor
toms. The IM-80 cardioid con¬
denser microphone is ideal for
overhead cymbals and hi-hat.
Write to: Hoshino U.S.A.
Inc., 1716 Winchester Rd., PO
Box 469, Bensalem, PA. 19020
(215) 638-8670 in the East, or
Chesbro Co., 327 Broadway,
Idaho Falls, ID 83401 (208)
522-8691 in the West.
YAMAHA INTRODUCES NEW SYSTEM
TO DRUM & HARDWARE LINES
Yamaha Musical Products, a
Division of Yamaha Interna¬
tional Corporation, announces
the introduction of the new
Yamaha System Drum and
Hardware lines as means of
more effectively promoting
their product lines in this coun¬
try. Yamaha Drums has been
divided into three distinct lines:
The Recording Series, the Tour
Series and the Stage Series.
There are also three corres¬
ponding hardware lines: the 9
Series, 7 Series and 5 Series.
In line with these three new
series, Yamaha has created a
streamlined nomenclature
which simplifies the process of
ordering drum outfits for
drummers and dealers alike.
This system offers the drummer
the option of designing an out¬
fit customized to his or her
needs. The system consists of a
letter and three numbers deline¬
ating the: (drum) shell series;
the outfit size; the hardware se¬
ries; and the individual drum
sizes.
The Recording Series, re¬
ferred to by the prefix "R" will
feature all-Birch laminate shells
with high tension lugs previ¬
ously unavailable in this coun¬
try. The Tour Series, feature a
birch/mahogany laminate shell
construction designed for the
widest range of professional
applications available at a me¬
dian price point. The Stage Se¬
ries brings Yamaha's quality
standards to the drummer at an
affordable price. The Stage Se¬
ries shells are constructed of
Phillipine mahogany.
The third number in the sys¬
tem indicates the particular se¬
ries of hardware included with
the kit. The system also pro¬
vides for those who wish to or¬
der outfits with no hardware.
The last number in the system
denotes the bass drum size
which subsequently affects the
size of the tom-toms and snare
drum in that particular outfit.
Once the drummer has se¬
lected the outfit of his or her
choice, the Yamaha system per¬
mits them to build or add-on
future components with ease.
Ay® Q°*
JUST FOR YOU
BY REQUEST
We've designed
Under'Illy Skins
this original t-shirt in VIVID
COLORS, artistically blended making this SILK-
SCREEN PRINTED SHIRT a true 3 0 work of art.
EXCLUSIVELY FOR THE DRUMMER
Available in Lt. Blue, Yellow t Sand. Site* S, M, I t II. hr
yours send $7.95 t $1.00 tm. poat. 4 hondfg. {U.S, fitndt
only). (Fla. ret,, add 4 % tales tax J.
To: HURDY GURDY PRODUCTIONS
lax 17010, Dept. *03-4, Plantation, Fie. 33311 7010
dr MONEY BACK GUARANTEE *
For further information contact:
Jim Coffin,
Yamaha Musical Products,
P.O. Box 727,
Grand Rapids, MI 49510.
OCTOBER’S MD
STEWART COPELAND
JIMMY MADISON ED THIGPEN
AND MUCH MORE
DON’T MISS IT!
Plus:
The Santana
Percussion Section
History of Rock
Draining: Part 4
120
AUGUST/SEPTEMBER
Drumuscle. Barrels of if.
Now you can rip, and it's
not just noise...it’s reson¬
ance and tonal power that
rolls out over the crowd like
a burst of liquid thunder.
Gretsch has taken the most
unreasonable demands of
some of the country’s lead¬
ing drummers and turned
them into an explosive
competition thumper known
as...the power drum. Attack
and presence are layered
into shells that are hand-
sanded and stressed six
ways to eliminate dead
spots.. .painstakingly
finished by patient Gretsch
craftsmen to create the ulti¬
mate in wood finishes.
A lot more than that goes
into these potent drums, but
what comes out of them is
a whole herd of controlled
detonations...you are, indeed
in command with Gretsch
power drums. Mount
them on our OR series
hardware, designed for
extra stability, and Great
Gretsch—you’ve got the
hammer! Ask for the
Gretsch power drum, and
muscle into a
new dimension
of sound. / w -i --
THE POWER DRUM
KuStom/Gretsch 90S West Chestnut. Canute. Kansas 66720 (316) 431-4380
Enclosed in a booth you hear the tracks in your cans.
The band's pulling In the right direction. So far you've been
laying down the basic tracks, and now ft's time for a little
sweetening. You strengthen the groove and you bring in
those quick chippy highs off your cymbals and start to
savor the sound.
Ycur Ziidjian Quick Beat Hi-Hats with a flat 4-holed bot¬
tom cymbal spin out a short
tight compact sound. Incredi¬
bly controlled and still just
plain Incredible. And your
Ziidjian Thin Crash comes on
with quick bright high-end
accents that keep it all nice
and tasty.
Because we put our best
Into a dozen Hi-Hats and 29 different Crashes, you get your
best out of all of them. No matter how long you've been
savoring the highs from your cymbals. Ana that same
sharp clarity and super strength are handcrafted Into all
120 different Ziidjian models and sizes far every kind of
drummer in every kind of music.
See for yourself how over 200 of the world's most
famous performers savor the high from their Zlldjians. In our
new Cymbal Set-Up Book, the most comprehensive refer¬
ence guide for drummers ever published. For your copy,
see your Zl Idjian dealer or send us $4 to cover postage
and handling.
it
AvotU* Ziidjian Company, Cymbal Makers Smco 1623, Longwater Drive, Norwsll, MA 02061
The only serious choice.
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American Libraries
TV News
Understanding 9/11